NCD980557656_20040415_NC State University (Lot 86 Farm Unit 1)_FRCBERCLA SAP QAPP_Groundwater Sampling Analysis Plan-OCR

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC, P.C.
Enviro11111e11tal Consultants
6003 Chapel Hill Rd., Suite 109 • Raleigh, NC 27607 • Tel: [phone] • Fax: [phone]
North Carolina State University
Lot 86 Site
Raleigh, Wake County, North Carolina
Prepared for:
North Carolina State University
Environmental Health and Safety
Prepared by:
Piedmont Geologic, P .C.
6003 Chapel Hill Road, Suite I 09
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607
April 15, 2004
I
I
I
I
I
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
GROUNDWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN
North Carolina State University
Lot 86 Sampling Site
Raleigh, Wake County, North Carolina
Approvals
Project Coordinator
Contractor QA Manager
NCDENR Superfund
Project Manager
U.S. EPA Superfund
Project Manager
April 15, 2004
Duane Knudson, NCSU
p.:k:_r. ~
Peter Dressel
Piedmont Geologic, P .C.
6003-109 Chapel Hill Rd.
Raleigh, NC 27607
David Mattison
Michael Townsend
II
Date
'-I· 15-0Y
Date
Date
Date
I
•
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. 4
I. I Site Background .................................................................................................. 4
I.I.I Overview ..................................................................................................... 4
1.1.2 Waste Disposal History and Source Characterization ................................ 6
1.1.3 Site Characterization ................................................................................... 7
2.0 OBJECTIVES ......................................................................................................... 9
3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY ..................................................................................... 10
4.0 GROUNDWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS ........................................... 10
4.1 Preparations for Groundwater Sampling .......................................................... IO
4.1.1 Water Level Measurements ............................................................................. IO
4.1.2 Well Purging .................................................................................................... 11
4.2 Groundwater Sampling ..................................................................................... 20
4.3 Groundwater Analysis ...................................................................................... 25
4.3.1 Field Base Measurements ......................................................................... 25
4.3.2 Fixed Based Analyses ............................................................................... 32
5.0 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................... 35
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A Site Specific Health and Safety Plan
Appendix B Standard Field Cleaning Procedures
Appendix C Groundwater Sampling Procedures
Appendix D Manufacturer's Instrument Operating Procedures
Appendix E Field Measurable Physical/Chemical Characteristics
Appendix F Sample Control, Field Records and Document Control
Appendix G Figures
Appendix H Tables
Figure I
Figure 2
Table I
LIST OF FIGURES
Site Location and Surrounding Area
Site Map
LIST OFT ABLES
Groundwater Monitoring Well Construction Details
Ill
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
g
1.0
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
INTRODUCTION
This Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan (S&A Plan) has been prepared for the
sampling of groundwater monitoring wells located on and adjacent to the North Carolina
State University (NCSU) "Lot 86 Superfund Site" situated adjacent to Wade Avenue in
Raleigh, Wake County, North Carolina (Site).
In addition to the sampling and analysis of the wells, tables will be prepared to provide
data associated with the sampling event, outlining the numeric values resulting from the
analyses, and figures will be prepared depicting the groundwater hydraulic gradient and
contaminant/geochemical characteristics.
Data generated from the sampling and analysis of groundwater from the Site will be used
to monitor and evaluate the Site groundwater contaminant plume, augment data from
previous Site groundwater sampling and analysis events, and to provide additional
information for use by NCSU as to the attenuation of the plume by natural processes.
This S&A Plan provides the sampling and analysis objectives, sampling and analysis
methods to be utilized by the contractor and subcontractors, data quality and assurance
goals for methods used, and health and safety concerns.
1.1 Site Background
1.1.1 Overview
The Site and surrounding area is shown in Figure I, and a site map is provided in Figure
2. The NCSU Lot 86 Superfund Site received solvents, pesticides, heavy metals, acids,
and some low-level radioactive laboratory wastes from 1969 to 1980. Chemical wastes
were placed in trenches located in the northwest portion of the Site.
Groundwater in the area of the Site contains volatile organic compounds (VOCs),
including chloroform, methylene chloride, benzene, carbon tetrachloride,
tetrachloroethene, and trichloroethene. Contaminant concentrations are highest in
shallow groundwater adjacent to the Site and decrease with depth and with distance from
the source area.
NCSU's Department of Marine, Earth, and Atmospheric Sciences (MEAS) began
monitoring the Site in 1981. The Site was proposed for listing on the National Priorities
List (NPL) in October 1984 and was listed on the NPL in June 1986. The U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) began investigating the Site in 1987, and NCSU
began a remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS) of the Site in 1992.
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
m
I
I
I
•
I
I
u
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
The RI (Brown and Caldwell, 1994) focused on confirming the findings of earlier
groundwater investigations. The FS (NCSU, 1996) examined a range of relatively
conventional Site remediation approaches. For groundwater, approaches included
institutional action, containment and capping, soil vapor extraction, incineration, and
low-temperature thermal desorption. The evaluation of alternatives in the FS did not
demonstrate that one alternative was preferable to the others.
Following completion of the RI/FS, NCSU undertook an additional investigation to
evaluate the content of the waste in the trenches, obtain updated groundwater quality
data, and model the transport and biodegradation of four primary groundwater
contaminants. The investigation determined that: 1) the depth of the trenches was 6 to 8
feet; 2) free and containerized liquid-phase chemical wastes remained in the trenches; 3)
the wastes in the trenches continued to serve as a significant source of contaminants that
can be released to groundwater; and 4) after the source ·materials were removed or
stabilized, it is possible that the groundwater contaminant plume would be adequately
controlled by natural biodegradation processes; and 5) the extent of the plume would be
significantly larger than observed if not for the attenuating effects of contaminant
biodegradation. Based on these findings, NCSU in 1996 evaluated natural attenuation as
a remedial approach (N CSU, 1996) and prepared a revised FS that examined, among
other alternatives, in-place stabilization of the trench materials and natural attenuation of
groundwater contaminants. The earlier FS did not examine either of these alternatives,
and the revised FS ranked these alternatives highest amongst all the alternatives.
EPA issued its Record of Decision (ROD) for the Site in September 1996 (EPA, 1996).
The selected remedy for source control consisted of treatment of the buried chemical
waste and shallow soils impacted by the chemical waste, through in-situ mixing and
encapsulation. The goal of the source remedy was to stabilize and solidify the chemical
waste and shallow impacted soils into an impermeable and encapsulating matrix thus
eliminating additional mass of chemical contaminants from subsurface transport
processes .
The presence of the impermeable monolith at the surface should eliminate vertical
infiltration of storm water through the untreated and unsaturated soils beneath it. As such,
new dissolution into water or displacement by water of residual contaminant mass held in
the unsaturated soils beneath the monolith should be eliminated from subsurface transport
dynamics.
I
The ROD for containment and/or treatment of the Site's residual risk after source
removal is groundwater extraction and treatment until the following Remedial Action
Objectives for impacted groundwater are reached.
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
Compound
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Methylene chloride
Tetrachloroethene
Acetone
Bromodichloromethane
1,2-Dichloropropane
I, 1,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Manganese
Arsenic
April 15, 2004
Remedial Action Objective (ug/L)
I
I
I
5
I
700
I
I
I
2.8
370
10
The ROD allows deferral of the remedy to allow time for NCSU to develop and provide
EPA with evidence demonstrating that "reduction of groundwater contamination is
occurring at the Site by natural processes. If analytical results, such as but not limited to,
a decrease of groundwater contamination or the existence of breakdown products of the
original contaminants is presented, EPA will consider a change in remedy." The North
Carolina Division of Waste Management concurred with this approach, provided that
natural attenuation is evaluated using appropriate guidance.
NCSU completed the ROD-mandated source remediation in September 1999. Evaluation
of monitored natural attenuation as the sole remediation approach for groundwater
contamination has shown the need for a groundwater extraction and treatment system to
remove the highly contaminated groundwater close to the site. Based upon this
assessment, the NCSU has restarted work on the design engineering for a groundwater
extraction and treatment system.
Concurrent with evaluating a monitored natural attenuation remedy for groundwater
restoration, NCSU completed in September 1999 the source control measures specified in
the ROD. In accordance with the Consent Decree, ROD, and EPA guidance identifying
the components required of a natural attenuation demonstration, NCSU has concurrently
initiated design engineering of a groundwater extraction and treatment system that could
be implemented in the event that monitored natural attenuation is found to be not
applicable for groundwater restoration at the Site, or does not progress as expected.
1.1.2 Waste Disposal History and Source Characterization
NCSU reported on its CERCLA 103(c) Hazardous Waste Notification form filed with
EPA on June 8, 1981, that it had disposed of approximately 300,000 cubic feet (11,000
cubic yards) of chemical waste at the Site. Chemical waste disposed by NCSU included
waste solvents, pesticides, heavy metals, acids, and some low-level radioactive laboratory
wastes. The chemical wastes were placed in trenches up to 8 feet deep from 1969 to
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
1980. Chemical wastes disposed in the trenches were both solids and liquids, generally
contained in metal, glass, or plastic containers. Some liquid wastes were reportedly
poured directly to the trench.
In January 1996, analytical characterization of soil samples from the waste disposal
trenches was conducted. Six soil samples were analyzed for VOCs. Part per thousand
concentrations (g/kg) of acetone, methylene chloride, benzene, and xylenes were
variously reported. Other chlorinated and light aromatic VOCs, as well as semivolatiles,
were detected in the trench soil samples. The impacted soils were described as generally
fine-grained, low permeability silts and clays.
In February 1998 NCSU conducted additional Site investigation to evaluate the nature
and extent of buried waste. Under observation by Marshall Miller & Associates, six test
pits were excavated with a backhoe to depths of 4 to 6 feet at locations throughout the
waste burial area. Materials observed in the test pits included vials, bottles, and cans,
many containing liquid; stained soils; intact drums and drum carcasses; powders; and
sludge-like waste. The horizontal and vertical distribution of the materials was highly
variable over the area of the test pits. An area of concentrated buried drums was
identified in the northwest comer of the Site. In September 1999, the source control
measures, consisting of the encapsulation of the upper ten feet of soil in the waste burial
area, were completed.
1.1.3 Site Characterization
The Site consists of 1.5 acres of land located in west Raleigh, North Carolina, directly
south of Wade Avenue Extension and approximately 3,500 feet west of the interchange
with Blue Ridge Road (Figure 1 ). The Site and the property abutting the Site are owned
by the State of North Carolina. Land to the west of the Site is used for access and
parking for Carter-Finley Stadium and the Entertainment and Sports Arena, which are
located within 1,500 feet of the Site to the southwest and west, respectively. Land to the
south of the Site is undeveloped wooded land. Land directly north of the Site consists of
a wooded, steeply sloped (approximately 3.75:1) embankment down to the Wade Avenue
Extension right-of-way.
Groundwater flows from the Site in a predominantly west-northwest direction and is
inferred to discharge to Richland Creek. Some component of groundwater flow may be
to the north and east toward two tributary streams of Richland Stream.
Current land uses and foreseeable land use changes in the area of the site are described as
follows.
• Wade Avenue Extension right-of-way is a divided, limited access highway that
conveys a large daily volume of traffic between Raleigh to the east and Interstate
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
g
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
40 to the west. The use of this highway right-of-way is not expected to change in
the foreseeable future.
• South of Wade Avenue Extension and east of Edwards Mill Road consists of
woods, open fields, and drives and parking lots for Carter-Finley Stadium and the
Entertainment and Sports Arena. Use of this area is not expected to change in the
foreseeable future.
• North of Wade Avenue Extension consists of woods and open fields with no
improvements. This area is designated in a State of North Carolina 25-year
development plan for development of a complex of State office buildings.
The Site lies within the upland division of the Piedmont Physiographic Province of the
Eastern United States. The Piedmont occurs as a wide belt extending along the eastern
margin of the Appalachian Mountains extending from Alabama to the southern Hudson
Valley ofNew York.
Overburden soils, referred to as Saprolite, are described as typical Piedmont materials
including silts, clays, sandy/clayey silts, and sandy/silty clays with minor amounts of fine
to medium gravel. The generalized lithology is described as several feet of silty clay that
transitions into micaceous sandy silt with depth. Materials become increasingly harder
and denser with increasing depth, eventually transitioning into weathered rock then
competent crystalline bedrock. Saprolite retains aspects of the parent bedrock, such as
fractures and foliations. The residual soil/saprolite stratum at the Site has been described
to range in thickness from 70 to 87 feet, although bedrock has been encountered at depths
as shallow as 3 feet.
Bedrock has been mapped in the area of the site as felsic gneiss and schist. The unit
consists of felsic metamorphic rocks interlayered with mica-garnet schist, biotite gneiss,
and hornblende gneiss. The rocks are described as occurring in a northeast-trending band
approximately 4 miles wide in the west Raleigh area.
Groundwater in the area of the Site occurs in the overburden soils and the underlying
bedrock, generally under water-table (unconfined) conditions. Shallow groundwater is
recharged by infiltration of precipitation through the ground surface. Recharge varies
seasonally, with most occurring in the winter months when evapotranspiration losses are
lowest.
Groundwater in bedrock occurs along zones of secondary porosity, such as fractures,
bedding planes, and foliations. The transmissivity of bedrock is dependent on the size
and interconnectivity of these features. Bedrock is recharged primarily by the overlying
soil/saprolite.
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
g
a
R
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April I 5, 2004
Groundwater flows at the Site predominantly toward the west-northwest in the shallow,
intermediate, and bedrock strata. Measured depths to groundwater in the shallow, water-
table, monitoring wells are typically 30 to 40 feet below grade in the former source area.
A summary of Site monitoring well construction details is provided in Table I. The Site
monitoring wells may be classified as shallow, intermediate, and deep monitoring wells
by the following convention.
CI 'ti f ass1 1ca 10n o om ormg e S IV en1 fM ·t . W II b D th
Well Classification Elevation of Screened Formation Intercepted by Screened
Interval (feet NGVD) Interval
Shallow 382-413 Residual soils/saprolite
Intermediate 355 -377 Saprolite/weathered rock
Deep 295 -345 Competent crystalline bedrock
Observed horizontal potentiometric gradients in the shallow, intermediate, and deep
hydrostratigraphic units have ranged from 0.016 ft/ft to 0.022 ft/ft.
2.0 OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the sampling and analysis of groundwater samples from the Site are to
provide for the continued monitoring of the contaminant plume, augment data from
previous Site sampling events, and to generate additional information for use by NCSU
as to the attenuation of the Site groundwater contaminant plume through natural
processes.
To the extent possible, procedures and analyses conducted in the performance of the
sampling and analysis of groundwater samples from the Site should: I) be representative
of the conditions at the Site during the sampling event, 2) be consistent with the methods
employed at the Site to conduct previous sampling events, 3) provide defensible data
consistent with quality assurance and quality control plan(s) associated with the analyses,
and 4) conform to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) November 2001
Region TV Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality
Assurance Manual, the Draft EPA Region IV Suggested Practices for Evaluation of a Site
For Natural Attenuation (Biological Degradation) of Chlorinated Solvents, and the
Technical Protocol for Evaluating Natural Attenuation of Chlorinated Solvents in
Groundwater (EPA/600/R-98/J 28)1•
1 Note: Any discrepancies noted to exist between the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA)
November 2001 Region IV Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality
Assurance Manual, the Draft El' A Region IV Suggested Practices for Evaluation of a Site For Natural
Attenuation (Biological Degradation) of Chlorinated Solvents and the Technical Protocol for Evaluating
Natural Attenuation of Chlorinated Solvents in Groundwater (EPA/600/R-98/128) will weigh in favor of
the Technical Protocol.
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
g
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Further objectives of the sampling and analysis of groundwater samples from the Site
include the assurance of the safety of the persons conducting the sampling event, and the
mitigation of any potential for additional damage to the environment through the
improper performance of the tasks associated with the sampling and analysis.
3.0 HEAL TH AND SAFETY
A Health and Safety Plan (H&S Plan) for the performance of the sampling event is
presented in Appendix A. The H&S Plan outlines the methods to be employed to protect
personnel from potential hazards associated with well sampling at the Site.
Personnel to be involved in the conduct of the groundwater-sampling event will have
been trained in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
( OSHA) Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.1200. The H&S Plan includes
provisions for personnel protective equipment (PPE) to be utilized during the performance
of the sampling event and precautions necessary to ensure a safe work environment.
4.0 GROUNDWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
Groundwater sampling and analysis will be conducted in accordance with procedures
described in the EPA Region IV Environmental Investigations Standard Operating
Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual (EISOPQAM)(November 200 I).
4.1 Preparations for Groundwater Sampling
4.1.l Water Level Measurements
The locations of the wells targeted for sampling are depicted on Figure 2. The initial
activity to be conducted in the performance of groundwater sampling at the Site will
entail the measurement of static water levels within each well targeted for sampling under
this ·s&A Plan. Each well targeted for sampling during this event will be inspected,
including notation of the condition of the outer protective casings, seals, well caps and
locks. Any discrepancies observed to exist will be noted, and recommended corrective
actions to repair the discrepancies will be forwarded to NCSU. Scheduling and
performance of corrective actions to correct discrepancies will be performed at the
discretion and direction of NCSU. Prior to the measurement of static water levels, each
well will be opened and sufficient time will be allowed for groundwater levels to
stabilize. At the time of opening, the air within the headspace of each well will
monitored for volatile vapors utilizing an organic vapor analyzer (OVA). Values
obtained in the performance of OVA measurements will be recorded in a field book and
later integrated into an Excel® spreadsheet for use by NCSU. Water level measurements
10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
a
u
D
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
will be collected first from the historically "clean" wells (i.e., wells that have not
indicated the presence of targeted contaminants) and subsequently from contaminated
wells (i.e., wells that have previously indicated the presence of contaminants). In the
case of contaminated wells, measurements will proceed from wells showing the least
contaminants to wells with the most contaminants. This procedure for measuring water
levels is intended to decrease the potential for cross-contamination between wells located
at the Site.
Subsequent to stabilization, each well will be gauged with a conductive water level
indicator. Measurement of static water levels will be accomplished though lowering of
the indicator probe into the well(s). The water level measurement (relative to the top of
casing of the well or a reference mark on the well previously established/ will be
recorded for each well, for later use in the data package and hydraulic gradient
calculations. If not already known the total depth of each well, e.g.-"depth to bottom"
will be measured and recorded for use in calculating the purge volume(s) for each well.
Between measuring locations, the water level indicator will be decontaminated in
accordance with the decontamination procedures outlined in Appendix B of the
EISOPQAM, a copy of which is provided in Appendix B of this workplan.
At the conclusion of the groundwater sampling activities, data obtained in the
measurement of water level elevations will be entered in to an Excel® spreadsheet for
use byNCSU.
4.1.2 Well Purging
Well purging at the Site will be performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7
of the ElSOPQAM. Purging is the process of removing stagnant water from a
monitoring well, immediately prior to sampling, causing its replacement by ground water
from the adjacent formation, which is representative of actual aquifer conditions. In
order to determine when a well has been adequately purged, field investigators will: 1)
monitor the pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity of the ground water
removed during purging; and 2) observe and record the volume of water removed.
Prior to initiating the purge, the amount of water standing in the water column (water
inside the well riser and screen) will be determined. To do this, the diameter of the well
will be determined and the water level and total depth of the well will be measured and
recorded.
Prior to the collection of groundwater samples at the Site, each of the 34 wells slated for
sampling will be purged of a minimum of three (3) volumes of water, based on the well
2 In the event that no reference mark is available for a well or wells, the water level measurement will be
performed to the highest vertical point of the well casing.
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
0
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
volumes as calculated with the static and "depth to bottom" measurements obtained
through Water Level Measurements. Volumes of groundwater to be purged from each of
the wells will be based the following formula:
V = 0.041 d2h
Where:h = depth of water in feet
d = diameter of well in inches
v = volume of water in gallons
Additional information related to purge techniques is available m Section 7 of the
EISOPQAM, a copy of which is presented in Appendix C.
Monitoring well purging will be accomplished using in-place plumbing and dedicated
pumps or, by using portable pumps/equipment if dedicated systems are not present. The
equipment may consist of a variety of pumps, including peristaltic, large and small
diameter turbine ( electric submersible), bladder, centrifugal, gear-driven positive
displacement, or other appropriate pumps. The use of any of these pumps will be a
function of the depth of the well being sampled and the amount of water to be removed
during purging.
Bailers may also be used for purging in appropriate situations. However, the use of
hailers will be discouraged. Bailers tend to disturb any sediment that may be present in
the well, creating or increasing sample turbidity. If a bailer is used, it will be a Teflon®
or PVC bailer.
Purging with Pumps
When peristaltic pumps or centrifugal pumps are used, the intake line only will be placed
into the water colunm. The line placed into the water will be either standard-cleaned (see
Appendix B) Teflon® tubing, for peristaltic pumps, or standard-cleaned stainless steel
pipe attached to a hose for centrifugal pumps. When submersible pumps (bladder,
turbine, displacement, etc.) are used, the pump itself will be lowered into the water
column. The pump will be cleaned as specified in Appendix B.
Purging with Bailers
Standard-cleaned (Appendix B) Teflon® or PVC hailers, or dedicated, disposable,
polyethylene hailers, with dedicated, disposable, nylon rope will be lowered into top of
the water column, allowed to fill, and removed. The water will either be discarded or
contained and managed as investigation derived waste. It is critical that hailers be slowly
and gently immersed into the top of the water column, particularly during final stages of
purging, to minimize turbidity and disturbance of volatile organic constituents. The use of
hailers for purging and sampling will be discouraged because the correct technique is
highly operator dependent.
12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Field Care of Purging Equipment
Regardless of which method is used for purging, new plastic sheeting will be placed on
the ground surface around the well casing to prevent contamination of the pumps, hoses,
ropes, etc., in the event they need to be placed on the ground during the purging or they
accidentally come into contact with the ground surface. It is preferable that hoses used in
purging that come into contact with the ground water be kept on a spool or contained in a
plastic-lined tub, both during transporting and during field use, to further minimize
contamination from the transporting vehicle or ground surface.
Purging Entire Water Column
The pump/hose assembly or bailer used in purging will be lowered into the top of the
standing water column and not deep into the column. This will be done so that the
purging will "pull" water from the formation into the screened area of the well and up
through the casing so that the entire static volume can be removed. If the pump is placed
deep into the water column, the water above the pump may not be removed, and the
subsequent samples, particularly if collected with a bailer, may not be representative of
the ground water. No more than three to five feet of hose will be lowered into the water
column. If the recovery rate of the well is faster than the pump rate and no observable
draw down occurs, the pump will be raised until the intake is within one foot of the top of
the water column for the duration of purging. If the pump rate exceeds the recovery rate
of the well, the pump will be lowered, as needed, to accommodate the drawdown. After
the pump is removed from the well, all wetted portions of the hose and the pump will be
cleaned as outlined in Appendix B. Careful consideration will be given to using pumps
to purge wells that are excessively contaminated with oily compounds, because it may be
difficult to adequately decontaminate severely contaminated pumps under field
conditions. When wells of this type are encountered, alternative purging methods, such as
hailers, should be considered.
General Low Flow/Low Stress Method Preference
The device with the lowest pump or water removal rate and the least tendency to stress
the well during purging will be selected for use. For example, if a bailer and a peristaltic
pump both work in a given situation, the pump will be selected because it will minimize
turbidity, providing a higher quality sample. If a Fultz® pump or a Grundfos Redi-
Flo2® could both be used, the Redi-Flo2® may be given preference because the speed
can be controlled to provide a lower pump rate, thereby minimizing turbidity.
Purging of groundwater from each well targeted for sampling, excepting those wells with
"slow" recovery rates and short water columns (a described below), will be accomplished
through the use of a Grundfos Redi-Flo 2® electric submersible pump (or equivalent).
Wells with "slow" recovery rates and short water columns will be purged as outlined
below. Dedicated tubing (1/2-inch diameter polybutylene) already existing in each well
will be utilized for purging.
Well purging will be collected first on the historically "clean" wells (i.e., wells that have
not indicated the presence of targeted contaminants) and subsequently from contaminated
13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
wells (i.e., wells that have previously indicated the presence of contaminants). In the
case of contaminated wells, purging will proceed from wells showing the least
contaminants to wells with the most contaminants. This procedure for well purging is
intended to decrease the potential for cross-contamination between wells located at the
Site.
Between locations, the pump and controlling leads will be de-contaminated in accordance
with the decontamination procedures outlined in Appendix B.
Purging of those wells with appreciable recovery rates will be conducted through the
lowering of the pump into the well, ensuring that the pump intake is situated in the upper
portion of the screened section of the well. The pump will then be energized, and the
discharge flow rate will be adjusted to ensure proper recharge of the well. Purge water
generated during the process will be contained as outlined in 4.1.2.1, below.
During the purge procedures to be conducted for each well, monitoring of the following
"field parameters" will be conducted:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
pH (standard units),
Conductivity,
Temperature,
Dissolved Oxygen3, and
Oxidation-Reduction Potential
Prior to sampling, each monitoring well will be purged a minimum of three static well
volumes and until field parameter measurements stabilize within the following limits, or
until a maximum of five static well volumes are removed.
• pH: ±0. J units;
• Turbidity: ±IO nephelometric turbidity units;
• Specific conductance: ±I 0%;
• Temperature: constant (±<I° C) for three consecutive measurements.
Field parameter measurements are discussed further in 4.3.1, below.
Monitoring wells MWl3, MW15, MW-27 and MW29 are low yielding that could not be
purged without going "dry" during previous sampling events. For these wells, and
potentially for wells MW3, MWII, MW-16, MWl61, MW17, MW35S, MW38 and
MW4 l (wells which also in the past have demonstrated "slow" recovery), alternate
methods for the purging and sampling may be anticipated.
3 Measurement of dissolved oxygen for those wells purged utilizing an electric pump will be performed
utilizing a flow through chamber.
14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
u
u
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Wells, which have been historically slow in recovering (i.e., have been purged dry during
previous sampling event) and contain more than a 3-foot column of groundwater will be
purged using a submersible pump as described above for higher-yielding wells. In
purging these wells, the flow rate of the submersible pump will be adjusted to the lowest
setting possible to sustain flow. In order to avoid damage to the submersible pump due to
pumping from a short, and potentially turbid, water column, low yielding monitoring
wells containing less than a 3-foot column of groundwater will be purged utilizing (new)
disposable hailers and (new) nylon line. Water will be removed from these wells by
lowering the bailer into the water column within the well, and extracting the bailer when
full. This procedure will be repeated in these wells until the purge criteria described
above are met or the well is purged dry. In the event of the latter condition, a
groundwater sample will be collected from the well upon at least 80% recovery of the
static groundwater level or within 24 hours of the completion of purging, whichever
occurs first.
Additional information related to purge techniques is available in Section 7 of the
EISOPQAM, a copy of which is presented in Appendix C of this workplan.
4.1.2.1 Purge Water Containment
Purge water extracted from the wells will be removed through dedicated tubing or hailers
(as described in 4.1.2, above) and temporarily stored in truck-mounted polyethylene
tank(s). Water will be transferred from the polyethylene tank(s) into 55-gallon IA2-UN
or I H2-UN DOT approved drums to be located at Lot 86 within the fenced area. It is
anticipated that twelve (12) 55-gallon drums will have to be utilized in the performance
of each sampling event, all of which will be impounded at the Lot 86 location.
Purge water will be handled according to the well from which the water was generated;
water generated in the purging of historically clean wells MW-13, MW-13D, MW-16D,
MW-27, MW29, MW33, MW34SR, MW-34DR, MW-35S, MW35D, MW40, MW-41,
MW-411, MW-41D, MW-42, MW-42I, MW43, MW45, MW46, and MW-47 will be
discharged directly to the surface in the area surrounding the well location 4.
Spill containment supplies will be maintained on all vehicles in use at the location for the
implementation of spill response, if necessary. Each drum of waste generated during the
process will be labeled in accordance with EPA and Department of Transportation (DOT)
guidelines and will bear the designation for each well from which the purge water was
generated. Purge water contained in 55-gallon drums and stored at the fenced location of
Lot 86 will, subsequent to the sampling event, be disposed of by, and at the discretion of
NCSU.
4 In a meeting with Mr. Duane Knudson (NCSU) and Mr. David Mattison (NCDENR-DWM) on March 20,
200 I, Mr. Mattison staled that it would be acceptable for the disposal of purge water from historically
"clean" wells in this manner.
15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
4.1.2.2
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Decontamination Procedures
Cleaning procedures in this section are intended for use by field personnel for cleaning
sampling and other equipment in the field. Emergency field sample container cleaning
procedures are also included; however, they should not be used unless absolutely
necessary.
Sampling and field equipment cleaned in accordance with these procedures must meet the
minimum requirements for Data Quality Objectives (DQO) definitive data collection.
Deviations from these procedures should be documented in the approved study plan, field
records, and investigative reports. These are the materials, methods, and procedures to be
used when cleaning sampling and other equipment in the field.
Specifications for Cleaning Materials
Specifications for standard cleaning materials referred to in this S&A Plan are as follows:
• Soap shall be a standard brand of phosphate-free laboratory detergent such as
Liquinox®. Use of other detergent must be justified and documented in the field
logbooks and inspection or investigative reports.
• Solvent shall be pesticide-grade isopropanol. Use of a solvent other than
pesticide-grade isopropanol for equipment cleaning purposes must be justified in
the study plan. Otherwise its use will be documented in field logbooks and
inspection or investigation reports.
• Tap water may be used from any municipal water treatment system. Untreated
potable water supply will not be substituted for tap water.
• Analyte free water (deionized water) is tap water that has been treated by passing
through a standard deionizing resin column. At a minimum, the finished water
will contain no detectable heavy metals or other inorganic compounds (i.e., at or
above analytical detection limits) as defined by a standard inductively coupled
Argon Plasma Spectrophotometer (ICP) (or equivalent) scan. Analyte free water
obtained by other methods will be acceptable, as long as it meets the above
analytical criteria.
• Organic/analyte free water is defined as tap water that has been treated with
activated carbon and deionizing units. A portable system to produce
organic/analyte free water under field conditions is available. At a minimum, the
finished water will meet the analytical criteria of analyte free water and contain
no detectable pesticides, herbicides, extractable organic compounds, or volatile
organic compounds above minimum detectable levels as determined by the
Region 4 laboratory for a given set of analyses. Organic/analyte free water
obtained by other methods will be acceptable, as long as it meets the above
analytical criteria.
• Other solvents may be substituted for a particular purpose if required. For
example, removal of concentrated waste materials may require the use of either
pesticide-grade hexane or petroleum ether. After the waste material is removed,
the equipment will be subjected to the standard cleaning procedure. Because these
16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
I
u
n
H
D
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
solvents are not miscible with water, the equipment will be completely dry prior
to use. Solvents, laboratory detergent, and rinse waters used to clean equipment
shall not be reused during field decontamination.
Handling and Containers for Cleaning Solutions
Improperly handled cleaning solutions may easily become contaminated. Storage and
application containers will be constructed of the proper materials to ensure their integrity.
Following are acceptable materials for storage of the specified cleaning solutions:
• Soap will be kept in clean plastic, metal, or glass containers until used and will be
poured directly from the container during use.
• Solvent will be stored in the unopened original containers until used. Solvents
will be applied using the low-pressure nitrogen system fitted with a Teflon®
nozzle, or using Teflon® or plastic squeeze bottles.
• Tap water will be kept in clean tanks, hand pressure sprayers, squeeze bottles, or
applied directly from a hose.
• Analyte free water will be stored in clean glass, stainless steel, or plastic
containers that can be closed prior to use and may be dispensed from plastic
squeeze bottles.
• Organic/analyte free water will be stored in clean glass, Teflon®, or stainless steel
containers prior to use and may be dispensed using Teflon® squeeze bottles or the
portable system.
Note: Hand pump sprayers generally are not acceptable storage or application containers
for the above materials (with the exception of tap water). This also applies to stainless
steel sprayers. All hand sprayers have internal oil coated gaskets and black rubber seals
that may contaminate the solutions.
Disposal of Solvent Cleaning Solutions
Investigation derived waste (IDW), including used wash water, rinse water, and spent
solvents will be transferred to a 55-gallon I A2-UN or I H2-UN DOT approved drum. The
drum will be labeled in accordance with EPA and Department of Transportation (DOT)
guidelines and will bear a description of the generation process. The drum will be stored
at the fenced location of Lot 86 and will, subsequent to the sampling event, be disposed
ofby, and at the discretion ofNCSU.
Equipment Contaminated with Concentrated Wastes
Equipment used to collect samples of hazardous materials or toxic wastes or materials
from hazardous waste sites, RCRA facilities, or in-process waste streams will be field
cleaned before returning from the study. At a minimum, this will consist of washing with
soap and rinsing with tap water. More stringent procedures may be required at the
discretion of the field investigators.
17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
n
H
0
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Safety Procedures for Field Cleaning Operations
Some of the materials used to implement the cleaning procedures outlined in this S&A
Plan may be harmful if used improperly. All field investigators shall exercise caution and
all applicable safety procedures shall be followed. At a minimum, the following
precautions will be taken in the field during these cleaning operations:
• Safety glasses with splash shields or goggles, and latex gloves will be worn
during all cleaning operations.
• Solvent rinsing operations will be conducted in the open (never in a closed room).
• No eating, smoking, drinking, chewing, or any hand to mouth contact will be
permitted during cleaning operations.
Handling of Cleaned Equipment
After field cleaning, equipment will be handled only by personnel wearing clean nitrile or
equivalent gloves to prevent re-contamination. In addition, the equipment will be moved
away (preferably upwind) from the cleaning area to prevent recontamination. If the
equipment is not to be immediately re-used it will be covered with plastic sheeting or
wrapped in aluminum foil to prevent re-contamination. The area where the equipment is
staged prior to re-use will be kept free of contaminants.
"Classic Parameter" Sampling Equipment
"Classic Parameters" are analyses such as oxygen demand, nutrients, certain inorganics,
sulfide, flow measurements, etc. For routine operations involving classic parameter
analyses, water quality sampling equipment such as Kemmerers, buckets, dissolved
oxygen dunkers, dredges, etc., will be cleaned with the sample or analyte-free water
between sampling locations. A brush may be used to remove deposits of material or
sediment, if necessary.
Flow measuring equipment such as weirs, staff gages, velocity meters, and other stream
gauging equipment will be cleaned with tap water between measuring locations, if
necessary.
The previously described procedures are not to be used for cleaning field equipment to be
used for the collection of samples undergoing trace organic or inorganic constituent
analyses.
Sampling Equipment used for the Collection of Trace Organic and Inorganic Compounds
The following procedures will be used for all sampling equipment used to collect routine
samples undergoing trace organic or inorganic constituent analyses:
I. Clean with tap water and soap using a brush, if necessary, to remove particulate matter
and surface films. Equipment may be steam cleaned (soap and high pressure hot
water) as an alternative to brushing. Sampling equipment that is steam cleaned should
be placed on racks or saw horses at least two feet above the floor of the
decontamination pad. PVC or plastic items will not be steam cleaned.
18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
u
0
D
0
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
Nonh Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
2. Rinse thoroughly with tap water.
3. Rinse thoroughly with analyte free water.
4. Rinse thoroughly with solvent. Do not solvent rinse PVC or plastic items.
5. Rinse thoroughly with organic/analyte free water. If organic/analyte free water is not
available, equipment should be allowed to completely dry. Do not apply a final rinse
with analyte water. Organic/analyte free water can be generated on-site utilizing the
portable system.
6. Remove the equipment from the decontamination area and cover with plastic.
Equipment stored overnight will be covered with clean, unused plastic.
Well Sounders or Tapes
Well sounders or tapes used to measure well levels and depths will be cleaned prior to
each use and between each monitoring well as follows.
I. Wash with soap and tap water.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
Redi-Flo2® Pump
The Redi-Flo2® pump will be cleaned prior to use and between each monitoring well
using the following procedure.
CA UT/ON -Make sure the pump is not plugged in.
I. Using a brush, scrub the exterior of the pump, electrical cord and garden hose with
soap and tap water. Do not wet the electrical plug.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
4. Place the equipment in a clean plastic bag.
To clean the Redi-Flo2® ball check valve:
I. Completely dismantle ball check valve. Check for wear and/or corrosion, and replace
as needed.
2. Using a brush, scrub all components with soap and tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
4. Reassemble and re-attach the ball check valve to the Redi-Flo2® pump head.
Additional information related to decontamination procedures are presented in Appendix
B.
19
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
g
u
D
0
4.2
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Groundwater Sampling
4.2.1 Standard Sample Collection Procedures
Groundwater sampling from each Site monitoring well (totaling 39) will be performed
subsequent to proper purging of the well. Samples retained from each well will be
submitted for fixed based analysis by a North Carolina Department of Environment and
Natural Resources (NCDENR) Division of Water Quality (DWQ) certified laboratory.
Additional laboratory information is provided in 4.3.2, below.
Fixed based parameters will be measured for each well sampled through the analysis of
groundwater samples. Fixed-base parameters for these samples will include the analysis
of the sample(s) for:
a) Aromatic and Chlorinated hydrocarbons by EPA Method 6230 D,
b) Nitrate,
c) Dissolved Iron (II),
d) Sulfate,
e) Methane, ethane, ethene,
t) Alkalinity,
g) Major cations (RCRA Metals) including Manganese (Mn),
h) Chloride, and
i) Total organic carbon
Samples retrieved from each well will be contained in pre-cleaned laboratory grade
containers to be provided by the Laboratory. As described in 4.3.2.1, sample containers
requiring chemical preservation will be preserved in advance by the Laboratory. The QA
Package for the laboratory will include a Method Blank, Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike
Duplicate, Laboratory Fortified Blank and Surrogate Standard % Recoveries.
If possible, each well will be sampled immediately upon completion of purging. If the
well is evacuated dry during the purging procedures, the groundwater sample will be
collected from the well upon at least 80% recovery of the static groundwater level or
within 24 hours of the completion of purging, whichever occurs first.
Following purging, samples may be collected using a peristaltic pump, a
Teflon®/stainless steel bladder pump, Teflon® or PVC hailers with dedicated, disposable
nylon rope, and/or dedicated, disposable, polyethylene hailers with dedicated, disposable
nylon rope. These techniques are described below.
Bladder Pumps/Peristaltic Pumps
After purging has been accomplished with a bladder or peristaltic pump, the sample may
be obtained directly from the pump discharge. The pump discharge rate will be reduced
20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
0
n
D
0
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
to <l 00 ml/minute prior to collecting samples to mm1m1ze sample disturbance,
particularly with respect to samples collected for volatile organic compounds analysis.
Bailers
When bailing, new plastic sheeting will be placed on the ground around each well to
provide a clean working area. The nylon rope may be attached directly to the bailer or
through a Teflon® coated stainless steel wire. The coated wire will be decontaminated
for reuse with the bailer. The bailer will be gently immersed in the top of the water
column until just filled, carefully removed, and the contents emptied into the appropriate
sample containers.
4.2.2 Special Sample Collection Procedures
Trace Organic Compounds and Metals
Special sample handling procedures will be instituted when trace contaminant samples
are being collected. All sampling equipment, including pumps, hailers, water level
measurement equipment, etc., which comes into contact with the water in the well will be
cleaned in accordance with the cleaning procedures described in Appendix B. Pumps
will not be used for sampling, unless the interior and exterior portions of the pump and
the discharge hoses are thoroughly cleaned. Blank samples will be collected to determine
the adequacy of cleaning prior to collection of any sample using a pump.
Filtering
As a standard practice, ground water samples will not be filtered for routine analysis
except for the samples to be analyzed for dissolved iron. Filtering will only be performed
to determine the fraction of major ions and trace metals passing the filter and used for
flow system analysis and for the purpose of geochemical speciation modeling. Filtration
will not be allowed to correct for improperly designed or constructed monitoring wells,
inappropriate sampling methods, or poor sampling technique. When samples are
collected for routine analyses and are filtered, such as under conditions of excessive
turbidity, both filtered and non-filtered samples will be submitted for analyses. Samples
for organic compounds analysis will not be filtered.
Prior to filtration of the ground water sample for any reason other than dissolved iron
analysis or geochemical speciation modeling, the following criteria must be demonstrated
to justify the use of filtered samples for inorganic analysis:
I. The monitoring wells, whether temporary or permanent, have been constructed and
developed in accordance with the provisions of the EPA Region IV ElSOPQAM.
2. The ground water samples were collected using sampling techniques in accordance
with this section, and the ground water samples were analyzed in accordance with
US-EPA approved methods.
3. Efforts have been undertaken to minimize any persistent sample turbidity problems.
These efforts consist of the following:
21
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
• Redevelopment or re-installation of permanent ground water monitoring wells.
• Implementation of low flow/low stress purging and sampling techniques.
Groundwater turbidity measurements will be taken during purging and sampling to
demonstrate stabilization or lack thereof. These measurements should be documented in
the field notes. If the groundwater sample appears to have either a chemically-induced
elevated turbidity, such as would occur with precipitate formation, or a naturally elevated
colloid or fine, particulate-related turbidity, filtration will not be allowed. If filtration is
necessary for purposes of geochemical modeling or other pre-approved cases, the
following procedures will be used:
• In-line filtration through the use of disposable, high capacity filter cartridges
(barrel-type) or membrane filters in an in-line filter apparatus. The high capacity,
barrel-type filter will be preferred due to the higher surface area associated with
this configuration. If a membrane filter is utilized, a minimum diameter of 142
mm is suggested.
• 5 µm pore-size filter for the purpose of determining the colloidal constituent
concentrations. A 0.1 µm pore-size filter should be used to remove most non-
dissolved particles.
• Cartridge or barrel-type filter will be flushed with 500 milliliters of the solute
(ground water to be sampled) prior to collection of sample. If a membrane filter is
· used, it will be rinsed with 100 milliliters of solute prior to sample collection.
Potential differences could result from variations in filtration procedures used to process
water samples for the determination of trace element concentrations. A number of factors
associated with filtration can substantially alter "dissolved" trace element concentrations;
these include filter pore size, filter type, filter diameter, filtration method, volume of
sample processed, suspended sediment concentration, suspended sediment grain-size
distribution, concentration of colloids and colloidally-associated trace elements, and
concentration of organic matter. Therefore, consistency is critical in the comparison of
short-term and long-term results. Further guidance on filtration may be obtained from the
following: 1) Metals in ground Water: Sampling Artifacts and Reproducibility (3); 2)
Filtration of Ground Water Samples for Metals Analysis (4); and 3) Ground Water
Sampling - A Workshop Summary (5).
Specific Sampling Equipment Quality Assurance Techniques
All equipment used to collect ground water samples shall be cleaned as outlined in
Appendix B and repaired, if necessary, before being stored at the conclusion of field
studies. Cleaning procedures utilized in the field (Appendix B), or field repairs shall be
thoroughly documented in field records. ·
In the case of wells for which purging is performed with an electric submersible pump,
samples will be retrieved from a sample port to be located on the flow through chamber
used in the collection of field measured parameters. In the case of wells requiring
22
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
purging utilizing a disposable bailer, samples will be collected from the bailer. Samples
for fixed base analyses will be contained in pre-washed, laboratory grade containers to be
provided by the laboratory. A listing of containers and required preservatives (if
applicable) are discussed in 4,3,2, below.
Subsequent to the collection of groundwater samples, the containers in which samples
have been contained will be placed on ice in a cooler, pending transportation to the lab
for analysis. All chain-of custody protocol and outlined in 4,3,2,3 will be strictly adhered
to in the performance of this sampling event.
Additional information related to sampling techniques is available in Section 7 of the
EPA Region IV EISOPQAM, a copy of which is provided in Appendix C.
4.2.3 Field Records
A dedicated, bound, weatherproof logbook will be dedicated to the project. Included in
the logbook will be project leader's name, sample team leader's name (if appropriate),
project name and location, and project number. These will be listed inside front cover of
logbook. Each page will be numbered and dated with diagonal lines following the end of
day entries or the end of particular events. All entries will be legible and contain an
accurate account of the project activities. Information to be included in logbook entries
will include:
• Equipment used;
• Calculations, results, and calibration data for equipment;
• Property numbers of sampling equipment (if available);
• Sampling station identification;
• Time of collection;
• Sample location;
• Sample description;
• Name of sampler;
• Sample procedures;
• Diagrams of sample process;
• Maps/sketches of sample locations; and
• Weather conditions.
For document control, the following types of documents shall be maintained m the
centralized project file.
• Copy of study plan;
• Original chain-of-custody records and bound field logbooks;
• Copy of Receipt for Sample forms;
• Records obtained during investigation;
23
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
• Complete copy of analytical data and memorandums transmitting analytical data;
• Official correspondence, including records of telephone conversations;
• Photographs and/or negatives from project activities;
• Copy of final report and transmittal memorandums; and
• All relevant documents pertaining to the project.
At the conclusion of the project, the project leader shall review the file to ensure that its
contents are complete.
4.2.4 Field Quality Assurance/Quality Control Measures
Field quality assurance/quality control measures shall include;
• Field personnel will have a minimum of six months field experience gained by on
the job training using the "buddy" system with a senior investigator.
• All sample collection activities will be traceable through field records to the
sampler and sample equipment. This includes maintenance and calibration records
for sampling equipment.
• Chain-of-custody procedures will confom1 to those outlined in Sections 3.1
through 3.6 ofEISOPQAM.
• The construction material for all sampling equipment must not contaminate
sample being collected and must be easily decontaminated to prevent cross-
contamination.
• All samples requiring preservation will be preserved immediately following
collection in the field.
• Precautions will be taken to prevent cross-contamination of less contaminated
samples from greater contaminated samples. Methods will include:
• New latex gloves will be donned prior to collection of each sample;
• Sample containers containing highly contaminated samples will be placed
in separate plastic immediately after collection;
• Ambient samples will be collected first and placed in different shipping
containers;
• Shipping containers for samples suspected of having high concentrations
of contaminates will be lined with new, clean, plastic bags;
• Sample collection will proceed from wells of lower historical
concentration of COCs to well with higher historical concentration of
COCs;
• Equipment constructed of plastic or PVC will not be used to collect
samples for trace organic compounds. Equipment will be constructed of
Teflon, stainless steel, or glass that has been properly pre-cleaned.
• Samples placed in ice chests will not be allowed to submerged in water
from melted ice;
24
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
• Plastic bags, such as Zip-lock, sealed with tape will be used when VOAs
are placed in ice chests.
• VOAs will be checked to ensure that no bubbles are present in vial
following sample collection;
• A VOC trip blank will be required for investigations that include water
samples for VOC analysis and will be clearly identified on chain-of-
custody;
• At least one field blank will be collected for every week of field activities,
collected from rinse water following decontamination of sampling
equipment.
The project leader will review the sampler's activities on a daily basis. Any sampling
procedures not in accordance with workptan requirements will be identified and
reviewed/corrected with the sampling personnel. Any samples collected using out-of-
protocol procedures will be discarded, and replacement samples will be collected. Any
QNQC issues and corrective actions will be documented by the project leader for the
project file.
4.3 Groundwater Analysis
4.3.1 Field Base Measurements
During the purge procedures to be conducted for each well, monitoring of the following
field parameters will be conducted:
a) pH (standard units),
b) Conductivity,
c) Temperature,
d) Dissolved Oxygen,
e) Oxidation-Reduction Potential, and
f) Turbidity.
Measurement of the field parameters will be conducted during the purging of each well,
after sufficient volume(s) of groundwater have been removed from the well(s) to provide
reliable data. Dissolved oxygen measurements will be performed utilizing a flow through
chamber.
Operation and maintenance manuals for the instruments to be utilized in the performance
of this sampling event are presented in Appendix D.
Field measurements obtained during the performance of this project will be noted in a
field book, and later entered into an Excel® spreadsheet for submittal to NCSU.
25
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Additional information related to Field Measurable Physical/Chemical Characteristics is
available in Section 16 of the EPA Region IV EISOPQAM, a copy of which is presented
in Appendix E.
4.3.1.1 Hydrogen Ion Concentration (pH)
The pH is defined as the negative logarithm of the effective hydrogen-ion concentration
or hydrogen-ion activity in grams equivalents per liter used in expressing both acidity and
alkalinity on a scale which ranges from Oto 14 with 7 representing neutrality.
Meters available:
• Orion Model 399A
• Orion SA 250 or 230A
• Hydrolab Surveyor II
• YSI 3530, 3500 Water Quality Monitoring System
• I-loriba U-10 or U-22
• Cole-Parmer Model 10
Calibration:
Follow manufacturer's instructions with the following as a minimum. Note: The pH of
the sample to be tested should be estimated either from historical data or by using a four-
color pH indicator paper or equivalent. Using this information, the two buffering points
for calibration can be determined.
I. Remove the meter from storage and allow it to equilibrate to ambient temperature.
2. Measure and record the temperature of the buffering solutions.
3. Select either pH 4 and pH 7 or pH 7 and pH 10 solutions as described above.
4. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water and calibrate to the first buffer (pH 7).
5. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water and calibrate to the second buffer.
6. Rinse and store the probe in a container filled with analyte-free water.
Sample Measurement Procedure:
1. Collect a sample. Measure the temperature prior to measuring the pH. Note: If the
temperature of the sample differs by more than 2°C or approximately 4°F, refer to the
manufacturers instructions on how to adjust for temperature variations. Note: When
the pl-I meter response is slow, unstable, or non-reproducible, it may be necessary to
check the conductivity. If the conductivity is lower than 20 to 30 mhos/cm then add I
ml of IM potassium chloride solution per I 00 mis of sample. Recheck the pH and
record.
2. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away form the sides and bottom of the
sample container. Allow ample time for the probe to equilibrate with the sample.
3. While suspending the probe away from the sides and bottom of the sample container,
record the pH.
4. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water and store it in analyte-free water filled
container until the next sample is ready.
26
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Operational check:
I. While in use, periodically check the pH by rinsing the probe with analyte-free water
and immersing it into the pH 7 buffer solution.
2. Perform a post calibration at the end of the day and record all findings.
Units:
Units of pH are Standard Units (SU) and should be read in one-hundredths (0.01) and
recorded in tenths (0.1 ). Note: If the pH measurements are to be used for RCRA
regulatory purposes and when the pH approaches the alkaline end (pH > I 1.0) of the
scale, the pH measurements should be made by a qualified analyst using laboratory
quality equipment to control the sample at 25°C ± I °C.
4.3.1.2 Specific Conductance (Conductivity)
Conductivity is defined as the quality or power of conducting or transmitting.
Meters available:
• Wheatstone bridge meters.
• Horiba U-10 or U-22.
• Cole-Parmer Model I 0.
Calibration:
The meter should be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A
two-point standard should be used to insure the accuracy of the meter. Conductivity may
be affected by temperature; therefore, temperature should be read first so that appropriate
adjustments can be made in accordance to the manufactures instructions.
I. Check and record the temperature of the standard solutions.
2. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water before immersing it in the standards solution.
3. Immerse the probe in the first standard solution and record the results. Note: Make
sure the meter is "ON".
4. Rinse the probe and immerse it into the second standard solution and record results.
Note: If the meter is not accurate to within± 10% of the standards, correct the problem
before proceeding.
Sample Measurement Procedure:
I. Collect the sample and check and record its temperature.
2. Correct the instruments temperature adjustment to the temperature of the sample.
3. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away from the sides and bottom of the
container. It is important that the entire portion of the probe be wetted by the sample.
This will be evident when some of the sample water is seen coming out of the small
weep hole.
27
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
4. Record the results in a log book.
5. Rinse probe.
Units:
Conductivity units are measured in milliSiemens per centimeter (mS/cm) at 25°C. Results
should be reported to the nearest 0.1 mS/cm for readings below IO mS/cm @ 25°C and to
the nearest l mS/cm for reading above IO mS/cm @ 25°C.
4.3.1.3 Temperature
Temperature is a measure of hotness or coldness on a defined scale.
Meters available:
• Digital (thermo-couple) thermistor.
• Glass bulb mercury filled.
• Bi-metal strip/dial indicator.
• Horiba U-l O or U-22.
• Cole-Parmer Model I 0.
• YSI Model 95.
Calibration:
Whichever type of thermometer is used, it should be calibrated semi-annually against a
National Instrumentation Standards and Technology (NIST) certified thermometer. Note:
Them1istors should be checked against a mercury bulb thermometer prior to use and
should agree within± 0.5°C.
Inspection:
All thermometers should be inspected for leaks, cracks, and/or function prior to use.
Note: A broken glass bulb-mercury filled thermometer can contaminate samples by the
release of mercury vapors.
Sample Measurement Procedure:
I. Clean the probe end with de-ionized water and immerse into sample.
2. Swirl the thermometer in the sample.
3. Allow the thermometer to equilibrate with the sample.
4. Suspend the thermometer away from the sides and bottom to observe the reading.
5. Record the reading in the log book. Report temperature readings to the nearest ±0.5°C.
Note: Always clean the thermometer prior to storage and/or use.
Units:
Degrees Celsius (°C) or Degrees Fahrenheit(°F)
Conversion Formula:
°F = (9/5°C) + 32 or °C = 5/9 (°F -32).
28
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.3.1.4
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April I 5, 2004
Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
· The most common meters for determining the DO in water are dependent upon
electrochemical reactions. Under steady-state conditions, the current or potential can be
correlated with DO concentrations. Interfacial dynamics at the ME/sample interface are a
factor in probe response and a significant degree or interfacial turbulence is necessary.
For precision performance, turbulence should be constant.
Meter available:
• Membrane/electrode (ME) DO meter ( or equivalent).
• YSI Model 95.
Inspection:
1. Prior to field use, the membrane of the DO meter should be inspected for air bubbles
and/or holes. If air bubbles or holes exist, replace the membrane.
2. The membrane should be checked for dryness. If the membrane is dry, replace and
soak it in analyte-free or analyte-free water prior to calibration of the meter.
Calibration:
I. Air calibrate according to the manufacturer's instructions, either in air saturated water
or in a water saturated air environment.
2. The ME meter may be checked and/or calibrated against the Winkler method.
Sample Measurement Procedure:
I. When making measurements, be sure that the meter stirring apparatus is working.
2. Adjust the temperature and salinity compensators (if equipped).
3. Read the dial to the nearest 0.1 mg/I and record the measurement.
To Collect a Sample:
I. When possible, measure the DO in-situ with a field probe; otherwise,
2. Collect the sample in a 300-ml BOD bottle and measure the DO with a laboratory type
probe. Note: Special care should be exercised to avoid entrainment of atmospheric
oxygen or loss of DO. The sample should be collected with a DO Dunker (APHA-
type) for depths less than five feet below water surface (BWS). A Kemmerer type
sampler is recommended for depths greater than five feet BWS.
3. If an API-IA-type DO Dunker is not available and a shallow depth sample is needed, a
bucket may be used to collect a sample of water. A siphon tube should be coiled into
the bucket such that the fill end is nearest the bottom. Using a 300-ml BOD bottle,
allow the siphoning sample to fill and overflow the bottle for a minimum of three
volumes.
4. If a Kemmerer sampler is used, the BOD sample bottle should be filled to overflowing
by inserting the outlet tube of the sampler to the bottom of the bottle. The tube should
be withdrawn slowly as the bottle is allowed to overflow three times its volume. Care
29
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
must be exercised to prevent turbulence or the formation of bubbles when filling the
bottle. Duplicate analyses should agree within± 0.1 mg/I.
Units:
Units are reported in mg/I.
Limitations:
•
•
•
Dissolved inorganic salts are a factor with the performance of DO probes. Note:
The presence of inorganic salts must be determined.
Reactive gases which pass through the ME probes may interfere with the DO
analysis. For example, chlorine will depolarize the cathode and cause a high probe
output. Long-term exposures to chlorine will coat the anode with the chloride of
the anode metal and eventually desensitize the probe. Hydrogen sulfide will
interfere with the ME probes if the applied potential is greater than the half-wave
potential of the sulfide ion.
Dissolved oxygen ME probes are temperature sensitive, and temperature
compensation is normally provided by the manufacturer (see manufacturers
instructions).
4.3.1.5 Oxidation/Reduction Potential (ORP)
The Oxidation/Reduction (redox) potential of groundwater is a measure of electron
activity and is an. indicator of the relative tendency of a solution to accept or transfer
electrons. Redox reactions in groundwater are usually biologically mediated and
therefore, the redox potential of a groundwater system acts upon and influences rates of
biodegradation.
Meters available:
• Oakton meters (or equivalent) are typically used for measuring conductivity.
• Horiba U-10 or U-22
• Digi-sense Model 5938-00
Calibration:
The meter should be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A
two-point standard should be used to insure the accuracy of the meter. Redox
measurements may be affected by aeration; therefore, use of a flow through chamber is
recommended.
I. Check and record the temperature of the standard solutions.
2. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water before immersing it in the standards solution.
3. Immerse the probe in the standard solution and record the reading.
Note: If the meter is not accurate to within± 10% of the standard, correct the problem
before proceeding.
30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
Sample Measurement Procedure:
1. Collect the sample with minimal turbidity and aeration.
2. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away from the sides and bottom of the
container. It is important that the entire portion of the probe be wetted by the sample.
This is evident when sample water is seen coming out of the small weep hole.
3. Record the results in a log book.
4. Rinse pro be.
Units:
Units are reported in millivolts (mV). Results should be reported to the nearest ten mV.
4.3.1.6 Turbidity
Turbidity is a measurement of suspended solids in groundwater samples and is a general
indicator of sample quality and representativeness.
Meters available:
• HF Scientific Inc. MicroTPI field portable turbidimeter.
Calibration:
The meter should be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A
four-point standard (0.02 NTU, 10.0 NTU, 100 NTU, 1000 NTU) is used. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions in Appendix D.
Sample Measurement Procedure:
1. Collect the sample with minimal turbidity and aeration.
2. Fill clean and dry cuvette with 10 ml of sample. Place cap on top of cuvette and rinse
thoroughly.
3. Upon completion discard rinse water and repeat twice.
4. Completely fill rinsed cuvette with remaining portion of sample (approximately 15 ml)
and cap cuvette. Ensure that outside of cuvette is dry, clean, and free from smudges.
5. Place cuvette in instrument and press down until cuvette snaps fully into the sample
well.
6. Index cuvette by holding the index button on meter while rotating cuvette to obtain the
lowest reading on display.
7. Release index button to display turbidity.
8. Record the results in a log book.
9. Rinse cuvette with DI water and allow to air dry.
Units:
Units should be reported in nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs). Results should be
reported to the nearest hundredth NTU for low resolution samples.
31
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
10
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
4.3.2 Fixed Based Analyses
Analysis of groundwater samples obtained from the wells at the Site will include fixed-
based parameters. Fixed based parameters will be measured for each well sampled
through the analysis of groundwater samples including the following:
a) Aromatic and Chlorinated hydrocarbons by EPA Method 6230 D,
b) Nitrate,
c) Dissolved Iron (II),
d) Sulfate,
e) Methane, ethane, ethene,
f) Alkalinity,
g) Major cations (RCRA Metals) including Manganese (Mn),
h) Chloride, and
i) Total organic carbon
These analyses will be performed by Environmental Science Corp. of Mt. Juliet,
Tennessee, an NCDENR-DWM certified laboratory. The laboratory maintains
Certification No. 375 with the NCDENR-DWM and is presently in good standing.
Fixed-based analysis for volatile organic compounds will be conducted employing EPA
Method 62300, rather than the EPA Method 8260. The EPA 62300 analysis is to be
performed in lieu of the EPA Method 8260 due to the lower detection limit available with
the 62300 analysis. Use of this analysis will enable greater accuracy in determining the
presence or absence of volatile organic compounds. Resulting data will be submitted in a
Contract Laboratory Protocols (CLP) data set.
4.3.2.l Sample Containers and Preservatives
Sample containers and preservatives for the fixed based parameters outlined in the S&A
Plan are presented as follows.
32
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
G d roun water s ample on amers, I C t . p reservatives, an 0 mi: 1mcs d H Id' T'
Parameter Method(s) Cont. Cont. Pres.
Vol. Matl.
Aromatic & Chlorinated (3)
Hydrocarbons 6230D 40ml Glass HCL
Nitrate 353.2 250 ml HOPE None*
Dissolved Iron 6010 250 ml HOPE HN03'
Sulfate 375.4 500 ml HOPE None*
Methane, ethane & ethane WAl.02 (3) Glass None
40ml
Alkalinity 310.1 250ml HOPE None*
Major Cations SW6010 (As)
(8 RCRA Metals) SW6010 (Pb)
SW6010 (Se) 500 ml HOPE HN03
SW60 IO (Ba,Cd,Cr,Ag)
SW7470 (Hg)
Chloride 325.3 250ml HOPE None*
Total Organic Carbon 9060 (3) HOPE H2S04'
40ml
Hold
Time
14 days
48
hours
6-mo'.
28 days
14 days
14 days
28 days
28 days
28 days
• A I though samples may not require chemical preservation, each must be stored in a location with a
temperature not exceeding 4°C.
1 Dissolved Iron samples will be filtered in the field prior to preservation.
2 6-month hold time applies to sample after preservation by laboratory
3 Storage of sample required to be cool, dark location
Sample containers to be utilized in the performance of this sampling event will be
provided by the laboratory. Chemical preservatives will be added to sample containers in
advance of sampling by the laboratory.
4.3.2.2 Sample Identification and Designation
The method of sample identification used will depend on the type of sample collected.
Samples collected for specific field analyses or measurement data will be recorded
directly in bound field logbooks or recorded directly on the Chain-of-Custody Record,
with identifying information, while in the custody of the samplers. Examples include pH,
temperature, and conductivity. Samples collected for laboratory analyses will be
identified by using standard, sequentially numbered and traceable, sample tags/labels,
which will be attached to the sample containers. The following information shall be
included on the sample tag using waterproof, non-erasable ink:
• Project number;
• Field identification or sample station number;
• Date and time of sample collection;
• Designation of the sample as a grab or composite;
• Type of sample (water, wastewater, leachate, soil, sediment, etc.) and a very brief
description of the sampling location;
33
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
• The signature of either the sampler(s) or the designated sampling team leader and
the field sample custodian (if appropriate);
• Sample preservatives.
• Analyses to be performed ( checked on front of tag); and
• Relevant comments (such as readily detectable or identifiable odor, color, or
known toxic properties).
Tags/labels for blank or duplicate samples will be marked "blank" or "duplicate,"
respectively. This requirement does not apply to blind-spiked or blank samples which are
to be submitted for laboratory quality control purposes. Blind-spiked or blank samples
shall not be identified as such. This identifying information shall also be recorded in the
bound field logbooks and on the Chain-Of-Custody Record.
4.3.2.3 Sample Chain-of-Custody Documentation
Chain-of-custody procedures will comprise the following elements; I) maintammg
sample custody and 2) documentation of samples for evidence. To document chain-of-
custody, an accurate record must be maintained to trace the possession of each sample
from the moment of collection to its introduction into evidence.
A sample or other physical evidence will be in custody if it is:
• In the actual possession of an investigator.
• In the view of an investigator, after being in their physical possession.
• In the physical possession of an investigator and then secured to prevent
tampering.
• In a designated secure area.
Chain-of-Custody (COC) forms will be provided by the laboratory. Each COC will be
separately numbered for each ten (I 0) or less samples noted on the document. COC
records will bear:
• Project name ("NCSU-Lot 86").
• Sampler Name and Signature.
• Point of Contact and Phone Number.
• Client Address.
Sample information documented on the COC will include:
• Sample IDs.
• Sampling Dates and Times.
• Sample Matrix.
• Sample Preservatives.
• Notation as to whether the samples were filtered.
34
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
n
D
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
• Number of sample containers.
• Requested fixed-based analyses.
Additional information related to the groundwater samples will be included in the
"Remarks/Comments" section of the COC. Further information related to Sample
Control, Field Records and Document Control are available in Section 3 of the EPA
Region IV EISOPQAM, a copy of which is presented in Appendix F.
4.3.2.4 Sample Storage and Transport
Sample shipments for the project will occur as necessary to maintain established holding
times associated with the fixed-based sample analyses. Samples will be packed on ice
subsequent to collection, and will be transported from the Site to the laboratory by either
sampling or laboratory personnel. As per Chain-of-Custody requirements, all samples
transported to the laboratory will be identified in accordance with 4.3.2.2 and 4.3.2.3.
Subsequent to the collection of a sample from any given location (well), each container
will be placed on ice in a cooler within minutes of collection. Samples will be secured in
coolers with a sufficient amount of ice to ensure proper preservation, and shall, if
necessary, be secured within the cooler(s) utilizing bubble wrap or foam packing, at the
discretion of the sampling personnel or the laboratory. Care will be taken to ensure that
no samples reach a temperature that will cause the sample(s) to freeze.
5.0 REFERENCES
Brown & Caldwell, June 1994, Remedial Investigation Report: NCSU Lot 86 Site.
East Coast Environmental, P.A., Results for Groundwater Sampling at NCSU Lot 86:
NCSU Lot 86 Superfund Site.
GEI Consultants, Inc., March 2001, Draft Evaluation a/Monitored Natural Attenuation:
NCSU Lot 86 Superfund Site.
Marshall Miller & Associates, December 1999, Draft Construction Report: NCSU Lot 86
Superfund Site.
North Carolina State University, February 1996, Revised Feasibility Study: NCSU Lot 86
Superfund Site.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, October 1996, Record of Decision: NCSU Lot
86 Superfund Site.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Region IV, November 2001, Environmental
Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual.
35
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIX A
SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HEAL TH AND SAFETY PLAN/EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
Prepared By: Piedmont Geologic, P.C. Site Number: NCSULot 86
6003 Chapel Hill Rd., Suite I 09 Site Address: Located adjacent to NCSU football
Raleigh, NC practice fields along eastern portion of
Carter Finely Parking Area
Date: April 19, 2002 Telephone: No telephone on site
GENERAL INFORMATION
Client: NorU1 Carolina State University
Client Contact: Duane Knudson
Address: NCSU Env. HealU1 and Safety-Industrial Hygiene, Campus Box 8007, Raleigh NC, 27695
Telephone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TEAM
Incident Manager: Pete Dressel Site Contact: Duane Knudson
Work Telephone No. 919-854-9700 _Work Telephone No. 919-515-6859
Cellular No. 919-417-5065 Cellular No. NIA
Home Telephone No. 919-380-8991 Home Telephone No. NIA
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
Site HcalU1 and Safety Plan
NCSU Lot 86
April 19, 2002
EMERGENCY INFORMATION
Hospital Information:
Hospital: I REX HOSPITAL J Telephone No,:
From Site:
• Left out of gale to Hillsboro Street
• Left on Hillsboro Street
• Left at light to Blue Ridge Road
• Righi onto Lake Boone Trail
• Hospital Emergency Room on Left
SEE FOLLOWING MAP
Other Emergency Contacts:
Police: City of Raleigh Telephone No,:
Ambulance: Wake County Telephone No,:
Fire Department: City of Raleigh Telephone No.:
Incident Notification Center: Incident Manager Telephone No.:
Site Contact
J 911
Polson Control Center: 1-800-282-5846 CHEMTREC
911
911
911
919-854-9700
919-515-6859
National Response Center: 1-800-424-8802 EPA Emergency Response
DOT, Ollice of Hazardous Operations 1-202-426-0656 Center for Disease Control
LINES OF AUTHORITY
Site Personnel ➔ Incident Manager ➔
Pete Dressel
919-854-9700 (w)
919-380-899! (h)
919-417-5065 (c)
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC, P.C.
Site Contact
Duane Knudson
919-515-6859 (w)
1-800-424-9300
1-908-321-6660
1-404-488-4100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Site Hcaltl1 and Safety Plan
NCSU Lot 86
April 19, 2002
SITE AND WORK DESCRIPTION
Site Description:
Site activities due to investigation related to groundwater contamination resulting from NCSU
waste disposal. Disposal area is gated and fenced witl1 NCSU personnel responsible for entry.
Immediate area surrounding site is parking for stadium and arena events and NCSU football
practice fields.
IMPORTANT:
• No unauthorized personnel on. site at anytime.
• No smoking anywhere on site at anytime.
HAZARDS INFORMATION
Hazardous Materials/ \Vastes in Work Areas:
Groundwater contaminated wiU1 various solvents.
Hazardous Characteristics (check):
Toxic: X Flammable/Volatile: X Ignitable: X Corrosive: X Reactive:
Health Hazards:
Route Symptom First Aid
Inhalation irritated eyes, nose, respiratory system Eye: irrigate
Absorption headache, nausea, staggered gait; Skin: soap and water wash
atxiominal pain BreatJ1ing: artificial respiration
Ingestion stomach pain Ingestion: immediate medical attention
PmDMONTGEOLOGIC, P.C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
Site Healih and Safety Plan
NCSU Lot 86
April 19, 2002
Known or Suspected Contaminants in Work Area:
Material
Carbon Tetrachloride
Tetrachlorocthylene
Vinyl Chloride
Chloroform
1,2-Dibromocthane
Benzene
Toluene
Xylenes
Metl1ylene Chloride
Hazard Assessment:
IDLH
300 ppm
500 ppm
NA (carcinogen)
1,000 ppm
400ppm
2,000ppm
2,000ppm
10,000 ppm
5,000ppm
The chemical information listed as follows represents the most hazardous conditions that may be present on site.
OSHA Hazard Category Limiting Value
TLV Threshold Limit Value (8-hour time weighed average) !Oppm
TLV-C Threshold Limit Value Ceiling (may not be exceeded at any time) SO ppm
IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life and Healtl1 carcinogen
V.I'. Vapor Pressure 75mm
J.P. Ionization Potential 9.25 eV
F.I'. Flash Point 12°F
lTisL Upper Explosive Limit 7.1%
LEL Lower Explosive Limit 1.3%
Additional Hazards On Site (check):
Heat Exposure: X Traffic: OYerhead Power Lines:
Cold Exposure: X Trenches: Underground Piping:
Confined Space: Noise: X Heavy Equipment:
OTHER:
I'IEVMONTGEOUJGIC, P.C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
0
I
I
Site HealU1 and Safety Plan
NCSU Lot 86
April 19, 2002
PERSONNEL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Level of Personnel Protection (check initial level; appropriate upgrades are specified below):
LEVEL D ----'X"---
• Latex / nitrile gloves • Hard bat
• Steel toe/ Shank boots • Goggles / safely glasses
Exceptions: Hard hat not required where no overhead hazards exist.
LEVEL C _____ _
• Latex/ nitrile gloves • Hard hat
• Steel toe/ Shank booLs • Goggles / safety glasses
• approved full-face air purifying, canister-
equipped respirator:
Cannister Type: _;:G....:Cc:.M/=H:.._ ________________ _
• Chemical resistant cloU1ing: Polycoaled Tyvek
Type: -------------------• Outer gloves/boot coverings:
Type: -----------------------
Nitrilc or neoprene
Exceptions: Hard hat not required where no overhead hazards exist.
LEVEL II _____ _
• Latex / nitrile gloves • Hard hat
• Steel toe / Shank boots • Goggles / safety glasses
• approved full-face mask, positive-pressure, self-contained breaU1ing apparatus (SCBA) or airline.
• Chemical resistant cloU1ing:
Type: -----------------------• Outer gloves/boot coverings:
Type:---------------------
Exceptions: Hard hat not required where no overhead hazards exist.
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC, P.C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Site Health and Safety Plan
NCSU Lot 86
April 19, 2002
LEVEL A _____ _
• Latex / nitrite gloves
• S tee! toe / Shank boots
• Hard hat
• Goggles / safety glasses
• approved full-face mask, positive -pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or airline.
• Fully encapsulating chemical resistant
cloU1ing:
Type: -----------------------• Outer gloves/boot coverings:
Type:---------------------
Exceptions: Hard hat not required where no overhead hazards exist.
NOTE: NO UPGRADES TO LEVEL A WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL HY PROJECT MANAGER AND
AMENDMENTS TO HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN; ALL WORK ON SITE TO STOP UNTIL
Al'PROV AL/ AMENDMENTS ARE RECEIVED.
Air Monitoring Requirements:
Constituent
Organic Vapors -
Combustible Gas -
Oxygen -
Radiation -
OUwr (specify) -
Monitoring Instrument
photo-ionization detector (PID) or flame ionization detector (FID)
Draeger Gas Meter
Draeger Gas Meter
Action Levels for Personal Protection Upgrades:
Organic Vapor Concentrations in Breathing Space
0
11
751
> 10,000
lo
lo
lo
10
750
10,000
Level D
Level C
Level B
immediately witltdraw from area
Combustible Gas Concentrations in Breathing Space
0.0 to 20.0% LEL: Continue with normal activity
greater than 20.0% LEL: Immediately wiU1draw from area
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC; /'.C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Site Health and Safety Plan
NCSU Lot 86
April 19, 2002
Action Levels for Personal Protection Upgrades (cont.):
Oxygen Concentrations in Breathing Space
0.0 to 19.5% oxygen: Level B
19.5% to 23.0% oxygen: Continue with nonnal activity
greater Urnn 23.0% oxygen: Immediately withdraw from area
Radiation Concentration.'i
0.0 to 2.0% mR/hr: Continue wiU1 normal activity
2.0 to 3.0% mR/hr: Level C
3.0 to 5.0% mR/hr: Level B
greater Uian 5.0% mR/hr: Immediately withdraw from area
OU1er Requirements (specify):
Personnel Decontamination Procedures:
Disposable personal protective equipment (gloves, etc.) to be placed in site sani~'lfY dumpster for removal.
Outer gloves/boot coverings to be washed wiU1 soap and water and rinsed.
Decontamination fluids to be drummed with sample decontamination solutions.
AMENDMENTS TO HEAL TH AND SAFETY PLAN
(must be approved by Project Manager)
Amendment Project Manager's Approval / Date
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC; l'.C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sile Hcallh and Safely Plan
NCSU Lol 86
April 19, 2002
CERTIFlCA TION
Project Name/ Location: ---~N,.,C"'S""U"--'1,,,o"t..,,8,,6'-'G"-,'-'ro"'u"n"'d'-'w'-'a"t,.er.......,S.,,am.,_,.p"'li"'n"'g __________ _
My signature certifies Uiat I have read, fully understand, and agree to comply wiU1 this health and safety plan. I
furU1er certify Uiat I understand Uie appropriate responses to U1e site hazards described herein, will enact
appropriate responses as necessary, and have received appropriate lrnining and hcalU1 monitoring as required by
OSHA rules.
PRINTED NAME SIGNATURE COMPANY DATE
PIEVMONT GIWLOG/l; P.C.
-------------------
I I
Site Location
COpyngru © 1988-1999 M~ Olrporation and/or it:s suppliers. Al rigl'lts reerved. http:f/www.expediam.,1>5.com.
CL>pyooht CCI 1998 Geographic ~ta Ta:tinoloq,-. Al ri9h!S 1"Sel"Ved. <Cl 1998 NavlQation Techrdogit$. "1 ngflts ~-
Room
Omi 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page I of7
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
1,2-Dibromoethane, 99%
96086
•••• SECTION I -CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION****
MSDS Name: 1,2-Dibromocthanc, 99%
1,2-Dibromoethane, 1,2-Ethylene dibromide.
Company Identification: Acres Organics N.V.
One Reagent Lane
Fairlawn, NJ 07410
For information in North America, call: 800-ACROS-Ol
For emergencies in the US, call CHEMTREC: 800-424-9300
**** SECTION 2 -COMPOSITION, INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS****
+----------------+--------------------------------------+----------+-----------+
1------~~~------1--------------~~~~~~~~-~~~~-----------1----~-----1--:=~:~~~--1 I 106-93-4 I ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE (1,2-DIBROMOETHANE) j 99 j 203-444-5 j
+----------------+-------- ------------- -- -------- -------+----------+----- ------+
Hazard Symbols, T
Risk Phrases, 23/24/25 36/37/38 45
**** SECTION 3 -HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION****
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
Appearance: clear colorless to faint yellow.
Warning! Harmful if absorbed through the skin. May be harmful if
swallowed. This substance has caused adverse reproductive and fetal
effects in animals. May cause central nervous system depression. May
cause cardiac disturbances. May cause lung damage. May cause liver
and kidney damage. Causes digestive and respiratory tract irritation.
May cause severe eye and skin irritation with possible burns. May
cause cancer in humans.
Target Organs: Kidneys, heart, central nervous syscem, liver,
respiratory system.
Potential Health Effects
Eye,
Skin:
Causes severe eye irritation. May result in corneal injury.
Causes severe skin irritation. Harmful if absorbed through the skin.
May cause skin burns.
Ingestion:
Harmful if swallowed. Causes gastrointestinal irritation with
http://www.fishcrl.com/tb/itv'' I 6 .. t\J7 .. msa0005.324 .. I .. 1/2/99
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page 2 of7
nausea, vomiting and diarrhea. May cause systemic toxicity with acidosis. May cause effects similar to those for inhalation exposure.
Inhalation:
Effects may be delayed. Inhalation of high concentrations may cause central nervous system effects characterized by headache, dizziness, unconsciousness and coma. Irritation may lead to chemical pneurnonitis and pulmonary edema. May cause liver and kidney damage. May cause heart disturbances, possibly leading to cardiac arrest and death. May cause lung damage.
Chronic:
Eyes,
Skin:
May cause fetal effects. May cause cancer in humans.
**** SECTION 4 -FIRST AID MEASURES****
Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lifting the upper and lower lids. Get medical aid immediately.
Get medical aid. Immediately flush skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes.
Ingestion:
If victim is conscious and alert, give 2-4 cupfuls of milk or water. Get medical aid immediately. Induce vomiting by giving one teaspoon of syrup of Ipecac.
Inhalation:
Remove from exposure to fresh air immediately. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. Get medical aid. Notes to Physician:
Treat symptomatically.
Antidote:
No specific antidote exists.
**** SECTION 5 -FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES****
General Information:
As in any fire, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus in pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent), and full protective gear. Substance is noncombustible. Extinguishing Media:
Use extinguishing media most appiopriate for the surrounding fire. Autoignition Temperature: Not applicable. Flash Point: Not applicable.
NFPA Rating: Health=3, Flammability=0, Reactivity=0 Explosion Limits, Lower: Not available.
Upper: Not available.
**** SECTION 6 -ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES****
•
General Information: Use proper personal protective equipment as indicated in Section 8. Spills/Leaks,
Wear a self contained breathing apparatus and appropriate Personal protection. (See Exposure Controls, Personal Protection section). Absorb spill using an absorbent, non-combustible material such as earth, sand, or vermiculite. Carefully scoop up and place into appropriate disposal container.
**** SECTION 7 -HANDLING and STORAGE****
Handling,
http://www.fishcrl.com/lb/itv0 16 .. f97 .. msa0005.324 .. 1 .. I /2/99
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page 3 of7
Wash thoroughly after handling. Remove contaminated clothing and
wash before reuse. Use with adequate ventilation. Do not get on skin
or in eyes. Avoid ingestion and inhalation.
Storage:
Store in a tightly closed container. Store in a cool, dry,
well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances. Storage under
a nitrogen blanket has been recommended.
**** SECTION 8 -EXPOSURE CONTROLS, PERSONAL PROTECTION****
Engineering Controls:
Use adequate general or local exhaust ventilation to keep airborne
concentrations below the permissible exposure limits.
Exposure Limits
+--- -------- ---------+-- ---- - - - - --- - - - - --+-- - - - - - - - - - - ----- --+----- - ---- - - - ----+
Chemical Name I ACGIH I NIOSH I OSHA -Final PELs
--------------------1-------------------1-------------------I-----------------
ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE !skin -potential I0.045 ppm TWA; 120 ppm TWA; C 30
(1,2-DIBROMOETHANE) I for cutaneous I NIOSH Potential I ppm; C 30 ppm
I absorption I Occupational I
I I Carcinogen -see I
I I Appendix A I
I I Potential NIOSH I
I I carcinogen. I
+--------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-----------------+
OSHA Vacated PELs:
ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE (1,2-DIBROMOETHANE),
20 ppm TWA
Personal Protective Equipment
Eyes:
Skin:
Clothing,
Respirators:
Wear appropriate protective eyeglasses or chemical
safety goggles as described by OSHA's eye and face
protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133 or European
Standard EN166.
Wear appropriate protective gloves to prevent skin
exposure.
Wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin
exposure.
Follow the OSHA respirator cegulations found in 29CFR
1910.1'34 or European Standard EN 149. Always use a
NIOSH or European Standard EN 149 approved respirator
when necessary.
**** SECTION 9 -PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES****
Physical State:
Appearance:
Odor:
pH:
Vapor Pressure:
Vapor Density:
Evaporation Rate:
Viscosity:
Boiling Point:
Freezing/Melting Point:
Decomposition Temperature:
Liquid
clear colorless to faint yellow
Sweet, chloroform-like.
Not available.
11 mm Hg @ 20C
6.5 (air=ll
ca. 1.0 (butyl acetate=ll
Not available.
268 deg F
48.4 deg F
Not available.
http://www.fishcrl.com/tb/itv7 16 .. I\J7 .. 111sn0005.324 .. I ..
•
I /2/99
MATERJAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page 4 of7
Solubility:
Specific Gravity/Density:
Molecular Formula:
Molecular Weight:
4 g/1 (20 C) in water.
2 .17 (water=l I
C2H4 Br2
187.836
**** SECTION 10 -STABILITY AND REACTIVITY****
Chemical Stability:
Stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions.
Conditions to Avoid:
Incompatible materials, exposure to light and/or heat in the presence of water (including moist air).
Incompatibilities with Other Materials:
Metals (aluminum, magnesium, zinc, calcium, sodium, and potassi~m), strong alkalis, strong oxidizing agents, liquid ammonia, light. Hazardous Decomposition Products:
Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, hydrogen bromide. Hazardous Polymerization: Has not been reported.
**** SECTION 11 -TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION****
RTECS#:
CAS# 106-93-4: KH9275000
LOSO/LCSO:
CAS# 106-93-4: Inhalation, rat: LCSO =14300 mg/m3/30M; Oral, rabbit: LOSO= 55 mg/kg; Oral, rat: LOSO= 108 mg/kg; Skin, rabbit: LOSO; 300 mg/kg; Skin, rat: LOSO= 300 mg/kg.
Carcinogenicity: a ETHYLENE OIBROMIDE ( 1, 2-DIBROMOETIIANE) -
ACGIH: A3 -Animal Carcinogen
California: carcinogen -initial date 7/1/87
NIOSH: occupational carcinogen
NTP: Suspect carcinogen
OSHA: Possible Select carcinogen
IARC: Group 2A carcinogen
Epidemiology:
No data available.
Teratogenicity:
No data available.
Reproductive Effects:
No data available.
Neurotoxicity:
No data available.
Mutagenicity:
No data available.
Other Studies:
Please refer to RTECS KH9275000 for additional data.
**** SECTION 12 -ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION****
Ecotoxicity:
Bluegill (fresh water) 18mg/L/48H
Environmental Fate:
No information reported.
Physical/Chemical:
No information available.
Other:
None.
**** SECTION 13 -DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS****
Dispose of in a manner consistent with federal, state, and local regulations.
http://www.fishcrl.com/tb/itv9 I 6 .. f97 .. msa0005.J24 .. I. 1/2/99
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page 5 of7
RCRA D-Series Maximum Concentration of Contaminants:
None listed.
RCRA D-Series Chronic Toxicity Reference Levels: None listed.
RCRA F-Series: None listed.
RCRA P-Series: None listed.
RCRA U-Series: CAS# 106-93-4: waste number U067.
CAS# 106-93-4 is banned from land disposal according
to RCRA.
**** SECTION 14 -TRANSPORT INFORMATION****
US DOT
IMO
Shipping Name: ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE
POISON INHALATION HAZARD ZONE B
Hazard Class: 6.1
UN Number: UN1605
Packing Group: I
Shipping Name: ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE
Hazard Class: 6.1
UN Number: 1605
Packing Group: I
IATA
Shipping Name: ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE
Hazard Class: 6.1
UN Number: 1605
Packing Group:
RID/ADR
Shipping Name: ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE
Dangerous Goods Code: 6.l{lSA)
UN Number: 1605
Canadian TOG
Shipping Name: ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE
Hazard Class: 6.1(9.2)
UN Number: UN1605
**** SECTION 15 -REGULATORY INFORMATION****
US FEDERAL
TSCA
CAS# 106-93-4 is listed on the TSCA inventory.
Health & Safety Reporting List
None of the chemicals are on the Health & Safety Reporting List. Chemical Test Rules
None of the chemicals in this product are under a Chemical Test Rule. section 12b
None of the chemicals are listed under TSCA Section 12b. TSCA Significant New Use Rule
None _of the chemicals in this material have a SNUR under TSCA. SARA
Section 302 (RQ)
CAS# 106-93-4: Einal RQ = 1 pound (0.454 kg) Section 302 (TPQ)
None of the chemicals in this product have a TPQ.
SARA Codes
CAS # 106-93-4: acute, chronic.
Section 313
a
This material contains ETHYLENE OIBROMIDE (1,2-DIBROM (CAS# 106-93-4, 99%) ,which is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of SARA Title III and 40 CFR Part 373. Clean Air Act:
CAS# 106-93-4 is listed as a hazardous air pollutant {HAP).
http://www.fishcrl.com/fb/itv? I 6 .. f97 .. msn0005.324 .. I .. 1 /2/99
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page 6 of 7
This material does not contain any Class 1 Ozone depletors. This material does not contain any Class 2 Ozone depletors. Clean Water Act:
OSHA,
STATE
CAS# 106-93-4 is listed as a Hazardous Substance under the CWA. None of the chemicals in this product are listed as Priority Pollutants under the CWA.
None of the chemicals in this product are listed as Toxic Pollutants under the CWA.
None of the chemicals in this product are considered highly hazardous by OSHA.
ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE (1,2-DIBROM can be found on the following state right to know lists: California, New Jersey, Florida, Pennsylvania, Minnesota, Massachusetts.
The following statement(s) is(are) made in order to comply with the California Safe Drinking Water Act: WARNING, This product contains ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE (1,2-DIBROM, a chemical known to the state of California to cause cancer. California No Significant Risk Level:
CAS# 106-93-4: ingestion: no significant risk level = 0.2 ug/day; inhalation: no significant risk level= 3 ug/day European/International Regulations
European Labeling in Accordanc·e with EC Directives Hazard Symbols: T
Risk Phrases:
R 23/24/25 Toxic by inhalation, in contact with skin and if swallowed.
R 36/37/38 Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin.
R 45 May cause cancer. Safety Phrases:
S 45 In case of accident of if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately {show the label where possible).
S 53 Avoid exposure -obtain special instructions before use.
S 61 Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/Safety data sheets. WGK (Water Danger/Protection)
CAStt 106-93-4, 3
Canada
CAS# 106-93-4 is listed on Canada's OSL/NDSL List. This product does not have a WHMIS classification. CAS# 106-93-4 is not listed on Canada's Ingredient Disclosure List. Exposure Limits
CAStt 106-93-4,. OEL-ARAB Republic of Egypt,TWA 0.13 ppm (1 mg/m3). OE L-AUSTRALIA;Skin;Carcinogen. OEL-BELGIUM;Skin;Carcinogen. OEL-CZECHOSL OVAKIA,TWA 10 mg/m3;STEL 20 mg/m3. OEL-DENMARK,TWA 0.1 ppm (1 mg/m3);S kin;Carcinogen. OEL-FINLAND,TWA 20 ppm (145 mg/m3) ;STEL 30 ppm;Skin;CA R. OEL-FRANCE;Carcinogen. OEL-GERMANY;Skin;Carcinogen L 0.8 mg/m3;Skin;Carcinogen. OEL-THE NETHERLANDS,TWA 20 ppm (155 mg/m3 ) ;Skin. OEL-THE PHILIPPINES,TWA 25 ppm (190 mg/m3) ;Skin. OEL-POLAND,TW A 100 mg/m3. OEL-SWEDEN;Carcinogen. OEL-SWITZERLAND,TWA 0.1 ppm (0.8 m g/m3) ;Skin;Carcinogen. OEL-THAILAND,TWA 20 ppm;STEL 30 ppm. GEL-TURKEY ,TWA 25 ppm (190 mg/m3) ;Skin. OEL-UNITED KINGDOM,TWA 1 ppm (8 mg/m3) ;S kin. OEL IN BULGARIA, COLOMBIA, JORDAN, KOREA check ACGIH TLV. DEL IN NEW ZEALAND, SINGAPORE, VIETNAM check ACGI TLV
**** SECTION 16 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION••••
MSDS Creation Date: 2/01/1996 Revision 1#1 Date: 2/18/1998
http://www.fishcr I .com/tb/itv9 16 .. 11)7 .. msa0005.324 .. I .. 1/2/99
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Page 7 of7
The information above is believed to be accurate and repres.-·-·-:t.s the best
information currently available to us. However, we make no ., .... ,rranty of
merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to
such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its use. Users
should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the
information for their particular purposes. In no way shall Fisher be liable
for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or for lost profits
or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential oi exemplary
damages, howsoever arising, even if Fisher has been advised of
the possibility of such damages.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
http://www.fishcrl.com/fb/itv0 16 .. t'J7..msa0005.324 .. I. 1/2/99
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~ NFPA RATING
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
0 ~U.CTMn'
Prepared to U.S. OSHA. CMA, ANSI and Canadian WHMIS Standards
PARTI What is the material and what do I need to know in an emergency?
CHEMICAL NAME: CLASS:
PRODUCT USE:
1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
BENZENE -C6H6
Document Number: 1062
SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER'S NAME:
For general analytical/synthetic chemical uses.
AIRGAS INC.
ADDRESS:
BUSINESS PHONE:
EMERGENCY PHONE:
DATE OF PREPARATION:
SECOND REVISION:
259 Radnor-Chester Road
Suite 100
Radnor. PA 19087-5240
1-610-687-5253
CHEMTREC: 1-800-424-9300
International: 202-483-7616
May 14, 1997
January 16, 1998
2. COMPOSITION and INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CHEMICAL NAME CAS# mole% EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR
ACGIH OSHA
TLV STEL PEL STEL IDLH OTHER
ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm
BENZENE 71-43•2 99.9% 0.5. 2.5. 1 5 500 NIOSH REL: 0.1 ppm
A1 A1 TWA; 1 ppm STEL
(Confirmed (ConfirrnP.rl
Human Humr1n
Carcinogen) Carcinn9!-'!n) OSHA: 1 ppm TWA:
5 ppm STEL
OSHA Action Level: 0.5
ppm
EPA-A; IARC-1: MAK-A1;
NIOSH-X; NTP-1; OSHA-
X;
NE = Not Established C = Ceiling Limil See Section 16 for Definitions of Terms Used
NOTE: All WHMIS required information is included. It is located in appropria1e sections based on the ANSI 2400.1-1993 format.
BENZENE C,H, MSDS (Document• 10021
PAGE 1 OF 11
3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW: Benzene is a colorless, flammable, toxic liquid with a characteristic aromatic odor. Benzene is a confirmed human cardnogen and a possible human mutagen. Inhalation of vapors of Benzene can cause serious, pem,anent damage to the· blood system. Skin and eye contact can be irritating. This liquid is very flammable; vapors are heavier than air and may travel long distances to source of ignition and flashback. If involved in a fire Benzene will decompose to produce toxic gases (e.g., carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, irritating aldehydes and , ketones). Persons responding to fires or emergencies involving Benzene must have adequate fire protection and wear oersonal orotective equipment to protect aqainst the siqnificant health hazards nosed by Benzene.
SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE BY ROUTE OF EXPOSURE:
Benzene is a serious poison by all routes of exposure. The symptoms HAZARDOUS MATERIAI.INFORMATlON
of each route of exposure are described below. SYSTEM
)HEALTH
..
I I
INHALATION: The immediate symptoms of inhalation of vapors of _ Benzene are due to the initial excitation, followed by depression of the RIF.) 2 ! central nervous system. Central nervous system symptoms include --·-··" •'""·---...... , ... -.... _ -------------drowsiness, headache, nausea, incoordination and unconsciousness,
that can lead to death in severe cases. Other symptoms of acute I FLAMMABILllY ml I
overexposure to vapors of Benzene can include transient euphoria, 3 ataxia (incoo.-dination of voluntary muscular movements). vertigo,
tinnitus. substernal pain, cough, hoarseness and general irritation of the
nose, throat and respiratory tract, confusion, stupefaction and coma. In
I REACTIVllY I I cases of severe overexposure (as may occur in a confined space, or ""'""" 0 other poorly ventilated areas. or if large volumes are used or released),
tremors, convulsions and death, due to respiratory paralysis or
circulatory collapse can occur within minutes to several hours following Ip RO TECTNE EQUJPM ENT Ix I exposure. Reversible liver and kidney effects have been reported after
exposure to Benzene. The effects. associated with various levels of ... . -· ----·· -·-· -. Benzene vapors are as follows: -""'' """"TC>« """"' .,,,.
CONCENTRATION SYMPTOM OF EXPOSURE -----------. -..
Briel (10 minute) up to 25 ppm: Sec Sec t No symptoms. @ 50-150 ppm: Exhilaration, headache. tirednes5. ' Scclion 8 _Sections_! r nose and throat irritation. ..
20,000 (for 5-10 min): Collapse and death For routine industria applications
One of the most significant health effects associated with Benzene is See Section 16 for Definition of Ratings the potential for blood system disorders which develop after long-term
exposures to relatively low vapor concentrations. There are reports that exposure to low levels (10 ppm) over an extended time period (24 weeks) of Benzene vapors can damage the bone marrow and blood systems. This damage can result in the development of serious health disorders (including anemia and leukemia). Adverse effects on the immune system have also been reported. Refer to ~Other Health Effects·· in this section for further information.
CONTACT WITH SKIN or EYES: Contact with the skin can cause irritation and redness. Repeated or prolonged contact can also cause dermatitis, resulting in dry, itchy, cracked skin .as Benzene is a defatting agent, removing oils from the skin. Contact with the vapors of Benzene and the eyes will be irritating. Direct contact of the liquid with the eyes can cause irritation, pain; prolonged contact may result in tissue damage.
SKIN ABSORPTION: Benzene poisoning through skin contact has been reported. although skin absorption is not considered as significant a route of exposure as via inhalation or ingestion. Symptoms of absorption may be similar to those described in "Ingestion".
INGESTION: Ingestion of Benzene will cause a burning sensation in the mouth and stomach, nausea, vomiting, excess salivation and vomiting of blood. Benzene is readily absorbed into the body following ingestion exposures. producing symptoms of central nervous system depression and other symptoms similar to those described in "Inhalation". If ingested, Benzene presents a potential asp·1ration hazard. Asp·1ration of even small amounts of Benzene into the lungs can result in immediate pulmonary edema (a potentially fatal accumulr1tion of fluid in the lungs), chemical pneumonitis and hemorrhage of pulmonary tissue.
INJECTION: Injection is not anticipr1ted to be a significant route of overexposure for Benzene. If Benzene is ~injectedn (as may occur through punctures by con_taminated, sharp objects). symptoms described in .. lnhalationn can occur.
BENZENE C,H, MSDS (Dowmcnt# 1062)
PAGE 2 OF 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (Continued)
OTHER HEAL TH EFFECTS: The chief target organ affected by serious Benzene exposure is the blood and bone
marrow system. Chronic Benzene exposure eventually leads to pancytopenia (abnormal decrease of all three formed
elements of the blood: hemoglobin. disease-fighting leukocytes and blooc-clotling thrombocytes). followed by
thrombocytopenia (problems with the blood-clotting properties of the blood) and anemia. These syndromes can lead to
sudden, oveiwhelming infections. After exposure to Benzene, bleeding from the nose, gums, or mucous membranes
and development of small bruises can occur. Benzene is a confirmed human carcinogen and can produce forms of
leukemia. Direct contact with the liquid with mucous membranes will result in the development of hemorrhagic lesions.
HEALTH EFFECTS OR RISKS FROM EXPOSURE: An Explanation in Lay Terms. Overexposure to may cause the
health effects described on the following page.
ACUTE: Acute inhalation overexposure to Benzene will initially act as a narcotic, possibly leading to coma in extreme
cases. Following exposure to high con_centrations. victims may be unconscious, and if exposure continues, death can
follow from respiratory failure and circulatory collapse. Contact with the skin can cause irritation and dermatitis. Contact
with the eyes·is irritating, causing burning and watering of the eyes. Ingestion of Benzene will cause gastric distress,
hemorrhage and possible severe depression of the central nervous system. Aspiration of Benzene into the lungs,
following ingestion, can result in severe damage to the lungs; death may result.
CHRONIC: Chronic exposure to Benzene causes serious damage to the health by all routes of exposure. Chronic oral
and inhalation exposure causes severe effects on the blood system, including damage to the bone marrow, leading to a
decrease in production or changes to the cells of hemoglobin, hematocrit, red and white blood cells. Effects can occur
with an exposure level as low as 10 ppm for 24 weeks. Benzene also causes harmful changes to the iriimune system,
decreasing the prOOuction of mature 8-and T-white bloOO cells. Benzene is a confirmed human carcinogen, which can
prOOuce Hodgkin's Disease, leukemia and lymphomas by inhalation. Human mutation data are reported for Benzene.
See Section 11 (Toxicological Information) for further inform.:1tion. Symptoms of chronic exposure by most routes can be
delayed for months to years after exposure hr1s ceased.
TARGET ORGANS: Respiratory system, central nervous system, blood and immune systems, bone marrow, heart,
liver, kidneys, skin, eyes, and reproductive system.
PART II What should I do if a hazardous situation occurs?
4. FIRST-AID MEASURES
RESCUERS SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT TO RETRIEVE VICTIMS OF EXPOSURE TO BENZENE
WITHOUT ADEQUATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. If necessary, a Self-Contained
Breathing Apparatus should be worn.
INHALATION: If vapors, mists, or sprays of Benzene are inhaled, remove victim to fresh air. Only trained personnel
should administer supplemental oxygen and/or cardio-pulmonary resuscitation if necessary. Remove or cover gross
contamination to avoid exposure to rescuers.
SKIN EXPOSURE: If Benzene contaminates the skin, Immediately begin decontamination with running water. Minimum
flushing is for 15 minutes. Remove exposed or contaminated clothing, taking care not to contr1minate eyes. Victim must
seek medical attention if any adverse reaction occurs.
EYE EXPOSURE: If Benzene or its vapors enter the eyes, open victim's eyes while under gentle running water. Use
sufficient force to open eyelids. Have victim "rotl'' eyes. Minimum flushing is for 15 minutes. Victim must seek
immediate medical attention.
INGESTION: If Benzene is swallowed, CALL PHYSICIAN OR POISON CONTROL CENTER FOR MOST CURRENT
INFORMATION. If professional advice is not available, do not induce vomiting. Victim should drink milk, egg whites, or
large quantities of water. If vomiting occurs naturally, have victim lean forward to reduce risk of aspiration. Never induce
vomiting or give diluents (milk or water) to someone who is unconscious having convulsions, or who cannot swallow.
Victims of chemical exposure must be taken for medical attention. Rescuers should be taken for medical attention, if
necessary. Physicians should refer to ~Recommendations to Physicians" in Section 11 (Toxicological Information). Take
copy of label and MSDS to health professional with victim.
BENZENE C,H, MSDS (Oocun~nt • 10621
PAGE 3 OF 11
5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES
FLASH POINT, (Closed Cup\: -11°C (12°F)
AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE: 498°C (928°F)
FLAMMABLE LIMITS (in air by volume %\:
FIRE EXTINGUISHING MATERIALS:
Lower (LEU: 1.3%
Upper (UEL\: 7.1 %
Water Spray: YES (for cooling only) Carbon Dioxide: YES
Foam: YES Dry Chemical: YES Halon: YES Other: Any '"B'" Class.
NFPA RATING
FLAMMA.BIUTY
3
2 0 11:1:ACTIVITY
OTlifll:
UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Benzene is a Class 18 flammable liquid and presents a serious fire hazard to firefighters. Due to the low flash point, vapors can fom, explosive mixtures with air, at room temperature. When involved in a fire, this material may decompose and See Section 16 for Definition of Ratings produce toxic gases (e.g., carborl monoxide, carbon dioxide, irritating aldehydes and ketones). The vapors of Benzene are heavier than air and may spread long distances: distant ignition and flash-back are possible. Benzene can float on water; therefore, water contaminated with Benzene can spread the flammable liquid and can spread fire. Containers of Benzene, when involved in fire, may rupture or burst in the heat of the fire.
Explosion Sensitivity to Mechanical Impact: Not sensitive.
Explosion Sensitivity to Static Discharge: Benzene can accumulate static charge by flow or agitation; vapors can be ignited by static discharge.
SPECIAL FIRE-FIGHTING PROCEDURES: In the event of fire. cool containers of Benzene with water to prevent failure. Use a water spray or fog to reduce or direct vapors. Water may not be effective in actually extinguishing a fire involving Benzene, due to its low flash point. Stop the leak or discharge, if possible. For small releases, if it is not possible to stop the leak, and it does not endanger personnel, let the fire burn itself out. Incipient fire responders sl1Q_uld wear eye protection. Structural firefighters must wear·Self-Cont;:iined Brer1thing Apparatus and full protective equipnant, including chemical resistant clothing. Large fires should be fought from a distance with an unmanned hose holde_r or monitor nozzles. /f Benzene is involved in a fire. fire runoff water should be contained to prevent possible environmental damage. If necessary, decontaminate fire-response equipment with soap and water solution. For large releases, consider evacuation. Refer to the North American Emergency Response Guidebook (Guide #130) for additional guidance.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
SPILL AND LEAK RESPONSE: Evacuate immediate area. Uncontrolled releases should be responded to by trained personnel using pre-planned procedures. Proper protective equipment should be used. In case of a release, clear the affected area, protect people, and respond with trained personnel.
Minimum Personal Protective Equipment should be Level B: triple-gloves (rubber gloves and nitrile gloves, over latex gloves), chemical resistant suit and boots, hard-hat, and Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. Monitor the surrounding area for combustible vapor levels. Combustible vapor levels must be below 10% of the LEL for Benzene (LEL = 1.3%) before personnel are penmitted to enter the area. If necessary. ventilate area.
Monitoring should be done for the levels of Benzene and oxygen. Colorimetric tubes are available to detect the presence of Benzene. Levels of Benzene should be below levels listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients) and the atmosphere must have at least 19.5 percent oxygen before personnel can be allowed in the area without Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.
Eliminate all sources of ignition before clean-up operations begin. Use non-sparking tools. Absorb spilled liquid with activated carbon, polypads or other suitable absorbent materi~ls. Prevent material from entering sewer or confined spaces. Decontaminate the area thoroughly. Place all spill residue in an appropriate cont;:iiner and seal. If necessary, decontaminate spill-response equipment with soap and water solution. Dispose of in accordance with Federal, State, and local hazardous waste disposal regulations (see Section 13. Disposal Considerations).
THIS IS AN EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. TOXIC LIQUID: Protection of all personnel and the area must be maintained. All responders must be adequately protected from exposure.
BENZENE C,H, MSDS (Document• 1062)
PAGE 4 OF 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I !
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART Ill How can I prevent hazardous situations from occurring?
7. HANDLING and STORAGE
WORK PRACTICES AND HYGIENE PRACTICES: As with all chemicals, avoid getting Benzene ON YOU or IN
YOU. Wash hands after handling chemicals. Do not eat or drink while handling this material. Remove contaminated
clothing immediately.
Note: Refer to the OSHA Benzene Slandard (29 CFR 1910.1028) for specific requirements associated with the use of
Benzene. The Action Level for Benzene is 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour, time-weighted average. In workplaces where
employees are exposed above the Action Level, the OSHA requirements for monitoring, establishment of regulated
areas, methods of compliance, respiratory protection, emergency response protocol, medical surveillance, training and
record keeping must be followed.
STORAGE AND HANDLING PRACTICES: Entrances to regulated areas (as defined by the OSHA Benzene
Standard) must be posted with signs which reads as follows:
DANGER
BENZENE
CANCER HAZARD
FLAMMABLE-NO SMOKING
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
All employees who handle this material should be trained to handle it safely. Avoid breathing vapors or mists generated
by Benzene. Use in a well-ventilated location. Cylinders of Benzene must be properly labeled. If Benzene is used in
other types of containers, only use portable containers and dispensing equipment (faucet, pump, drip can) approved for
flammable liquids.
Store cylinders of Benzene in a cool, dry location, away from direct sunlight, sources of intense heat, or where freezing is
possible. Do not allow area where cylinders are stored to ~xceed 52"C (125°F). Material should be stored in secondary
containers, or in a diked area, as appropriate. Store containers away from incompatible chemicals. Keep cont~er
tightly closed when not in use. Storage areas should be made of fire.resistant materials. Inspect all incoming containers
before storage, to ensure containers are properly labeled and not damaged. Refer to NFPA 30, Flammable and
Combustible Liquids Code, for additional infonnation on storage.
Empty containers may contain residual flammable liquid or vapors. Therefore. empty containers should be handled with
care. Do not expose yempty~ containers to welding touches, or any other source of ignition.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING CYLINDERS: Protect cylinders of Benzene against physical damage. If
appropriate, cytinders should be stored in an up•right position. Cylinders should be finnly secured to prevent falling or
being knocked over. Cylinders can be stored in the open, but in such cases, should be protected against extremes of
weather and from the dampness of the ground to prevent rusting. Never t.::imper with pressure relief devices in valves
and cylinders. Electrical equipment should be non.sparking or explosion proof. The following rules are .applicable to
situations in which cylinders are being used:
Before Use: If appropriate, move cylinders with a suitable hand•trnck. Do not drag, slide or roll cylinders. Do not drop
cylinders or pem,it them to strike each other. Secure cylinders firmly. Lertve the valve protection cap in•place until
cylinder is ready for use.
During Use: Use designated CGA fittings and other support equipment. Do not use adapters. Do not heat cylinder by
any means to increase the discharge rate of the product from the cylinder. Use check valve or trap in discharge line to
prevent hazardous backflow into the cylinder. Do not use oils or grease on gas•handling fittings or equipment.
· After Use: Close main cylinder valve. Replace valve protection cap. Mark empty cylinders ~EMPTY".
NOTE: Use only DOT or ASME code containers. Earth-ground and bond all lines and equipment associated with
Benzene. Close valve after each use and when empty. Cylinders must not be recharged except by or with the consent
of owner. For additional information refer to the Compressed Gas Association Bulletin SB·2 ~oxygen Deficient
Atmospheres".
PROTECTIVE PRACTICES DURING MAINTENANCE OF CONTAMINATED EQUIPMENT: Follow practices
indicated in Section 6 (Accidental Release Measures). Make certain applicalion equipment is locked and tagged-
out safely. Always use Benzene in areas where adequate ventilation is provided. Decontaminate equipment
using soapy waler before maintenance begins. Collect all rins~les and dispose of according to applicable
Federal, State, or local procedures.
BENZENE C,H, MSDS (Document• 10621
PAGE 5 OF 11
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS -PERSONAL PROTECTION
VENTILATION AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS·. Use with adequate ventilation. Use a mechanical fan or vent area to outside. Where appropriate, use a non-sparking, grounded ventilation system separate from other exhaust ventilation systems. Ensure eyewash/safety shower stations are available near areas where Benzene is used.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: Maintain exposure levels of Benzene below the levels listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients) and oxygen levels above 19.5% in the workplace. Use supplied air respiratory protection if Benzene levels exceed exposure limits and if oxygen level is below 19.5% or during emergency response to a release of Benzene. If respiratory protection is required, follow the requirements of the Federal OSHA Respiratory Protection Standard (29 CFR 1910.134), or equivalent Slate standards. The following NIOSH respiratory protection recommendations are for Benzene.
CONCENTRATION RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
At Concentrations Above the NIOSH REL, or Where there is no REL, at any Detectable Concentration: Positive-pressure, full facepiece SCBA or positive. pressure, full-facepiece Supplied Air Respirator (SAR) with an auxiliary positive pressure SCBA.
Escape: Gas mask with organic vapor cartridge or escape-type SCBA should be used.
The IDLH concentration for Benzene is 500 ppm. The carcinogenic effects of Benzene were not considered by NIOSH in detenmination of the IDLH.
NOTE: In areas which exceed the OSHA Action Level of Benzene. the respirator selection guidelines in the Benzene Standard [29 CFR 1910.1028 (g)] apply.
I
I
I
I
I
I
EYE PROTECTION: Splash goggles or safety glasses. Face-shields should be worn ii contact with the liquid is I anticipated.
HAND PROTECTION: Wear leather gloves for handling of cytinders of Benzene. Wear chemically impervious gloves appropriate for Benzene for industrial use. Gloves should have a resistance to breakthrough greater than 8 hours, such as polyvinyl alcohol, Barricade TM or Respondern.•. Butyl rubber, natural rubber, neoprene, nit rile rubber, or polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, Saranexni", Chemrel™ are not recommended. Use triple gloves for spill response (see Section 6, Accidental Release Measures). • BODY PROTECTION: Use body protection appropriate for task. An impervious, full-body, encapsulating suit may be necessary for some operations involving Benzene. Safety shoes are recommended when handling cylinders.
9. PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
RELATIVE VAPOR DENSITY (air= 1): 2.7 11.!::!: Not applicable.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY(@ 68°F (20°C) (water-1): 0.877 FREEZING/MEL TING POINT: 5.5°C (42°F) SOLUBILITY IN WATER@ 77°F 125°C): 180 mg/ml BOILING POINT: 80°C (176°F) EVAPORATION RATE (diethyl ether-1): 2.8 SPECIFIC VOLUME: Not applicable. ODOR THRESHOLD: 97 ppm(detection); 97 ppm (recognition) EXPANSION RA TIO Not applicable. LOG COEFFICIENT WATER/OIL DISTRIBUTION: Log P (act)= 1.18-1.9; 2.13: 2.15 VAPOR PRESSURE @68°F (20°C): 75 mm Hg: 10 kPa
APPEARANCE ANO COLOR: Colorless, flammr1ble liquid, with a chr1racteristic aromatic hydrocarbon odor.
HOW TO DETECT THIS SUBSTANCE (warning properties): The odor of Benzene is not a good warning property as a the odor threshold is above the TLV.
10. STABILITY and REACTIVITY
STABILITY: Normally stable.
DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: If Benzene is involved in a fire. it may ignite to yield toxic fumes of carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, irritating aldehydes and ketones.
MATERIALS WITH WHICH SUBSTANCE IS INCOMPATIBLE: Benzene becomes spontaneously flammable in the presence of sodium peroxide and potassium peroxide. Benzene can explode on contact with chromic anhydride, permanganic acid and chlorine.
BENZENE C,H, MSDS 1oocumcn1 • 10621
PAGE 6 OF 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10. STABILITY and REACTIVITY (Continued)
MATERIALS WITH WHICH SUBSTANCE IS INCOMPATIBLE {Continued): Benzene can react vigorously with oxidizing
materials. Benzene may react violently or explosively with risk of fire with nitric acid, ozone. diborane, interha\ogens (e.g.,
bromine trifluoride, bromine pentafluoride, chloride trifluoride, iodine pentafluoride. iodine heptafluoride). dioxygen
difluoride, dioxygenyl tetrafluoroborate, permanganic acid, peroxodifsulfuric acid, peroxomonosulfuric acid. Benzene will
react with nitryl perchlorate, causing a slight explosion and flash. Benzene will react vigorously with uranium hexafluoride.
Benzene will attack rubber and plastics.
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur.
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Avoid contact with incompatible materials, sparks, flame static discharge and other sources
of ignition. Avoid exposing cylinders to extremely high temperatures, which could cause the cylinders to rupture or burst.
PART Ill How can I prevent hazardous situations from occurring?
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
TOXICITY DATA: The following information is available for Benzene.
Skin-Rabbit, adult 15 mg/24 hours open Mild irritation effects
Skin-Rabbit, adult 20 mg/24 hours Moderate irritation effects
Eye effects-Rabbit, adult 88 mg Moderate irritation effects
Eye effects-Rabbit, adult 2 mg/24H Severe irritation effects
oms-Human: lymphocyte 5 ~•mol/L
Microsomal Mutageniticity Assay-Mouse; embryo 2500 mg/L
Oral-Mouse TDLo: 6500 mg/kg (female 8-12 days post}: Repr0<luc1ive
effects TeratogeneSis, Carcinogenesis. and Mut;:igenesis
Inhalation-Mouse TCLo: 5 ppm (female 6-15 days post): Teratogenic
effects
Inhalation-Man TCLo: 200 mg/m3f78 weeks -intermittent: Carcinogenic
effects, Blood effects
Inhalation-Human TCLo: 10 ppm/8 hours 110 years-in1ermi1tent
Carcinogenic effects, Blood effects
Oral-Rat TDLo: 52 g/kg/52 weeks• intermittent: Carcinogenic effects
Inhalation-Rat TCLo: 1200 ppm/6 hours/10 weeks -intermi1tent:
Equivocal tumorigenic agent
Oral-Mouse TOLo :18,250 mg/kg/2 years -c.ontinuos: Carcinogenic
effects
Inhalation-Human TC :8 ppb/4 weeks-intermittent: Carcinogenic
effects, Blood effects
Inhalation-Dog, adull LCLo: 146,000 mg/
Inhalation-Cat, adult LCLo: 170,000 mg/m3
Inhalation-Human TC: 10 mg/m 3/11 years-intermittent CarcinogP.nic
effects, Blood effects
Inhalation-Mouse TCLo: 300 ppm/6 hours/16 weP.ks-in!ermittenr
Equivocal tumorigenic agent
Skin-Mouse TDLo: 1200 g/kg/49 weeks -intermittent: Neoplastic
effects
lnlraperitoneal-Mouse TDLo: 1200 mg/kg/8 weeks • intermi11ent
Neoplastic effects
Inhalation-Man TC: 150 pprn/11 years • intermittent: Carcinogenic
effects. Blood effects
lnhalalion-Mnuse TC :1200 ppm/6 hours/10 weeks -intermittent:
Equivoc-.al tumorigenic agent
Ornl-Mouse TO: 2400 mg/kg/8 weeks • in:ermittent: Neoplastic effects
lnhala1inn-Mouse TC: 300 ppm/6 hours/16 weeks intermittent:
Carcinogenic effec1s
lnhalalion-Humnn LCLo :2 pph/5 minutes
Oral-Man LDLo: 50 mg/kg
Inhalation-Human LCLo: 20,000 ppm/5
lnhalatton-Man TCLo: 150 pprn/1 year -intermittent: Blood effects
lnh;:ili'!tinn-Human TCLo: 100 ppm
Intravenous-Rabbi!. cidult LDlo :88 mg/kg
lnhalahnn-Human LClo; 65 mg/m '!5 years: Blood effects •
Oral-Rat LD50: 3306 mg/kg
lnh21latinn-Rat LCSO: 10,000 ppmf7 hours
lntraperitonenl-Rat LOSO :2890 ~1g/kg
Ornl-Mouse LOSO: 4 700 mg/kg
lnh,:ilatinn-Mouse LCSO: 9980 ppm
lntraperitoneal-Mouse LOSO: 340 mg/kg
Oral-Dog. adult LDLo: 2000 mg/kg
Subcutaneous-Mouse TDLo 600 mg/kg/17 weeks -intermittent:
Equivor.,;il tumorigenic agent
Parenteral-Mouse TOlo: 670 mg/kg/19 weeks • intermittent: Equivocal
tumorigenic agent
lnhF1la1inn-Human TC: 150 ppm/15 minutes /8 years -intermittent
CarcinngP.nic effects. Blnod effects
Oral-Rat TO: 52 g/kg/1 years -intermittent: Carcinogenic effects
Oral-Rc1t TO: 10 g/kg/52 wP.eks -intermit1ent: Carcinogenic effects
lnha1c1tion-Man TC :600 mg/nf'/4 years -intermittent: Carcinogenic
effecls. Blood P.ffec1s
Additional Information on ·Benzene: Because of the chronic toxicity effects ;1ssncic1ted wilh Benzene, additional information is provided, as follows:
EFFECTS ON THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS: fatensive sturlies h:we conclusively proven that oral and inhalation eKposure to
benzene causes severe effects on the blood system. inclurling dc1maging the tmn?. m;:irrnw where new blood cells are formed. Most studies
report a decrease in hemoglobin, hematocrit, red and white hlood cells, platelets anrllor changes in the ce11s. Effects of varying severity have
been demonstrated with both intermittent and continuous eKposures 10 cnncen1ralions as lnw as 10 ppm for 24 weeks.
EFFECTS ON THE IMMUNE SYSTEM: Studies have also conclusively shown that benzene causes harmful changes to the immune system which
protects the body from disease. Benzene has decreased the numbP.r of mature B-and T-lymphncytes (white blood cells which produce
disease-fighting antibodies). Exposure of mice to 300 ppm f°' 6 to 23 weeks msulted in a decrease in the number of malure B-and T-
lymphocytes. Rats and mice e)(posed orally to 25 10 200 mg/kg/day for 2 ye;:irs h;:irl signific;in11y rerlucerl while blood Cf:!lls and lymphocytes.
BENZENE C6H6 MSOS (Document# 1062)
PAGE 7 OF 11
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION (Continued)
SUSPECTED CANCER AGENT: Benzene is listed as follows:
BENZENE: ACGIH-A2 (Suspected Human Carcinogen): EPA-A (Human C;:ircinogen)·. IARC-1 (Carcinogenic to Humans): MAK-A1 (Capable of Inducing Malignant Tumors/Experience with Humans); NIOSH-X (Carcinogen): NTP-1 (Known to be a Carcinogen); OSHA-X {Carcinogen); Cal-OSHA (Carcinogen).
IRRITANCY OF PRODUCT: Benzene is irritating to the skin, eyes, and other contaminated tissue.
SENSITIZATION OF PRODUCT: Benzene is not known to cause respiratory system or skin sensitization in humans. Cardiac sensitization to stimulants (e.g., epinephrine, ephedrine) is a possible result of severe or chron·1c overexposure.
REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY INFORMATION: Listed below is information concerning the effects of Benzene on the human reproductive system.
Mutagenicity: Human mutation data are available for Benzene. These data were obtained from individuals who were exposed at levels which produced changes in the blood system.
Embryotoxlcity: Benzene is not reported to cause embryotoxic effects in humans.
Teratogenicity: Benzene is not reported to cause teratogenic effects in humans. Teratogenic data are available from clinical studies involving test animals exposed to relatively high doses of Benzene. Fetotoxic effects (e.g., reduced birth weight and/or minor skeletal variations) were observed at exposures above 50 ppm. Reproductive Toxicity: Data on reproductive effects on ovaries and testes are available from clinical studies involving test animals exposed to relatively high doses of Benzene. These data were obtained at doses which caused toxic effects on other organs.
A mutagen is a chemical which causes permanent changes to genetic material (DNA) such that the changes will propagate through generational lines. An embryotnxin is a chemical which causes damage to a developing embryo (i.e. within the first eight weeks of pregnancy in humans). b11t the damage does not propagate across generational lines. A ferafogen is a chemical which causes damage to a developing fetus. but the damage does not propagate across generational lines. A reproductive toxin is any substance which interferes in any way with the reproductive process.
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: Pre-existing blood system disorders, respiratory conditions, central nervous, liver, kidney, and cardio-vascular conditions may be aggravated by severe or chronic overexposUFe to Benzene. Skin disorders may also be aggravated by exposures to Benzene. •
RECOMMENDATIONS TO PHYSICIANS: The following guidelines are derived from "Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Chemical Products" (5th edition, 1984 ).
• Check for signs of impending pulmonary edema.
• Because of the aspiration hazard, avoid emetic drugs. whenever practical.
• For overexposures in which emesis is advisable: If the patient is not drowsy. comatose. or in respiratory difficulty, induce vomiting. If necessary, as an alternative treatment, remove Benzene from the stomach via gastric lavage. One or two ounces of mineral oil may be instilled and left in the stomach at the completion of lavage. • Avoid epinephrine because of its possible adverse effect on the sensitized myocardium. Avoid all digestible fats, oils and alcohol., which may promote the absorption of Benzene in the intestinal system.
• If eyes or skin are affected, wash thoroughly and apply a bland analgetic ointment.
• Because of the possibility of _ventricular fibrillation. monitor the ECG continuously and be prepared to administer external cardiac massage.
Refer to the OSHA Benzene Standard [29 CFR 1910.1028; paragraph(i) and Appendix CJ for specific information on Medical Surveillance requirements (i.e. for the general physical exam, medical history, specific tests, and re-examination protocol).
BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE INDICES (BEls}: The following Biological Expos11re Indices (BEls) are currently applicable for Benzene.
l:::::,:''.::c'l:<::::I:· ,.· .. ·:c:c:c· ::: ·.·'BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE INDICES (BEls) for Benzene clre .=ts follows:
CHEMICAL DETERMINANT SAMPLING TIME
BENZENE
• Total phenol in urine
• Benzene in exhaled air:
mixed-exhaled
end-exhc:iled
• End of shift
• Prior to next shift
BENZENE C,H, MSDS (Document# 1062)
PAGE 8 OF 11
BEi
• 50 mg/g creatinine
• 0.08 ppm
•0.12oom
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
ENVIRONMENTAL STABILITY: Benzene will be degraded over time into other organic compounds. The following
environmental data are available for Benzene.
BENZENE: Kow = 2.13. Water Solubility= 1791 mg/L. BCF (Anguillajaponica. eels)= 3.5. BCF (C/upea harengus Pallasi, pacific herring)= 4.4.
BCF (goldfish)= 4.3. BCF, benzene= 24 (estimated). !f benzene is relP.ased into 1he soit, it will be volatilized near the surface or it will leach to
the groundwater. No degradation of benzene (800) was repor1ed in co;use-fillered lake Superior harbor water incubated at 21"C for 12 days.
In the marine eco-system, biodegradation occurs from 2 days to 2 weeks in the summer and spring. respectively. The half-life of Benzene in
estuarine water was 6 days, as measured by 14C02 produced. Biodegrnd,ilion half-lives of 28 and 16 days were repor1ed in die-away tests for
degradation of up lo 3.2 UUL benzene using groundwater and Lester River water. respectively. under aerobic conditions. In a base-rich para-
brownish soil, 20 ppm benzene was 24% degraded in one week. 44% in 5 weeks and 47% in 10 weeks. It is not expected lo adsorb to
sediment nor bioconcentrate in aquatic organisms.
EFFECT OF MATERIAL ON PLANTS or ANIMALS: Benzene may be harmful or fatal to contaminated plant and
animal-life (especially if large quantities of Benzene are released). Refer to Section 11 (Toxicology Information).
Additional information is available on the effects of Benzene on plants as follows:
Benzene is lethal to plants at high concentrations (GT 15600 ppm in air) and short {30 minutes) exposure times. In all species studied recovery was
complete upon ~ernoval from exposure to sub-lethal concentrations.
Plant growth and rooting is stimulated by aqueous solutions of low benzene concentrations (0.01-0.10 saturated). Aqueous solutions containing
high concentrations (0.10-0.15% Benzene) inhibit growth and interfere with metabolism and cell division.
EFFECT OF CHEMICAL ON AQUATIC LIFE: Benzene can be harmful or fatal to contaminated aquatic plant and
animal life. Benzene floats on water, and can potentially fom, slicks which are capable of creating oxygen-deprived
waterways which can contaminate coastal and shore life. The following aquatic toxicity data are available for Benzene.
LC,00 ( Tetrahymena pyriformis, ciliate} = 12.8 mmoVU24 hours
LC50 (Palaemonetes pugio, grass shrimp) = 27 ppm/96 hours
LC..O (Cancer magister, crab larvae, stage 1) = 108 ppm/96 hours
LCso (Crangon franciscorum, shrimp)= 20 ppmf96 hours
LC..O (Poecilia reticulata, guppy)= 63 ppm/14 days
LC..0 (Marone saxatilis, bass)= 5.8 to 10.9 ppm/96 hours
LCso (Sa/mo trurta, brown trout yearling)= 12 mgJU1-hour
LCso (Ambystoma mexicana, mexican axotoll salamander. 3.4
weeks after hatdling) = 370 mg/U48 hours
LCso (clawed toad. 3-4 weeks after hatching)= 190 mglU48 hours
LDso (Carassium auratus, goldfish)= 46 mg/L/24-hours
L050 (Lepomis macrochirus, bluegill sunfish) = 60 mg/L/2-hours
LC (Daphnia magna) highest no adverse level = 98 rng/l
EHect level (blue cr;ib) = 1 mgfl
EC.-., (freshwcller green algae. Ankistrodesmus falccatus) = 310 mg
(3.97 mmot/L)
Photosynthetic carbon fixation (se/enastrum capricornutum) = 100,
95. B-4. 5: for 24 hour exposure to O. 10. 100 Or 1000 mg
Bem:ene/L
Growlh inhibition (Chlorella vulgaris) = significant for 25-1744rt1Pm
s,,mzene
Light snturated photosynthesis relative rates (Nitzschia palea.
freshwater diatom)= 100, 61, 38, 13: exposure for 2 hours to 0,
175. 350. 520 mg Benzene/L
Growth inhibition (Sl<eletonema cosratum) = al 20 mg/l
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
PREPARING WASTES FOR DISPOSAL: Waste disposal must be in accordance with appropriate Federal, State, and
local regulations. Return cylinders with residual product to Airgas 1nc. Do not dispose of locallY:
14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION
THIS MATERIAL IS HAZARDOUS AS DEFINED BY 49 CFR 172.101 BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION.
PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Benzene
HAZARD CLASS NUMBER and DESCRIPTION: 3 (Flammable Liquid)
UN IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN 1114
PACKING GROUP: PG 11
DOT LABEL/$) REQUIRED: Flammable Liquid
NORTH AMERICAN EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK NUMBER {1996): 130
MARINE POLLUTANT: Benzene is not classified by the DOT as a Marine Pollutant (as defined by 49 CFR 172.101,
Appendix B).
TRANSPORT CANADA, TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS REGULATIONS: THIS MATERIAL IS
CONSIDERED AS DANGEROUS GOODS. Use the above information for the preparation of Canadian Shipmenls.
Also, , there is an additional Hazard Class: 9.2 (Substrince Hazrirdous to the Environment).
BENZENE C,H, MSDS !Document• 10621
PAGE 9 OF 11
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
US. SARA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS: Benzene is subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 302, 304 and 313 olTitle Ill of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act., as follows:
: • i¢OMPC>NENT ·•:;. SARA 302 SARA 304
• •• ... ·· :_/ '· • (40 CFR 355, Ann,,ndix A\ (40 CFR fable 302.4\
SARA 313
140 CFR 372.65\
Benzene NO YES
U.S. SARA THRESHOLD PLANNING QUANTITY: Not applicable.
U.S. CERCLA REPORTABLE QUANTITIES (RO\: 10 lb: RCRA Code = U019.
CANADIAN DSUNDSL INVENTORY STATUS: Benzene is on the DSL Inventory.
U.S. TSCA INVENTORY STATUS: Benzene ·,s listed on the TSCA Inventory.
YES
OTHER U.S. FEDERAL REGULATIONS: Benzene is subject to the requirements of CFR 29 1910.1028, the OSHA Benzene Standard. The Action Level for Benzene is 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour, time-weighted average under this regulation. The EPA is promulgating water regulations for certain volatile synthetic organic chemicals. Specifically, this notice promulgates a maximum contaminant level for Benzene at 0.005 mg/L. Benzene is not listed in Appendix A as a highly hazardous chemical, per 29 CFR 1910.119: Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals. Under this regulation, however, any process that involves a flammable liquid on-site, in one location, in quantities of 10,000 lbs (4,553 kg) or greater is covered under this regulation unless it is used as a fuel.
U.S. STATE REGULATORY INFORMATION: Benzene is covered under specific State regulations, as denoted below: Alaska -Designated Toxic and Hazardous
Substances: Benzene.
California -Pennissiblo Exposure Limits
for Chemical Contaminants: Benzene.
Florida -Substance List: Benzene.
Illinois -Toxic Substance List: Benzene.
Kansas-Section 302/313 List: Benzene.
Massachusetts• Substance List: Benzene.
Michigan Critical Materials Register:
Benzene.
Minnesota list of Hazardous
Substances: Benzene.
Missouri • Employer Information/Toxic
Substance List: Benzene.
New Jersey • Right to Know Hazardous
Substance list: Benzene.
North Dakota • List of Hazardous
Chemicals, Reportable Quantities:
Benzene.
Pennsylvania • Hazardous Substance List:
Benzene.
Rhode Island -Hazardous Substance list:
Benzene.
Texas • Hazardous Substance List:
Benzene.
West Virginia• Hazardous Substance.st:
Benzene.
Wisconsin • Toxic and Hazardous
Substances: Benzene.
CALIFORNIA SAFE DRINKING WATER AND TOXIC ENFORCEMENT ACT (PROPOSITION 65\: Benzene is listed on the California Proposition 65 Lists. WARNING: Benzene is known to the State of California to cause cancer.
LABELING: DANGER! EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. VAPOR CAN CAUSE FLASH FIRE. FLASH POINT= -11°C (12°F). HARMFUL IF INHALED. HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED. PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT MAY DRY SKIN AND CAUSE IRRITATION. CAN CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM EFFECTS. CHRONIC EXPOSURE MAY CAUSE LEUKEMIA AND CAN CAUSE ADVERSE EFFECTS ON THE BLOOD SYSTEM, LIVER, KIDNEYS, REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM. CAN CAUSE DEATH IF TOO MUCH IS BREATHED. ASPIRATION HAZARD IF SWALLOWED -CAN ENTER LUNGS AND CAUSE DAMAGE. Keep away from heat, sparks and flame. Keep container closed. Use only with ridequate ventilation. Avoid contact with skin and clothing. Avoid exposure to vapor. Wash thoroughly rifler hrmdling. FIRST-AID: In-case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention if irritation develops or persists. If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. In case of fire, use water fog, foam, dry chemical, or CO2. In case of spill: Absorb spill with inert materials (e.g. activated carbon, dry sand). Flush residual spill with water. Consult Mriteri;il S;ifety Data Sheet for additional information.
CANADIAN WHMIS SYMBOLS: Class 82: Flammable Liquid.
Class 02AJD28: Material Causing Other Toxic Effects
(I)
BENZENE MSDS (Document• 10621
PAGE 10 OF 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
16. OTHER INFORMATION
PREPARED BY: CHEMICAL SAFETY ASSOCIATES, Inc.
9163 Chesapeake Drive, San Diego. CA 92123-1002
619/565-0302
The information contain&d herein 1s based on data considered accurate. However. no warranty is expressed or 1mohad regarding the accuracy of these data or
the results to bo obtained from the use thereof. AIRGAS. Inc. assumes no resoons1b1hty for ,njury lo 1he vandee or third persons prornnately caused by the
material if reasonable safoty procedures are not adhered lo as shpulated in the data shee1. Addihonally, AIRGAS. Inc. assumes no responsibility for injury to
vendoo or third persons proximately caused by abnormal use of 1he material even ,f re<1sonable safety procedures are followed. Furthermore, vendee assumes
the risk in his use of the material.
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
A large number of abbreviations and acronyms appear on a MSDS. Some of these which are commonly used include the following:
CAS #: This is the Chemical Abstract Service Number which uniquely identifies each constrtuent. !tis used for computer.related searching.
EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR:
ACGIH • American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. a
professional association which establishes exposure limits. TLV •
Threshokl limit Vah.Je -an airborne concentration of a substance which
represents conditions under which it is generaUy believed !tiat ne<1rty an
workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. The duration
must be considered, including the 8-hour Time Weighted Average (TWA).
the 15-minute Short Term Exposure Limit. and lhe instanl<1neous CR.iling
level (C). Skin absorption effects must also be considered.
OSHA • U.S. Occupational Safely ·and Heallh Adminislfalion. PEL •
Permissible Exposure Limit -This exposure value means exactly the same
as a TLV, except that it is enforceable by OSHA The OSHA Permissible
Exposure Limits are based in the 1989 PELs and the June. 1993 Air
Contaminants Rule (Federal Register: 58: 35J38.J5351 and 58:-40191).
Both the current PELs and the vacated PELs are indicaled. The phrase.
"Vacated 1989 PEL," is placed nex1 to the PEL whic~ was vacated by
Court Order.
IDLH • Immediately Dangerous to Life and Healtti -This level represents a
concentration from which one can escape within JO-minutes wrthout
suffering escape-preventing or pennanent injury. The DFG • MAK is the
Republic: of Germany's Maximum Exposure Level. similar lo the U.S. PEL
NIOSH is the National Institute of Occupalionat Safety and Health. which
is the research arm of the U.S. Occupalional Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA). NIOSH issues exposure guidelines called
Recommended Exposure Levels (RELs). When no exposure guidelinc-s
are established, an entry of NE is made for reference.
HAZARD RA TINGS:
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM: Health Hazard:
0 (minimal acute or chronic exposure hazard): 1 (slight acute or chronic
exposure hazard); 2 (moderate acu\e a significant chronic exposure
hazard); 3 (severe acute exposure hazard; onetime overexposure can resul
in permanent injury and may be fatal); 4 (ex1reme acute exposure hazard:
onetime overexposure can be fatal). Flammability Hazard: 0 (minimc1I
hazard); 1 {materials that require substantial pre-heating before burning): 2
(combustible liquid or solids: liquids with a flash point of 38-93'C [100-
2000F]); 3 (Class 1B and IC flammable liquids with nash poinls helow 38'"C
(100~F]); 4 (Class IA flammable liquids with flash points below 23"'C f73"'FJ
and boiling points below 38~c poo·'F]. Reactiv~y Hazard: O (norrn<illy
stable); 1 (material that can become unstable at eleva!ed temperc1tures or
which can react slightly with water): 2 (materials that are unst<1ble but c!o
not detonate or which can react violently with water): 3 (materials thal Ccln
detonate when initiated or which can reacl explosively with water): 4
(materials that can detonate at normal temperatures or pressures).
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION: Health Hazard: O
(material that on exposure under fire conditions w01.1ld oNer no hazard
beyond lhat of ordinary combustible materials): 1 (m<1leria!s tha1 on
exposure under fire conditions could cause irritation or minor residt1<1I
injury); 2 (materials that on intense or continued exposure under lire
conditions could cause temporary incapacitation or possible resir!ual infury):
3 {materials that can on short exposure could cause serious temporary or
residual injury): 4 {materials that under very short exposure causes de;ith
or major residual injury).
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (Continued):
Flammability Hazard and Reactivity Hazard: Refer to definitions for
"Hazardous Ma!eria1s Identification System·.
FLAMMABILITY LIMITS IN AIR:
Much of the information related to lire and explosion is derived from the
Nahonat Fire Proledion Association (NFPA). Flash Pqin\ -Minimum
temper:=i1I11P. :=ii which a liquid gives off sufficienl vapors to form an ignitable
mbr1ure wrth air · Autoignition Temperature: The minimum temperature
reot1ired to initiate comhus1ion in air with no other source of ignition. Lf!. -
the lowe,I percent of v:=ipor in air. by volume. that will explode or ignite in
lhe presence of an ignrtion source . .u..E..L -lhe highest percent of vapor in air.
by volume. \Mt will explode or ignite in lhe presence of an ignition source.
TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION:
Possihle health hazards as derived from human data. animal studies, or
from the results of studies with similar com!)?unds are presented.
Definitions of some terms used in this section are: L05,0 " Lethal Dose
(solids & liriui<ls) which kill_s 50% of lhe exposed animals: LC50 -i;]!hal
Concentra1ion (gases) which lolls 50% of lhe exposed animals; ~m
concenlration expressed in parts of matericll per million parts of air or water:
mglm3 concentration expressed in weight of substance per volume of air.
mg/kg quantity of m:i1eri<1l, by w11ight. administered to a test subject, based
on !heir bocly weight in kg. Data from several sources are used to evaluate
the cancer-causing potential of the material. The sources are: IARC -the
lnlern;.i1ionc1I Agency for Research on Cancer; NTP -the National
Toxicology Program. RTE CS -the Registry of To.:ic: Effects of Chemical
Suhst.3nces. OSHA and CAUOSHA IARC and NTP rate chemicals on a
scale of decrec1sing potenlial to cause human cancer with rankings from 1
1n 4. Suhrank:ings (2A. 2B, etc.) are also used. Other measures of toxicity
include TDLo. the lowest dose to cause a symptom and TCLo the lowest
concentration to Ccluse a symptom: TOo. LDLo. and LDo. or TC, TCo.
LCLo. anci LCo. the lowesl dose (or concentralion) to cause lelhal or toxic
effects BEi · Biological Exposure Indices. represent the levels of
delerminants which are mos1 likely lo be observed in specimens collected
from a healthy worM;er who has been e.:posed lo chemicals lo the same
extent as ;i won<er with inhc1lation exposure to the TLV. Ecological
Information: EC is the effect concentration in water.
REGULATORY INFORMATION:
This seclinn B)(pl:=iins the impact of various taws and regulations on the
rn;itP.ri,11. EPA is the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. WHMIS is
the Canacli<1n Wor'-.pl;.ice Hawrdous Materials Information System. DOT
<1ncl TC are the U.S. Departrnenl of Transportation and. the Transport
Cc1nacla. respectively. Superhmd Amendments and Reauthorization Act
(SARA): the Can;.idian OomestidNon-Dornestic Substances List
{DSUNDSL): the U.S. Toxic Suhstance Con1rol Act (TSCA): Marine
Pollutant sla!us according to lhe DOT: the Compre!iensive Environmental
Response. Compensation. and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund); and
various state regul:i1ians.
BENZENE MSOS (Document tt 1062)
PAGE 11 OF 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. .ll!J'g;v BOC GASES
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
!PRODUCT N/1.ME:: C/1.RBONJETRACHLORIDE
1. Chemical Product and Company Identification
BOC Gases,
Division of
The BOC Group, Inc.
575 Mountain Avenue
Murray Hill, NJ 07974
TELEPHONE NUMBER: (908) 4(,4-8100
BOC Gast's
Oivbion of
ROC Canada Limited
5975 falhonrne Street, Unit 2
J\·lissi:i;:sauga, Ontario I.SR 3\\'6
n:u:PIIONE NllMllER: (9115) 501-1700
24-HOUR EMERGENCY TELEPHONE Nll~IBER:
CHEMTREC [phone]
24-IIOIIR EMERGENCY TELEPIIONF: Nll~IBER:
(')05) 501-0802
HIERGENCY RF.SPONSE PLAN NO: 211101
PRODUCT NAME: C/IRBON TETR/ICHU)RlnE
CHEMICAL NAME: Carbon Tetrachloride
COMMON NAM ES/SYNONYMS: Carbon Chlr,ridc. Carbon T ct, H:il,,r1 I 11411. R I 0
TDG (Canada) CLASSIFICATION: 6.1 (').2)
WIIMIS CLASSIFICATION: DI/I, D2/I. D2B
PREPARED llY: Loss Control [phone]/[phone]
PREPARATION DATE: (,/1/95
REVIEW DATES: 6/7/%
2. Composition, Information on Ingredients
Carbon Tetrachloride
FORMULA: CCI,
CAS: 56-23-5
RTECS #: FG4900000
1 As st.atL'tl in 29 CFR I 1JIO, Suhpan /. (r,:visl•(\ July ! , \(){)])
10ppm DNA
25 ppm Ceiling
JLV•ACGIH.
5ppm TWA io ppm STEL
Skin
2 As st.atOO in th!! ACOll 1 19'J4-95 Thn:shnld l.irnit Valm:., ti1r Ch.:1nii:::1I S11l"1a11i::l'~ arul Phy ... i.:al /\g.:11t,
3. Hazards Identification
. ROute/S ·ec1es,·
LDso
2350 mg/kg
(rat)
? .... / EMERGENCY·QVERVIEW.··.·· ... •.·•·•·····•··•·· .. ••.···.•••.·.··•.· .. • .··.· ··••·· ·••.··•.•i i••· @\~la.1.\6.~ Afr lg.~ ¢onc.~n1r1i\iorifof • this.corn pound .• may cause· dizz.iness, nausea and. possible ·.1o~s0C ''.l.tr{tttiQ~:&:~t~Rm~i:t1t~1-~~~~=~b_fut::~·:t~rt~~:~~~:i1
~~~~~~~~y;t~~
1-~t!;~~n~~~l~~i~t~C~~~:~t~= 'c'Oriditi_Ori{L-\::'-'":,:c,:.,-, ... -.·.··· ... -........ ·-.......... -.... ·. . .. . . . . . . ·... -.. -· . . . ·--
ROUTE OF ENTRY:
Skin Conlacl
Yes
MSDS: 0-22
Revised: 6/7/96
Skin Absorption
Yes
Eye Con1a1..:l
Yes
Inhalation
Yes
Ingestion
Yes
Page I or 6
a
! l?RbD()C::l\NAMEi _c::Ar<BON TETRACHLORIDE·•
HEAi TH EFFECTS· , , , ,
Exposure Limits ltTilclnl Sensitization
Yes Yes No
Tcratogcn Reproductive Hazard Mutagen
Yes Yes Yes
Synergistic Effects
None Reported
Carcinogenicity:•· NTP: Yes !ARC: Yes OSHA: '.'Jo
EYE EFFECTS:
Contact with product may cause mild irritation.
SKIN EFFECTS:
Contact with pwduct could cause mild irritation. Prnlnngccl cnntacl may cause ddatting or the skin and
den_natitis. This product can be absorbed in harmful quantity through wntact with unpwh.:clcd skin.
INGESTION EFFECTS:
Ingestion effects arc similar to effects frnm inhalation.
INHALATION EFFECTS:
Short tcnn exposure may cause headache, di,-.zincss and irritmion to the rcsriratmy system. Carhon tetrachloride
is a central nervous system depressant and may caus1,; loss of conciousness ,1t high cor11.:i;ntrations.
Chronic exposures may cause liver damage.
Long tcnn exposures may .ilso in1.;r1.;asi; the risk or sn111c forms nf c.nH.:er.
This product is suspected of having adverse reproductive cfl~cls and is an experimental mutagen.
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED IIY EXPOSllRE:
Individuals with anemia, diseases of the 1.;entral nervous system or diseases of the kidney or liver should not be
exposed to carbon tctrachlnridc.
NFPA IIAZARO COOES
Health: 3
Flammability: 0
Reactivity: 0
4. First Aid Measures
EYES:
IIM I~ IIAZARO COO ES
rlammability: (l
Reactivity: 0
RATING~ SYSTEM
0 = No Hazard
I = Slight Hazard
2 = Modcrntc Hazard
J ""'-Serious Hazard
4 = Severe Haz,1rd
Flush eyes immediately with lukcwam1 water for at kast 15 minutes. A physici,rn should sec the patient
promptly.
SKIN:
Remove contaminated clnthing and flush al'ICcted arc;is with water. S...:ck medical all...:nti<lfl.
INGESTION:
CALL LOCAL POISON CONTROL CENTER. ll'c1)nscinus. induce v11mi1ing and 1.·,1ntinuc until _v111nit is clear.
A physician should sec the patient pwmptly.
INHALATION:
MSDS: G-22
Revised: 6/7/96 Pagc2(lf6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
.I
. I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l•P.RODUCTNAME/CARBON.T:ETRACHLORIDE
PROMPT MEDICAL ATTENTION IS MANDATORY IN ALL C1\SES OF OVEREXPOSURE. RESCUE
PERSONNEL SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CONTAINED llREATHING APPARATUS.
Conscious persons should be assisted to an uncontaminated area and inhale fresh air. Quick removal from the
contaminated area is most important. Unconscious persons sh\lu\J be mnwd to an um:ontaminatcd area and
given artificial resuscitation and supp\cmi.;nlal oxygcn. Mcdil'.a1 a~:,;istancc should he sought immediately.
Further treatment should he symptomatic and supportive.
5. Fire Fighting Measures
Conditions ofFlarnmahilitv: Nnnnammahlc
Flash point: 1 Mcth,xl• 11\utni!!nition
None Not /\nnlic.ihlc Tcmncraturc: '.'Jone
LEL(¾\• None l UEU'X,): None
Hazardcms combusti(rn nroducts: N0nc
Scnsitivitv to mcchcmic.:il shock: None
Scnsitivitv to static dischar!!e: '.'Jone
FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS:
Decomposes under fire C(lnditions into phosgcnc and hydn1gl.'.n d1\(lridc.
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA:
None required. Use media appropriate for surrounding 111;11cri,ils.
FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS:
Fire fighters should use se\f.conwincd breathing: :1ppara1us 111 pn11cc1 them fmm 1t1xic decomposition products .
If possible, use water spray to cool conlHinl.'.rs l,1 rm.:vcm rupturl.'..
6. Accidental Release Measures
Evacuate all personnel fmm .iffccted area. Use appropriate protective c~1uipmcnt. If lea!,; is in user's equipment,
be certain to purge piping with inert gas prior to a\le111pting rcp:iirs. Ir \cal,; is in Lontainer or container valve,
contact the appmpriatc emergency tclcpiwnc numhcr listcd in Sccli11n I nr c-,11\ your t:hisest BOC lncaiion.
7. Handling and Storage
Electrical Classification:
Nonha'zardous.
Incompatible with aluminum and zinc.
Use only in well-ventilated aret1s. Do nnt drag. slidt: l.lf r11ll cylinders. lJse a suitahk hand truck for cylinder
movement. Protect containers from physical danrngc. St11rc in c1lt1L dry, wcll-vcntila11.xl ,,rcu away from heavily
trafficked areas and emergency exits. Do not allow the h.:111pcr.nurc where l..'.llnt,1incrs ,ire st{1rcd to eXcecd I J0''F
(54°C). Containers should be stored urright and linnly secured to rre\Cfll fol\ing or heing knocked over. full
and empty containers should be segregated. Use i.l "lirst in-lirst nut" invcntl1ry system 1t1 prevent l'ull containers
being stored for excessive pcri{1ds or time. Vap111·s shtiuld rn1t be ,1l!{1wcd 1t1 c111l\,1c1 {lf)Lll llanws.
For additional storage recnmmcmlritions. ct1nsul1 Conq1rcsst:d Gas /\ssnci;it i11n 's Pamphlet p. \.
Never carry a comrn::ssed gas cylinder or :.i c11nt,1ini..:r ofa gas in cryogenic liquid li1r111 in an enclosed spaci..: such
as a car trunk, van or statiPn wagon. /\ lc,11,; cm1 result in ;1 lire, cxrlnsi1111, asrhyxi,11i11n or a toxic exrosurc.
MSDS: G-22
Revised: 6/7 /96
ll
!PRODUCJ"NAME' CARBONTETRACHLORIDE ..
8. Exposure Controls, Personal Protection
EXPOSURE LIMITS':
Carbon Tetrachloride
FORMULA: CCI,
CAS: 56-2:l-5
RTECS #: FG4900000
10 ppm DNA
25 ppm Ceiling
5 ppm nNA
10 ppm STEL
Skin
1 Referto individual stale of provincial 11;gulatinm. a!> arplicahk, ti1r limit, which may hl· rnnn.: ~,ringcnt than those listed here. 2 M, stated in 29 CFR l(JlO, Suhp;u1 Z {rcvi~d July I. l'J◄n I 3 As. stat..-.d in the ACGlll 14)')4-11J◄J5 Tlm:~hnld Limit V:llol'~ 1;,rC:hcn1ic:11 Suh,tu11x~ ,111<1 Phric:,I Agl·111~.
ENGINEERING CONTROLS:
LDso
2350 mg/kg
(rat)
Hood with forced vcntilati,m. Use local cxtrnust In rn.:vcnt <1Ccumula1ion abtl\'C lhc c.,p1,sLirc limit
EYE/FACE PROTECTION:
Safety goggles or glasses
SKIN PROTECTION:
Protective Gloves: Nitrilc or Viton.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:
Positive pressure air line with full-(~1cc mask arid i.:si.:ari.: bl1ttk or si.:11'-i.:nntairn:d brl!athing ar,r,arnlus should be available for emergency use. ·
OTHER/GENERAL PROTECTION:
Safety shoes. safety shower. eyewash "fountain:·
9. Physical and Chemical Properties
PARAMETER
Physical state (gas. liquid, solid)
Vapor pressure at at 70 t'F
Vapor density (Air= I)
Evaporation point
Boiling point
Freezing point
pH
Specific gravity
Oil/water partition cocllicicnt
Solubility (H20)
Odor threshold
Odor and appearance
10. Stability and Reactivity
STABILITY:
Stable.
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS:
MSOS: G-22
Revised: 617/96
\' ALllf.
Liquid
'IX
5 j
Nol ,\vail;1bk
170
76.5
-9.4
-D
Nnt /\vailnhlc
;\Jot /\vailabk
N11t ,\vailabk
lnsoluhk (0.0X'¼,)
\lot ,\vailabk:
IINITS
111mH~
"F
"C
"r-
"C
C11h1rkss liquid with stnrng ethereal odor.
Page 4 of 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(l?ROOUCTNAME')CI\RBONJETRACHLORIDE .·
Reacts with zinc, aluminum and alkali mctals. Occ{1111poscs in <1pcn 11amc 11r at high temperatures.
HAZARDOUS DECOMrOSITION rROflllCTS:
Hydrogen chloride, phosgcnc.
HAZARDOUS rOLYMERIZATION:
Will not occur.
11. Toxicological Information
TUMORIGENIC:
An experimental carcinogen in cxpcrimcmal animal studies including: ra1s. mice and hamsters.
REPRODUCTIVE:
Developmental defects observed f111\owing inh,da1inn cxposun: 11fprcgna111 rats 111 250 rrm ll1r 8 hours.
MUTAGENIC:
A mutagen in mammalian and bacterial cell ass;1y systems.
OTHER:
Degenerative changes to liver following chroni1.: inhalatillll cxposurc in multiple animal studies with mammalian
species including rats, mice. rabbits, guini.::a pigs, d11gs and nwnkcys. T<1xic cflCcts to the lungs. immune system
and bladder have also been reported in animal studies with 111;11111nali,m species.
12. Ecological Information
No data given.
13. Disposal Considerations
Do not attempt to dispose of residual waste 0r unused qu:mtitics. Rc1urn in the shipping container PROPERLY
LABELED. WITH ANY VALVE OUTLET PLUGS OR CArS SECURED AND VALVE rROTECTION CAP
IN PLACE to BOC Gases or authorized distributm fnr propi..:r disposal.
14. Transport Information
,·(\United,Stales DOT·.
PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Carbon Tetrachloride (R· 10) Carbon Tetrachloride {R-10)
HAZARD CLASS: 6.1 6.1 (9.2)
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN 1846 UN 1846
SHIPPING LABEL: POISON POISON
Additional Marking Requirement: lfnct weight of product 2: 10 pounds, the cnnt,1in-.:r must he alsn
marked with the letters "RQ··. Additional Shi1,pinc P:qH'r Ol•scriptinn Rt'1111iremt'nt: If net weight
of product~ 10 pounds, the shipping papers must he ;dsn 1m1rki..:d with the kt11.:rs "R()". PG: II
15. Regulatory Information
SARA TITLE Ill NOTIFICATIONS ANO INFORMATION
Releases of carbon tetrachloride in quantities equal to or gn;;ih;r than the ri..:pn11ablc quantity (R()) of IO pounds
arc subject to reporting lo the National Respnnsi.:: Center undi..:r CERCL/\, Seclinn 304 S/\R/\ Title Ill.
MSOS: G-22
Revised: 6/7/96 Page 5 of 6
a
!PRODUCT NAME: CARBON TETRACHLORIDE .
SARA TITLE Ill -HAZA RO CLASSES:
Acute Heahh Hazard
Chronic Hcahh Hazard
SARA TITLE Ill -SECTION 313 SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION:
This product contains the following toxic chemicals subject to the rcrnrting n:quin.::mcnts of section J 13 of the
Emergency Planning tmd Community Right-Tn-Know Acl (EPCRA) of 1986 ,rnd of 40 CFR 372:
CASNUMDER
56-23-5
INGREDIENT NAME
CARBON TETRACHLORIDE
PERCENT BY VOLUME
100.0
This infonnation must be included on all MSDSs that arc copied and distributed for this material.
16. Other Information
Compressed gas cylinders shall not be rcfllk:d Without thi..: cxprcss wriucn ru,,:rmission tlfthc owner. Shipment of
a compressed gas cylinder which h;:is not hem filled hy the owner or with his/her (wri11cn) consent is a
violation Oftranspon;ition rcgul.!ti1ms.
DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESSF.O ANO IMPLIF.ll lVAIU{ANTIF.S:
Although reasonable care h,1s bccn taken in 1hi.: prcrara1ion <1fthis document. we cxh.:nd no w:.irrnntics and make
no representations as ln the accuracy orcmnplclcncss nfthc inr11rmation ctintaincd hcn.:in, and assume no R
responsibility regarding thC suitability of this inli1rnrnti{m li1r the usl!r's inicndcd purposes llf for the
consequences of its use. Each individual should make a dl!lcnninatinn as tn the suitability of the infom1ation for
their particular purposc(s).
MSDS: G-22
Revised: 6/7/96 Page 6 of 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
I EM SCIENCE
I 11. CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Manufacturer ............. :
EM SCIENCE
A Division of EM Industries
P.O. Box 70
480 Democrat Road
Gibbstown, N.J. 08027
Catalog Number(s):
3150
Product Name:
Chloroform
Synonyms:
T richloromethanc
Chemical Family:
Chlorinated Hydrocarbon
Formula:
CHC~
Molecular Weight.:
119.38
Preparation Date.: 10/24/96
Information Phone Number.: 856-423-6300
Houre: Mon. to fri. 8:30-5
Chemtrec Emergency Number: 800-424-9300
Hours: 24 hrs a day
2. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component
Chloroform
13, HAZARDS mENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
VAPOR HAZARDOUS.
CAS ij
67-66-3
HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED.
Vapors May Harm The Fetus In Pregnant Women.
Appr \:
100%
FORMS HAZARDOUS PRODUCT OF DECOMPOSITION.
POSSIBLE CANCER HAZARD. MAY CAUSE CANCER BASED ON ANIMAL DATA.
May Cause Damage To Liver, Heart and Kidneys.
•
WARNING: 171is product contains a chcmical(s) known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Appearance:
Clear, colorless liquid, sweet, ethereal odor.
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS (ACUTE ANO CIIRONIC)
Symptoms of Exposure:
Hannful if inhaled or swallowed. Repeated exposure to low concentrations may damage liver, kidneys and heart. Also causes headache, drowsiness, mental confusion, nausea and unconsciousness.
Medical Cond. Aggravated by Exposure:
Pregnancy, alcoholism, liver, hear, and
kidney conditions.
Routes of Entry:
Inhalation, ingestion or skin contact.
Carcinogenicity:
Proven animal carcinogenic substance. Possible Cancer Hazard.
WARNING: This product contains a chcmical(s) known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Emergency First Aid:
GET MEDICAL ASSISTANCE FOR ALL CASES OF OVEREXPOSURE.
Skin: Immediately flush thoroughly with large amounts of water.
Eyes: Immediately flush thoroughly with water for at least 15
minutes.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air; give artificial respiration if
breathing has stopped.
Ingestion: If conscious, drink water and induce vomiting
immediately as directed by medical personnel. Never ~ivc anyihing
by mouth to an unconscious person.
Get immediate medical attention.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Flash Point (F): None (tee)
Flammable Limits LEL (% ): N/ A .
Flammable Limits UEL (%): N/A
Extinguishing Media:
Use any suitable for adjacent material.
Fire Fighting Procedures:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus.
Fire & Explosion Hazards:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Thermal decomposition produces highly toxic fumes.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Spill Response:
Evacuate the area of all unnecessary personnel. Wear suitable protective equipment listed under Exposure/ Personal
Protection. Eliminate any ignition sources until the area is dctcnnincd to be free from explosion or fire hazards. Contain the
release and eliminate its source, if this can be done without risk. Take up and containerize for proper disposal as described
under Disposal. Comply with Federal, State, and local regulations on reponing releases. Refer to Regulatory Information for
reportable quantity and other regulatory data.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling & Storage:
Keep container tightly closed. Do not breathe vapor. Do not get in eyes. on skin, or on clothing. Store in a cool, well-
ventilated area, out of direct sunlight.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/ PERSONAL PROTECTION
ENGINEERING CONTROLS ANO PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:
Ventilation, Respiratory Protection, Protective Clothini:, Eve Protection:
Respiratory Protection: If workplace exposure limit(s) of produc; or any component is exceeded (sec TL V /PEL), aa
NIOSH/MSHA approved air supplied respirator is advised in absence or proper environmental control. OSHA regulations
also permit other NIOSH/MSHA respirators (negative pressure type) under specified conditions (sec your safety equipment
,supplier). Engineering and/or administrative controls should be implemented to reduce exposure. Material must be handled or
transferred in an approved fume hood or with equivalent vcntilmion. Protective gloves should be wom to prevent skin contact
(Viton or equivalent) Safety glasses with side shields should be wom at all times.
Work/Hygenic Practices:
Wash thoroughly after handling. Do not ~1kc internally. Eye wash and safety equipment should be readily available.
EXPOSURE GUIDELINES
OSHA-PEL:
TWA
Component PPM MG/M3
Chloroform
2 9.78
ACGIH-TLV:
TWA
Component PPM MG/M3
Chloroform
10 49
STEL CL
PPM MG/M3 PPM MG/M3 Skin
----·----·-
STEL CL
PPM MG/M3 PPM MG/M3 Skin
If there arc no exposure limit numt>crs listed in the Exp0surc Guidelines ehan. this indicates thm no OSHA or ACGIH
exposure limts have been established.
9. PHYSICAL AND CIIEMCIAL PROPERTIES
Boiling Point (C 760 mm Hg): 6 I .2C
Melting Point (C): -63.SC
Specific Gravity (H20 = I): 1.49
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg): 167 20C
Percent Volatile by vol(%): 100%
Vapor Density (Air= 1): 4.12
Evaporation Rate (BuAc = I): 7.4
Solubility in Water(%): Slight
Appearance :
Clear, colorless liquid, sweet, ethereal odor.
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability: Yes
Hazardous Polymerization:
Does not occur
Hazardous Decomposition:
COx, phosgene, other chlorine compounds
Conditions to A void:
Contact with open flame, electric arcs, other hot surfaces.
Materials To Avoid:
( ) Water
( ) Acids
(X) Bases
( ) Corrosives
(X) Oxidizers
(X) Other: Alkali metals, acetone, dinitrogen
tetraoxide, fluorine, triisopropylphosphine,
magnesium
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Toxicity Data
orl-hmn LDLo, 140 mg/kg
orl-rat LOSO: 908 mg/kg
ihl-rat Leso, 47702 ug/cu.m./4H
Toxicological Findings:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• I
I
I
I
I
disilane,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tests on laboratory animals indicate material may cause tumnrs
and produce adverse mutagcnic and reproductive effects.
Cited in Registry ofToxic Etlccts of Chemical Substances (RTECS)
12. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
EPA Waste Numbers: U044 0022
Treatment:
Specified Technology -Incineration or fuels blending to less than the TCLP standard. Contact your local pcnnincd waste
disposal site (TSO) for pcnnissiblc treatment sites.
ALWAYS CONTACT A PERMITTED WASTE DISPOSER (TSO) TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
CURRENT LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS.
13. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT Proper Shipping Name:
Chloroform
DOT ID Number:
UN1888
14. REGULATORY INFORMATION
TSCA Statement:
This product is a "Mixture". The CAS number.,; of all components
arc listed on the TSCA Inventory.
SARA SARA
Component EHS EHS TPQ
(302 I I lbs I
·-······-·--Chloroform
y 10000
CERCLA
RQ
(lbs)
10
OSHA SARA DeMinimis
Component Floor List 313 for SARA 313
( % )
-----···· Chloroform
y y 0.1
If there is no infonnation listed on the rq,'lila1ory infonnation chan. this indicates that the chemical is not covered by the
specific regulation listed.
15. OTHER INFORMATION
Comments:
None
NFPA Hazard Ratings:
Health 2
Flammability : o
Reactivity : O
Special Hazards
Revision History: 1/17/96
Revised Section
N/A Not Available
N/E None Establised
The statements contained herein arc offered for inforinational purposes only and arc based upon technical data that EM Science believes to be accurate. It is intended for use only by person;; having the ncccssa,y technical skill and at their own discretion and risk. Since conditions and manner of use arc outside our control, we make NOW ARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR OTHERWISE.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MSDS -ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
--------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- --------------
1 -PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
-------------------- ------------- - - ------ ---------------------- - --------------
PRODUCT NAME,
FORMULA,
FORMULA WT,
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
CH3CHOHCH3
60.10
CAS NO., 67-63-0
NIOSH/RTECS NO., NT805000
COMMON SYNONYMS, 2-PROPANOL; ISOPROPANOL; SEC-PROPYL ALCOHOL; IPA;
DIMETHYLCARBINOL
PRODUCT CODES, U298,5082,9080
EFFECTIVE, 09/03/86
REVISION no2
PRECAUTIONARY LABELLING
BAKER SAF-T-DATA(TM) SYSTEM
HEALTH 1 SLIGHT
FLAMMABILITY 3 SEVERE ( FLAMMP..BLE)
REACTIVITY 1 SLIGHT
CONTACT 1 SLIGHT
HAZARD RATINGS ARE 0 TO 4 (0 = NO HAZARD; 4 = EXTREME HAZARD) .
LABORATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
SAFETY GLASSES; LAB COAT; VENT HOOD; PROPER GLOVES; CLASS B EXTINGUISHER
PRECAUTIONARY LABEL STATEMENTS
WARNING
FLAMMABLE
CAUSES IRRITATION
HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED OR INHALED
KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS, FLAME. AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES, SKIN, CLOTHING.
AVOID BREATHING VAPOR. KEEP IN TIGHTLY CLOSED CONTAINER. USE WITH
ADEQUATE VENTILATION. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING. IN CASE OF FIRE,
USE ALCOHOL FOAM, DRY CHEMICAL, CARBON DIOXIDE -WATER MAY BE INEFFECTIVE.
FLUSH SPILL AREA WITH WATER SPRAY.
SAF-T-DATA(TM) STORAGE COLOR CODE, RED (FLAMMABLE)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS
------------------------------------------------- - ---------- -- ----------------
CAS NO.
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL 90-100 67-63-0
----------------------- ------ ------------------------ - -------- ----------------
3 -PHYSICAL DATA
----------------------------------------------------- - - ---- -------------------
BOILING POINT, 82 C
MELTING POINT, -89 C
SPECIFIC GRAVITY, 0. 79
(H20=1)
180 Fl
-128 Fl
VAPOR PRESSURE(MM HG), 33
VAPOR DENSITY(AIR=l), 2.1
EVAPORATION RATE,
(BUTYL ACETATE=l)
2.83
SOLUBILITY(H20), COMPLETE (IN ALL PROPORTIONS) \ VOLATILES BY VOLUME: 100
APPEARANCE & ODOR, COLORLESS LIQUID WITH SLIGHT ODOR OF RUBBING ALCOHOL.
4 -FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA
FLASH POINT (CLOSED CUP 12 C 53 F) NFPA 704M RATING: 1-3-0
FLAMMABLE LIMITS, UPPER 12.0 \ LOWER 2.0 \
FIRE EXTINGUISHING MEDIA
USE ALCOHOL FOAM, DRY CHEMICAL OR CARBON DIOXIDE.
{WATER MAY BE INEFFECTIVE.)
SPECIAL FIRE-FIGHTING PROCEDURES
FIREFIGHTERS SHOULD WEAR PROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS WITH FULL FACEPIECE OPERATED IN POSITIVE PRESSURE MODE. MOVE CONTAINERS FROM FIRE AREA IF _IT CAN BE DONE WITHOUT RISK. USE WATER TO KEEP FIRE-EXPOSED CONTAINERS COOL.
UNUSUAL FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARDS
VAPORS MAY FLOW ALONG SURFACES TO DISTANT IGNITION SOURCES AND FLASH BACK. CLOSED CONTAINERS EXPOSED TO HEAT MAY EXPLODE. CONTACT WITH STRONG OXIDIZERS MAY CAUSE FIRE.
TOXIC GASES PRODUCED
CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE
5 -HEALTH HAZARD DATA
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE (TLV/TWA), 980 MG/M3 400 PPM)
SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE LIMIT (STELi, 1225 MG/MJ 500 PPM)
PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PELI, 980 MG/M3 400 PPM)
TOXICITY, LOSO (ORAL-RAT) (MG/KG) 5045 LOSO (IPR-MOUSE) (MG/KG) 933
LOSO {SKN-RABBIT) {G/KG) 13
LOSO {IV-MOUSE) {MG/KG) 1863
CARCINOGENICITY, NTP, NO IARC, NO Z LIST, NO OSHA REG: NO
EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE
INHALATION OF VAPORS MAY CAUSE HEADACHE, NAUSEA. VOMITING, DIZZINESS, DROWSINESS, IRRITATION OF RESPIRATORY TRACT. ~.ND LOSS OF CONSCIOUSNESS. INHALATION OF VAPORS MAY CAUSE PULMONARY EDEMA.
LIQUID MAY BE IRRITATING TO SKIN AND EYES. PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT MAY RESULT IN DERMATITIS. EYE CONTACT MAY RESULT IN TEMPORARY CORNEAL DAMAGE. INGESTION MAY CAUSE NAUSEA, VOMITING. HEADACHES. DIZZINESS, GASTROINTESTINAL IRRITATION.
INGESTION MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION.
TARGET ORGANS
EYES, SKIN, RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE
NONE IDENTIFIED
..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ROUTES OF ENTRY
INHALATION, INGESTION, EYE CONTACT, SKIN CONTACT
EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES
CALL A PHYSICIAN.
IF SWALLOWED, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
IF INHALED, REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL
RESPIRATION. IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT, GIVE OXYGEN.
IN CASE OF CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT
LEAST 15 MINUTES. FLUSH SKIN WITH WATER.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 -REACTIVITY DATA
----------------------------------------- --------- ------ ------ ----------------
STABILITY, STABLE
CONDITIONS TO AVOID,
INCOMPATIBLES,
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION, WILL NOT OCCUR
HEAT, FLAME, OTHER SOURCES OF IGNITION
STRONG OXIDIZING .l-.GEHTS, .t.LUMINUM. NITRIC ACID,
SULFURIC ACID, AMINES AND AMMONIA,
HALOGEN ACIDS AND HALOGEN COMPOUNDS
DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS, CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 -SPILL AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
------------------------ ---------------- --- --- - - ------ - - - - - -------------------
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF A SPILL OR DISCHARGE
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. SHUT OFF IGNITION SOURCES; NO FLARES,
SMOKING, OR FLAMES IN AREA. STOP LEAK IF YOU CAN DO SO WITHOUT RISK. USE
WATER SPRAY TO REDUCE VAPORS. TAKE UP WITH SAND OR OTHER NON-COMBUSTIBLE
ABSORBENT MATERIAL AND PLACE INTO CONTAINER FOR LATER DISPOSAL. FLUSH
AREA WITH WATER.
J. T. BAKER SOLUSORB(R) SOLVENT ADSORBENT IS RECOMMENDED
FOR SPILLS OF THIS PRODUCT.
DISPOSAL PROCEDURE
DISPOSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS.
EPA HAZARDOUS WASTE NUMBER, 0001 ( IGNITP..SLE WASTE)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 -PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VENTILATION,
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION,
EYE/SKIN PROTECTION,
USE GENERAL OR LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION TO MEET
TLV REQUIREMENTS.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIRED IF AIRBORNE
CONCENTRATION EXCEEDS TLV. AT CONCENTRATIONS UP
TO 1000 PPM, A CHEMICAL CARTRIDGE RESPIRATOR WITH
ORGANIC VAPOR CARTRIDGE IS RECOMMENDED. ABOVE
THIS LEVEL, A SEL,-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
IS RECOMMENDED.
SAFETY GOGGLES, UNIFORM, APRON, NEOPRENE GLOVES
ARE RECOMMENDED.
------------------------ --------- - ------- - - - ------------------- - --------------
9 -STORAGE AND HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
----------------------------

-

-

-
---------

-

-

-
-----------------

-
-
-----

-
----------
SAF-T-DATA(TM) STORAGE COLOR CODE, RED (FLAMMABLE)
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
BOND AND GROUND CONTAINERS WHEN TRANSFERRING LIQUID. KEEP CONTAINER TIGHTLY CLOSED. STORE IN A COOL, DRY, WELL-VENTILATED, FLAMMABLE LIQUID STORAGE AREA.
----------------------------------------------

-
--------

-
------

-
-
---

-
--

-
-
------10 -TRANSPORTATION DATA AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ---------------------------------------

-

-
---

-

-

-
----

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
---------

-
---

-

-
-----
DOMESTIC (D.O.T.)
PROPER SHIPPING NAME
HAZARD CLASS
UN/NA
LABELS
INTERNATIONAL (I.M.O.)
PROPER SHIPPING NAME
HAZARD CLASS
UN/NA
LABELS
ISOPROPANOL
FLAMMABLE LIQUID
UN1219
FLAMMABLE LIQUID
ISOPROPANOL
3.2
UN1219
FLAMMABLE LIQUID
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MSDS -METHYLENE CHLORIDE
----------------------- ----- -- --- ----- --- --- --- ------ - ---- -- -- ----------------
1 -PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
----------------------- - - -------------- --- - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------- ---
PRODUCT NAME;
FORMULA,
FORMULA WT,
METHYLENE CHLORIDE
CH2CL2
84.93
CAS NO.; 75-09-2
NIOSH/RTECS NO., PA8050000
COMMON SYNONYMS, DICHLOROMETHANE; METHYLENE DICHLORIDE; METHANE DICHLORIDE
PRODUCT CODES, 9324,9341,Q480,9330,5378,5531,9315,9329,9264
EFFECTIVE, 10/24/86
REVISION #03
PRECAUTIONARY LABELLING
BAKER SAF-T-DATA(TM) SYSTEM
HEALTH 3 SEVERE {CANCER CAUSING)
FLAMMABILITY 1 SLIGHT
REACTIVITY 1 SLIGHT
CONTACT 2 MODERATE
HAZARD RATINGS ARE 0 TO 4 {O = NO HAZARD; 4 = EXTREME HAZARD).
LABORATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
GOGGLES & SHIELD; LAB COAT & APRON; VENT HOOD; PROPER GLOVES
PRECAUTIONARY LABEL STATEMENTS
POISON DANGER
CAUSES IRRITATION
HARMFUL IF ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN
MAY BE FATAL IF SWALLOWED OR INHALED
NOTE, REPORTED AS CAUSING CANCER IN LABORATORY ANIMALS. EXERCISE DUE CARE.
AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES, SKIN, CLOTHING.
KEEP IN TIGHTLY CLOSED CONTAINER. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
SAF-T-DATA(TM) STORAGE COLOR CODE, BLUE (HEALTH)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS
----------------------------------------- ------ - ------ - ------ - ----------------
COMPONENT CAS NO.
METHYLENE CHLORIDE 90-100 75-09-2
-------------------------- - -------- - ---- - - - ---- - - ---- - ------ - - - ---- ------- ----
3 -PHYSICAL DATA
--------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---
BOILING POINT; 40 C 104 f" I VAPOR PRESSUREIMM HG), 350
MELTING POINT, -95 C -13 9 Fl VAPOR DENSITY (AIR=l), 2.9
SPECIFIC GRAVITY, 1.32 EVAPORATION RATE, 27.5
IH20=1 I (BUTYL ACETATE=!)
SOLUBILITY{H20), MODERATE I 1 TO 10 \ I \ VOLATILES BY VOLUME, 100
APPEARANCE & ODOR: COLORLESS,VOLA.TILE LIQUID WITH PENETRATING,ETHER-LIKE ODOR.
4 -FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA
FLASH POINT (CLOSED CUP
FLAMMABLE LIMITS, UPPER
FIRE EXTINGUISHING MEDIA
N/A
19 \
NFPA 704M RATING: 2~1-0
LOWER 12 %
USE EXTINGUISHING MEDIA APPROPRIATE FOR SURROUNDING FIRE.
SPECIAL FIRE-FIGHTING PROCEDURES
FIREFIGHTERS SHOULD WEAR PROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND SELF-CONTAINED
BREATHING APPARATUS WITH FULL FACEPIECE OPERATED IN POSITIVE PRESSURE MODE. MOVE CONTAINERS FROM FIRE AREA IF IT CAN BE DONE WITHOUT RISK. USE WATER TO KEEP_ FIRE-EXPOSED CONTAINERS COOL.
UNUSUAL FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARDS
CLOSED CONTAINERS EXPOSED TO HEAT MAY EXPLODE.
TOXIC GASES PRODUCED
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE, PHOSGENE, CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE
5 -HEALTH HAZARD DATA
ACGIH DENOTES THAT THIS SUBSTANCE IS SUSPECT OF CARCINOGENIC POTENTIAL FOR MAN.
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE (TLV/TWA), 350 MG/M3
SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE LIMIT (STEL), 1740 MG/M3
PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL), MG/M3
TOXICITY, LOSO (ORAL-RAT) (MG/KG)
LOSO I IPR-MOUSE) (MG/KG)
LOSO (SCU-MOUSE) (MG/KG)
LCSO (INHAL-RAT-1 (G/M3)
100 PPM)
500 PPM)
SOD PPM)
2524
1500
64 60
88
CARCINOGENICITY, NTP, NO IARC, NO Z LIST, NO
EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE
INHALATION AND INGESTION ARE HARMFUL AND MAY BE FATAL.
OSHA REG, NO
INHALATION MAY CAUSE HEADACHE, NAUSEA, VOMITING, DIZZINESS, NARCOSIS,
SUFFOCATION, LOWER BLOOD PRESSURE, CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION.
INHALATION OF VAPORS MAY CAUSE SEVERE IRRITATION OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. LIQUID MAY BE IRRITATING TO SKIN AND EYES. PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT MAY RESULT IN DERMATITIS. EYE CONTACT MAY RESULT IN TEMPORARY CORNEAL DAMAGE. INGESTION MAY CAUSE NAUSEA, VOMITING, GASTROINTESTINAL IRRITATION, AND BURNS TO MOUTH AND THROAT.
TARGET ORGANS
SKIN, CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM, CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM, EYES
MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE
NONE IDENTIFIED
ROUTES OF ENTRY
INHALATION, INGESTION, SKIN CONTACT, EYE CONTACT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
0
D
I
EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES
CALL A PHYSICIAN.
IF SWALLOWED, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
IF INHALED, REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL
RESPIRATION. IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT, GIVE OXYGEN.
IN CASE OF CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT
LEAST 15 MINUTES. FLUSH SKIN WITH WATER.
ACCEPTABLE MAXIMUM PEAK ABOVE THE ACCEPTANCE CEILING CONCENTRATION FOR
AN 8 HOUR SHIFT= 2000 PPM FOR 5 MINUTES IN ANY 2HOURS. (PELI CEILING
= 1000 PPM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 -REACTIVITY DATA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STABILITY, STABLE
CONDITIONS TO AVOID,
INCOMPATIBLES,
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION, WILL NOT OCCUR
HEAT, FLAME, OTHER SOURCES OF IGNITION, MOISTURE
ALKALI METALS, STRONG OXIDIZING AGENTS, STRONG BASES,
OXIDES OF NITROGEN, ZINC, P..LUMINUM, WATER, MAGNESIUM,
AMINES
DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS, HYDROGEN CHLORIDE, PHOSGENE,
CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE
--------------------------------------------------- ----- ---- -- ----- -----------
7 -SPILL AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
----------------------------------- - - ------------------------ ---- -------------
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT O, A SPILL OR DISCHARGE
WEAR SELFcCONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS AND ,ULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
STOP LEAK IF YOU CAN DO SO WITHOUT RISK. USE WATER SPRAY TO REDUCE VAPORS.
TAKE UP WITH SAND OR OTHER NON-COMBUSTIBLE ABSORBENT MATERIAL AND PLACE
INTO CONTAINER FOR LATER DISPOSAL. FLUSH SPILL AREA WITH WATER.
DISPOSAL PROCEDURE
DISPOSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS.
EPA HAZARDOUS WASTE NUMBER, uoso (Toxrc WASTE)
-------------------------------------------- - --------------- ------------------
B -PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
--------------------------------------- - --------- - - -------------------------
VENTILATION,
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION,
EYE/SKIN PROTECTION,
USE GENERAL OR LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION TO MEET
TLV REQUIREMENTS.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIRED I, AIRBORNE
CONCENTRATION EXCEEDS TLV. AT CONCENTRATIONS
ABOVE 100 PPM, A SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING
APPARATUS IS ADVISED.
SAFETY GOGGLES AND FACE SHIELD, UNIFORM,
PROTECTIVE SUIT, POLYVINYL ALCOHOL GLOVES ARE
RECOMMENDED.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 -STORAGE AND HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
---------•---------------·----------------------
SAF-T-DATA(TM) STORAGE COLOR CODE, BLUE (HEALTH)
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
KEEP CONTAINER TIGHTLY CLOSED. STORE IN SECURE POISON AREA. KEEP CONTAINERS OUT OF SUN AND AWAY FROM HEAT.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 -TRANSPORTATION DATA AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOMESTIC (D.O.T.)
PROPER SHIPPING NAME
HAZARD CLASS
UN/NA
LABELS
REPORTABLE QUANTITY
INTERNATIONAL (I.M.O.
PROPER SHIPPING NAME
HAZARD CLASS
UN/NA
LABELS
DICHLOROMETHANE (AIR ONLY)
ORM-A
UN1593
NONE
1000 LBS.
DICHLOROMETHANE
6.1
UN1593
HARMFUL -STOW AWAY FROM FOOD STUFFS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
I
I
I MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
I
I
I
I
I
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SIIEET
EM SCIENCE
II. CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
Manufacturer .•........... :
EM SCIENCE
A Division of EM Industries
P.O. Box 70
480 Democrat Road
Gibbstown, N.J. 08027
Catalog Number(s):
Preparation Date.: .11/13/97
Information Phone Number.: 856-423-6300
Hours: Mon. to Fri. 8:30-5
Chemtrec Emergency Number: 800-424-9300
Hours: 24 hrs a day
I TX0170 TX0175 TX0176 TX0177
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Product Name:
Tctrachlorocthylcnc
Synonyms:
Pcrchloroethylcnc
Chemical Family:
Chlorinated Hydrocarbon
Formula:
C½C:CC½
Molecular Weight.:
165.85
2. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component
Tetrachloroethene
3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
VAPOR HARMFUL.
CAS tt
127-18-4
HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED.
Appr %
100%
POSSIBLE CANCER HAZARD. MAY CAUSE CANCER BASED ON ANIMAL DATA.
IRRITATING TO SKIN, EYES AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES.
MAY CAUSE EYE INJURY.
May Cause Damage To Liver. Kidneys, and Central Ncrv0us System.
\V ARNING: This product contains a chcmical(s) known 111 the State of
California to cause cancer.
Appearance:
Colorless to pale yellow liquid; chlorofonn odor
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS (ACUTE ANO CIIRONIC)
Symptoms of Exposure:
Vapor harmful and possibly fatal on inhalation. Irritating on contact with skin, eyes or mucous membranes. May cause injury
to eyes. Harmful if swallowed. Possible nausea, skin llush, muscle weakness, dizziness. headache, liver, kidney, central nervous system damage.
Medical Cond. Aggravated by Exposure:
Liver, kidney, cardiovascular, or
nervous disorders
Routes of Entry:
Inhalation, ingestion
Carcinogenicity:
Proven animal carcinogenic substance. Possible Cancer Hazard.
WARNING: This product contains a chcrnicnl(s) known 10 the State of
California to cause cancer.
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Emergency First Aid:
GET MEDICAL ASSISTANCE FOR ALL CASES OF OVEREXPOSURE.
Skin: Immediately llush thoroughly with large amounts of water.
Eyes: Immediately llush thoroughly with water for at least 15
minutes.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air; give artiticial respiration if
breathing has stopped.
Ingestion: If conscious, drink water and induce vomiting
immediately as directed by medical personnel. Never give anything
by mouth to an unconscious person.
Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Advise doctor NOT to administer epinephrine.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Flash Point (F): Noncombustible
Flammable Limits LEL (%): NIA
Flammable Limits UEL (% ): N/ A
Extinguishing Media:
Use any suitable for adjacent material.
Fire Fighting Procedures:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing.
a
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fire & Explosion llazards:
Them1al decomposition produces highly toxic fu111cs.
6.ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Spill Response:
Evacuate the area of all unnecessary personnel. Wear suirnblc protective cquip111cnt listed under Exposure/ Personal
Protection. Eliminate any ignition sources until the area is dctcnnincd to he free fro111 explosion or fire hazards. Contain the
release and eliminate its source, if this can be done without risk. Take up and containerize for proper disposal as described
under Disposal. Comply with Federal, State, and local regulations on rcp011ing releases. Refer to Regulatory lnfonnation for
reportable quantity and other rq,'ltlatory data.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling & Storage:
Keep container closed. Store in a cool, d1y, well-ventilated area away from ignition sources. Do not breath vapor or mist. Do
not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Retained residue mc1y mnkc empty containers hazardous; use caution!
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/ PERSONAL PROTECTION
ENGINEERING CONTROLS ANO PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: ll
Ventilation, Respiratory Protection, Protective Clothin~. Eye Protection:
Respiratory Protection: If workplace exposure li111it(s) of product or any component is exceeded (sec TL V /PEL), a
NIOSH/MSHA approved air supplied respirator is advised in absence of proper cnviron111cntal control. OSHA regulations
also pcnnit other NIOSH/MSHA respirators (negative pressure type) under specified conditions (sec your salcty equipment
supplier). Engineering and/or administrative controls should be implc111cntcd to reduce exposure. Material must be handled or
transferred in an approved fume hood or with equivalent ventilation. Protective gloves (Yiton, PY A or equivalent) must be
worn to prevent skin contact; protecti,·e cl01hing (Impervious) should he worn when handling this material. Safety glasses with
side shields must be worn at all times.
Work/Hygenic Practices:
Wash thoroughly after handling. Do not take internally. Eye wash and salcty equipment should be readily available.
EXPOSURE GUIOELINES
OSHA-PEL:
TWA
Component PPM MG/M3
Tetrachloroethene
25 170
ACGIII -TLV:
TWA
Component PPM MG/M3
Tetrachloroethene
25 170
STEL CL
PPM MG/M3 PPM MG/MJ Skin
STEL CL
PPM MG/M3 PPM MG/M3 Skin
100 685
If there arc no exposure limit numbers listed in the Exposure Guidelines chan, this indicates thm no OSHA or ACGIH exposure limts have been established.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMCIAL PROPERTIES
Boiling Point (C 760 mm Hg) : 121 C
Melting Point (C) : -19C
Specific Gravity (H20 = I): 1.6
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg): 13 20C
Percent Volatile by vol(%): I 00%
Vapor Density (Air= I): 5.76
Evaporation Rate (BuAc =I): 2.8
Solubility in Water(%): 0.015%
Appearance :
Colorless to pale yellow liquid; chlorofonn odor
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability: Y cs
Hazardous Polymerization:
Docs not occur
Hazardous Decomposition:
Highly toxic fumes including phosgcnc, HCI, COx
Conditions to Avoid:
Contact with ignition source or hot surface.
Materials To Avoid:
Water
Acids
Bases
Corrosives
(X) Oxidizers
(X) Other: Active metals (Ba, Li, Be),
N20 4, NaOH, Nitric acid
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Toxicity Data
orl-rat LDSO, 2629 mg/kg ihl-hmn TCLo: 96 ppm/7H
Toxicological Findings:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tests on laboratory animals indicate matcrinl may cause tumors
and produce adverse mutagcnic and reproductive effects.
Cited in Rcgistiy of Toxic Etlccts of Chemical Substances ( lffECS)
12. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
EPA Waste Numbers, U210 D039
Treatment:
Specified Technology -Incineration or fuels blending to less than the TCLP standard. Contact your local permitted waste
disposal site (TSO) for permissible treatment sites.
ALWAYS CONTACT A PERMITTED WASTE DISPOSER (TSO) TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
CURRENT LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS.
13. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT Proper Shipping Name:
Tetrachlorocthylcne
DOT ID Number:
UNl897
14. REGULATORY INFORMATION
TSCA Statement:
The CAS number of this product is listed on the TSCA l11vc111oiy.
SARA
Component EHS
Tetrachloroethene
Component
Tetrachloroethene
I 302 I
OSHA
Floor List
y
SARA
EHS TPQ
I lbs)
SARA
313
y
CERCLA
RQ
I lbs I
100
DeMinimis
for SARA 313
I% I
0.1
If there is no infonnation listed on the rCic,'lilatoiy infonnation char1. 1his indicates that the chemical is not covered by the
specific regulation listed.
IS. OTHER INFORMATION
Comments:
None
NFPA Hazard Ratini.:s:
Health 2
Flammability O
Reactivity : a
Special Hazards
Revision History:
10/27/87 11/20/89
3/1/82
3/1/91
Revised Section
N/A Not Available
N/E None Establised
1/1/84
3/6/95
6/3/87 7/30/87
10/28/96
The statements contained herein arc offered for infonnational purposes only and arc based upon technical data that EM Science believes to be accurate. It is imcndcd for use only hy persons having the ncccs.sary technical skill and at their own discretion and risk. Since conditions and manner of use arc outside our control. we make NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR OTHERWISE.
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ' '
I
I
I
I
I
I
--NFPA RATING
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3
2 0
Prepared to U.S. OSHA, CMA, ANSI and Canadian WHMIS
Standards
PARTI What is the material and what do I need to know in an emergency?
1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
CHEMICAL NAME: CLASS: TOLUENE
C1Ha
Document Number: 1063
PRODUCT USE: For general analytical/synthetic chemical uses.
SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER'S NAME: AIRGAS INC.
ADDRESS: 259 Radnor-Chester Road
Suite 100
Radnor. PA 19087-5240
BUSINESS PHONE: [phone]
EMERGENCY PHONE: CHEMTREC: 1-800-424-9300
DATE OF PREPARATION: May 14, 1997
DATE OF FIRST REVISION: December 16, 1997
2. COMPOSITION and INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CHEMICAL NAME CAS# mole% EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR
ACGIH OSHA
TLV STEL PEL STEL IOLH
ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm
Toluene 108-88-3 99.9% 50. Skin NE 200 300. C 500
500, 10 min
A4. Not 100 peak per 8
OTHER
NIOSH RELs:
TWA: 100 ppm
STEL: 150 ppm
IIVCTMTI
Classifi;ible (V;ic;-i1P.d
1989 PEL)
hour shift DFG MAKs: 50 ppm
as a Human 150 Carcinogen: Carcinogen (Vaca1ed EPA-D IARC-3 1989 PELI
NE = Not Established C = Ceiling Limit See Section 16 for Definitions of Terms Used.
NOTE: All WHMIS required information is included. It is localed in appropriate sections hased on the ANSI 2400.1-1993 format.
TOLUENE -C1Ha MSDS (Oocunrent • 1063)
PAr,1= 1 nF 10
3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW: Toluene is a colorless, flammable. toxic liquid, with gasoline-like odor. Inhalation of vapors of Toluene can affect the central nervous system. Symptoms of central nervous system overexposure can include headache, drmvsiness. dizziness, fatigue, nausea and weakness. Skin and eye contact can be irritating. This liquid is very flammable; vapors are heavier than air and may travel long distances to source of ignition and flashback. If involved ln a fire Toluene will decompose to produce toxic gases (e.g., carbon monoxide. carbon dioxide, reactive hydrocarbons and aldehydes). T o1uene is not reactive under normal circumstances. Persons responding to releases of this product must have adequate fire protection for the specific emergency situation.
SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE BY ROUTE OF EXPOSURE:
The most significant routes of occupational overexposure for Toluene are by inhalation, and contact with skin or eyes. The following
paragraphs describe symptoms of exposure by route of exposure.
INHALATION: Exposures to high concentrations of vapors of Toluene
can cause central nervous system effects. Symptoms of central nervous system effects are related to exposure concentrations. The
effects associated with various levels of Toluene vapors are as follows:
CONCENTRATION SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE
-50 ppm: Slight drowsiness and headache.
50-100 ppm: Irritation of the nose, throat and respirntory
Above 100 ppm:
Over 200 ppm:
Over 500 ppm:
10,000 ppm (est)
tract.
Fatigue and dizziness.
Symptoms similar to drunkenness,
giddiness, numbness. and mild nausea.
Mental confusion and incoordination. loss of
appetite, a bad taste.
At this concentration Toluene causes visual
disturbances and further depression of the
central nervous system which can result in
unconsciousness and death.
In an industr\al setting, the most serious overexposures have occurred
when vapors of Toluene have accumulated in small, confined spaces or other poorly-ventilated areas. Liver and kidney damage as well as
disturbances to the heart have been reported from overexposure to
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION
SYSlEM
(Bll.E)
I FLAMMABILl1Y (RED\
I REACTIV11Y !YELLOW\
I PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IC I
Sec
Section 8 t
For routirM:"! industrial ;:ipplicatia"ls
,...p.
Sec
Section 8
See Section 16 for Definition of Ratings
vapors of Toluene, in cases of sniffing abuse of glues. Sniffing of glues containing Toluene can lead to the three sets of symptoms, as descriherl helow:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Severe muscle weakness leading to limb paralysis, associated with hypokalemia (deficiency of ~tassium in the blood) due to renal tubular acidosis. Cardiac arrhythmias often accompany the hypoka!emia . I • Gastrointestinal complaints, including abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and hematemesis (vomiting of blood). • Neuropsychiatric complaints including:
a) lethargy, hallucinations, coma, or I b) headache, dizziness, syncope (loss of consciousness due to sudden lack of blood supply to brain), or c) paresthesias (morbid sensations) and peripherril neurop;,ithy (tingling in the extremities), or d) cerebellar ataxia (incoordination of voluntary muscular movements) and other cerebellar signs.
The symptoms described above may potentially occur after long-term inhalation overexposures to Toluene in occupational settings, as well as inhalation of fumes from glues.
CONTACT WITH SKIN or EYES: Initial contact with the skin can cause mild irritation. Prolonged contad can result in a burning sensation and reddening of the skin. T o!uene is a defatting agent. removing oils from the skin and causing red cracked and dry skin. Prolonged or repeated contact with the skin will cause dermatitis. Very short ex~sure (3-5 minutes) to the eyes of vapors of Toluene c1t a concentration of 300 ppm causes slight irritation. Longer exposures (6-7 hours) to levels above 100 ppm will cause irritation. Contact of the liquid the eyes will be irritating, but will not cause permanent damage.
SKIN ABSORPTION: Toluene can be somewhat absorbed through the skin. which may result in irritation at the site of absorption. Symptoms similar to those described for "Inhalation" m.=iy also occur. especially in cases of severe overex~sure.
TOLUENE· C,H, MSDS tDocument # 1063)
PA~F? ()I: 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (Continued)
INGESTION: Toluene is readily absorbed by the tissues of the digestive system, producing symptoms of central nervous
system depression similar to those described in "Inhalation". If ingested. Toluene presents a potential aspiration hazard.
The aspiration of Toluene into the lungs can result in severe lung irritr:ition, leading to lung damage; death may result.
INJECTION: Injection is not anticipated to be a significant route of oven~xposure for Toluene. If Toluene is "injected" (as
may occur through punctures by contamlnated, sharp objects), symptoms described in "Inhalation" can occur.
OTHER HEAL TH EFFECTS: Toluene poisoning can lead to anemia and leukopenia (deficiency of blood corpuscle
which protects against disease), which, upon biopsy, has shown bone m;:irrow hypoplasia (failure of new bone marrow to
mature}. Exposure to other solvents (such as benzene and ethanol) slows the rate of clearance from the body, enhancing
the toxicity of Toluene. For further information, see Section 11, Toxicological Information. In rare cases, repeated
overexposure to very high concentrations of Toluene has lead to enlargement of the liver.
HEALTH EFFECTS OR RISKS FROM EXPOSURE: An Explanation in Lay Terms. Overexposure to may cause the
health effects described below.
ACUTE: Acute inhalation overexposure to Toluene will initially act as a narcotic, possibly leading to coma in extreme
cases. Following exposure to high concentrations, victims may be unconscious, and if exposure continues, death can
follow from respiratory failure. Contact with the skin can cause irritation and dermatitis. Contact with the eyes is irritating,
causing burning and watering of the eyes. Ingestion of Toluene will cause gastric distress and possible severe
depression of the central nervous system. Aspiration of Toluene into the lungs, following ingestion can result in severe
damage to the lungs; death may result.
CHRONIC: In rare cases, chronic poisoning has lead to anemia ,rnd other problems with the blood and bone marrow.
Chronic Toluene overexposure may also result in a variety of health problems (e.g., headaches, fatigue, loss of
coordination, memory loss, and optic nerve disorders). See Section 11 (Toxicology Information) for additional data.
TARGET ORGANS: Respiratory system, central nervous systems, heart , kidneys, bone marrow, skin, eyes,
reproductive system. and liver.
PART II What should I do if a hazardous situation occurs?
4 .. FIRST-AID MEASURES
RESCUERS SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT TO RETRIEVE VICTIMS OF EXPOSURE TO TOLUENE WITHOUT
ADEQUATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. If necessary. a Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus should
be worn.
INHALATION: If vapors, mists, or sprays of Toluene are inhaled, remove victim to fresh air. Only trained personnel
should administer supplemental oxygen and/or cardio-pulmonary resuscitation if necessary. Remove or cover gross
contamination to avoid exposure to rescuers.
SKIN EXPOSURE: If Toluene contaminates the skin, immediately begin decontamination with running water. Minimum
flushing is for 15 minutes. Remove exposed or contaminated clothing, taking care not to contaminate eyes. Victim must
seek medical attention if any adverse reaction occurs.
EYE EXPOSURE: If Toluene or its vapors enter the eyes, open victim's eyes while under gentle running water. Use
sufficient force to open eyelids. Have victim "roll" eyes. Minimum flushing is for 15 minutes. Victim must seek
immediate medical attention.
INGESTION: If Toluene is swallowed, CALL PHYSICIAN OR POISON CONTROL CENTER FOR MOST CURRENT
INFORMATION. If professional advice is not available, do not induce vomiting. Victim should drink milk, egg whites, or
large quantities of water. If vomiting occurs naturally, have victim le<1n forward to reduce risk of aspiration. Never induce
vomiting or give diluents (milk or water) to someone who is unconscious, having convulsions, or who cannot swallow.
Victims of chemical exposure must be taken for medical attention. Rescuers should be taken for medical attention, if
necessary. Physicians should refer to ~Recommendations to Physici<ms" in Section 11 (Toxicological Information). Take
copy of label and MSDS to health professional with victim.
5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES
FLASH POINT {Closed Cup): 4.4°C (40°F)
AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE: 480°C (896°F)
FLAMMABLE LIMITS {in air by volume. %):
Lower (LEU: 1.2%
Upper {UEU: 7.1%
TOLUENE -C,H, MSDS !Document• 10631
Pti.r,F :l ni= 1 n
5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES (Continued)
FIRE EXTINGUISHING MATERIALS:
Water Spray: YES (for cooling only)
Foam: YES
Halon: YES
Carbon Dioxide: YES
Ory Chemical: YES
Other: Any '"B'" Class.
NFPA RATING
FL.I.MMA!MLITY
3
2 0 REACTIVITY
OTHER
UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Toluene is a Class 18 flammable liquid and presents a serious fire hazard to firefighters. When involved in a fire, this material ignite and produces tox·1c gases (e.g., carbon monoxk'Je, carbon dioxide, reactive hydrocarbons and aldehydes). The
vapors of Toluene are heavier than air and may spread long distances; distant ignition and flash-back are possible. Toluene can float on water;
therefore, water contaminated with this product can spread the flnmmable liquid and can spread fire. Containers of Toluene, when involved in fire. may rupture or burst in the heat of the fire. See Section 16 for Definition of Ratings Explosion Sensitivity to Mechanical Impact: Not sensitive.
Explosion Sensitivity to Static Discharge: Toluene can accumulate static charge by flow or agitation: vapors can be ignited by static discharge.
SPECIAL. FIRE-FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Eliminate sources of ignition. In the event of fire, cool containers of this product with water to prevent failure. Use a water spray or fog to reduce or direct vapors. Water may not be effective in actually extinguishing a fire involving Toluene. due to its low flash point. Stop the leak or discharge, if possible. For small releases, if it ls not possible to stop the leak, and it does not endanger personnel. let the fire burn itself out. Incipient fire responders should wear eye protection. Structural fire fighters must wear Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus and full protective equipment. Large fires should be fought from a distance with an unmanned hose holder or monitor nozzles. If Toluene is involved in a fire, fire run-off water should be contained to prevent possible environmental damage. If necessary, decontaminate fire-response equipment w·1th soap and water solution. For large releases, consider evacuation. Refer to the North American Emergency Response Guidebook (Guide #130) for additional guidance.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
SPILL AND LEAK RESPONSE: Evacuate immediate area. Uncontrolled releases should be responded to by traled personnel using pre-planned procedures. Proper protective equipment should be used. In case of a leak, clear the affected area, protect people, and respond with trained personnel.
Minimum Personal Protective Equipment should be Level B: triple-gloves (rubber gloves and nitrile gloves, over latex gloves), chemically resistant suit and boots, hard~hat, and Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. Monitor the surrounding area for combustible vapor levels. Combustible vapor levels must be below 10% of the LEL for Toluene (LEL = 1.2%) before personnel are pemiitted to enter the area. If necessary, ventilate area.
Monitoring should be done for the levels of Toluene and oxygen. Colorimetric tubes are available to detect the presence of Toluene. Levels of Toluene should be below levels listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients) and the atm0sphere must have at least 19.5 percent oxygen before personnel can be allowed in the area without Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.
Eliminate all sources of ignition before clean~up operations begin. Use non-sparking tools. Absorb spilled liquid with activated carbon, polypads or other suitable absorbent materials. Prevent material from entering sewer or confined spaces. Decontaminate the area thoroughly. Place all spill residue in an appropriate container and seal. If necessary, decontaminate spill-response equipment with soap and water solution. Dispose of in accordance w·1th Federal, State, and local hazardous waste disposal regulations (see Section 13, Disposal Considerations).
THIS IS A TOXIC, FLAMMABLE LIQUID: Protection of all personnel and the area must be maintained. All responders must be adequately protected from exposure.
PART 111 How can I prevent hazardous situations from occurring?
7. HANDLING and STORAGE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WORK PRACTICES AND HYGIENE PRACTICES: As with all chemicals. avoid getting Toluene ON YOU or IN YOU. I Wash thoroughly after chemicals. Do not eat. drink, smoke or apply cosmetics while handling this material. Remove contaminated clothing immediately.
TOLUENE -C1H8 MSDS (Documcmt # 1063)
Po.rs.~ 4 ni= 1 n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7. HANDLING and STORAGE (Continued)
STORAGE AND HANDLING PRACTICES: All employees who handle this material should be trained to handle rt
safely. Avoid breathing vapors or mists generated by this product. Use in a well•ventilated location. Cylinders of this
product must be properly labeled. If this product is used in other types of containers, only use portable containers and
dispensing equipment (faucet, pump, drip can) approved for flammable liquids. Post "NO SMOKING" signs, where
appropriate in storage and use areas.
Store cylinders of this product in a cool, dry location, away from direct sunlight, sources of intense heat, or where freezing
is possible. Do not allow area where cylinders are stored to exceed 52°C (125"F). Material should be stored in
secondary containers, or in a diked area, as appropriate. Store containers away from incompatible chemicals. Keep
container tightly closed when not in use. Storage areas should be made of fire-resistant materials. Inspect all incoming
containers before storage, to ensure containers are properly labeled and not damaged
Empty containers may contain residual flammable liquid or vapors. Therefore, empty containers should be handled with
care. Do not expose "empty" containers to welding touches, or any other source of ignition.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING CYLINDERS: Protect cylinders of this product against physical damage. If
appropriate, cylinders should be stored in an up-right position. Cylinders should be firmly secured to prevent falling or
being knocked over. Cylinders can be stored in the open, but in such cases, should be protected against extremes of
weather and from the dampness of the ground to prevent rusting. Never tamper with pressure relief devices in valves
and cylinders. Electrical equipment should be non-sparking or explosion proof. The following rules are applicable to
situations in which cylinders are being used:
Before Use: If appropriate, move cylinders with a suitable hand-truck. Do not drag, slide or roll cylinders. Do not drop
cylinders or pemiit them to strike each other. Secure cylinders firmly. Leave the valve protection cap in-place until
cylinder is ready for use.
During Use: Use designated CGA fittings and other support equipment. Do not use adapters. Do not heat cytinder by
any means to increase the discharge rate of the product from the cylinder. Use check valve or trap in discharge line to
prevent hazardous backflow into the cylinder. Do not use oils or grease on gas-h;mdling fittings or equipment.
After Use: Close main cylinder valve. Replace valve protection c;::ip. Mark empty cylinders MEMPTY".
NOTE: Use only DOT or ASME code containers. Earth-ground and bond all lines and equipment associated with this
product. Close valve after each use and when empty. Cylinders must not be recharged except by or with the conseiof
owner. For additional infomiation refer to the Compressed Gas Association Bulletin SB-2 MOxygen Deficient
Atmospheres".
PROTECTIVE PRACTICES DURING MAINTENANCE OF CONTAMINATED EQUIPMENT: Follow practices indicated
in Section 6 (Accidental Release Measures). Make certain application equipment is locked and tagged-out safely, if
necessary. Decontaminate equipment using soapy water before maintenance begins. Collect all rinsates and dispose of
according to applicable Federal, State, or local procedures.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS -PERSONAL PROTECTION
VENTILATION AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS: Use with adequate ventilation. Use a mechanical fan or vent area to
outside. Where appropriate, use a non-sparking, grounded ventilation system separate from other exhaust ventilation
systems. Ensure eyewash/safety shower stations are avail;::ible near areas where this product is used.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: Maintain exposure levels of Toluene below the levels listed in Section 2 (Composition
and Information on Ingredients) and oxygen levels ahove 19.5% in the workplace. Use supplied air respiratory protection
rf Toluene levels exceed exposure limits and if oxygen level is below 19.5% or during emergency response to a release of
this product. If respiratory protection is required, follow the requirements of the Federal OSHA Respiratory Protection
Standard (29 CFR 1910.134), or equivalent State standards. The NIOSH respiratory protection recommendations for
Toluene are presented on the following page.
CONCENTRATION RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
Up to 500 ppm: Chemical cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridges: or gas mask with organic vapor
canister, or powered, air-purifying respirntor with orgrmic vapor cartridges, or Supplied Air
Respirator (SAR), or full-facepiece SCBA.
Emergency or Planned Entry into Unknown Concentrr1tion or 1DLH Conditions: Positive-pressure, full facepiece SCBA or
Escape:
NOTE:
positive pressure, full•facepiece S11pplied Air Respirntor (SAR) with an auxiliary positive
pressure SCBA.
Gas mask with organic vapor cartrklge or escape-type SCBA should be used.
The IDLH concentration for Toluene is 500 ppm.
TOLUENE -C,H, MSDS (Document# 1063)
P.6.r,I= ~ <"lF 1n
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS -PERSONAL PROTECTION (Continued)
EYE PROTECTION: Splash goggles or safety glasses. Face-shields should be worn if contact with the liquid is anticipated.
HAND PROTECTION: Wear leather gloves for handling of cylinders of Toluene. Wear chemically resistant gloves appropriate for Toluene for industrial use. Gloves should have a resistance to breakthrough greater than 8 hours, such as Teflon1"' or Viton1"'. Butyl rubber, natural rubber, neoprene, nitri!e rubber, or polyethylene are not recommended. Use triple gloves for spill response (see Section 6, Accidental Release Measures).
BODY PROTECTION: Use body protection appropriate for task. Transfer of large quantities under pressure may require protective equipment appropriate to protect employees from spl<'lshes of liquefied product. Safety shoes are recommended when handling cylinders.
9. PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
RELATIVE VAPOR DENSITY (air= 11: 3.1 Q)j: Not applicable.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY@ 20°C (68°F} (water= 1): 0.86 FREEZING/MELTING POINT: -95°C (-139°F) SOLUBILITY IN WATER@ 25°C (77°F): 54-58 mg/100 ml BOILING POINT: 110.6°C (231. 1°F) EVAPORATION RATE: 2.24 ODOR THRESHOLD: Not available. EXPANSION RATIO: Not applicable. SPECIFIC VOLUME: Not applicable. LOG COEFFICIENT WATER/OIL DISTRIBUTION: Log P (oct) = 2.11-2.80 VAPOR PRESSURE@ 20°F (68°F) 22 mm Hg: 2.93 kPa
APPEARANCE AND COLOR: Colorless. flammable liquid. with a strong, gasoline-like odor.
HOW TO DETECT THIS SUBSTANCE (warning properties): The odor of Toluene is not a good warning property as it has a variation of odor threshold values. The smell of Toluene may not be noticed after short exposure.
10. STABILITY and REACTIVITY
STABILITY: Noonally stable.
DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: If Toluene is involved ,n a fire. it may ignite to yield toxic fumes of carbon monoife, carbon dioxide, reactive hydrocarbons and aldehydes.
MATERIALS WITH WHICH SUBSTANCE IS INCOMPATIBLE: Toluene is incompatible with strong oxidizers, which increase the risk of fire and explosion. Toluene reacts violently to nitric acid .=md sulfur dichloride. When combined with sulfuric acid, an exothennic reaction will occur. Toluene will react vigorously with uranium hexafluoride. When mixed with silver perchlorate Toluene forms explosive complexes and with tetranitromethane Toluene forms a sensitive, highly explosive mixture.
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur.
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Avoid contact with incompatible materials. sparks, flame static discharge and other sources of ignition. Avoid exposing cylinders to extremely high temperatures. which could cause the cylinders to rupture or burst.
PART 111 How can I prevent hazardous situations from occurring?
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
TOXICITY DA TA: The following information is available for Toluene.
Eye effects-Human 300 ppm
Skin-Rabbit, adult 435 mg Mild irritation effects
Skin-Rabbit, adult 500 Moderate irritation effects
Eye effects-Rabbit, adult 870 µ g Mild irritation effects
Eye effects-Rabbit, adult 2 mg/24 hours Severe irritation effects Eye effects-Rabbit, adult 100 mg/30S ms Mild irritation effects
oms-grasshopper-Inhalation 562 mg/1...
Cytogenetic Analysis-Rat-Subcutaneous 12 g/kg/12 days-
Intermittent
Inhalation-Mouse TCLo :400 ppm/7 hours (female 7-16 days post):
Reproductive effects
Oral-Mouse TDLo: 9 g/kg (female 6-15 days post): Teratogenic
effects
Oral-Human LDLo :SO mg/kg
Inhalation-Human TCLo: 200 ppm: BRN. Central nervous system effects,
Blood effects
lnha!;:ition-M<m TCLo: 100 ppm: Central nervous system effects
Oral-Rat LOSO :5000 mg/kg
Inhalation-Rat LCLo: 4000 ppm/4 hours
1ntraperitoneal-Rat LOSO: 1332 mg/kg
Intravenous-Rat LOSO: 1960 mg/kg
Unrepor1P.rJ-R;:it LOSO: 69(1(1 mg/kg
lnhalatinn-Mnu:-;e LCS(l: 400 ppm/24 hours
lntrapP.ritnnefl!-Mous~ LOSO: 59 mg/kg
Suhcut;meous-Mouse LOSO: 2250 mg/kg
Unreprn1ed-Mouse LOSO: 2 g/kg
lntrapentnneal-MousP. LOSO: 640 mg/kg
Inhalation-Rabbit. adult LCLo: 55,000 ppm/40 minutes
Skin-R-1hhit. c1rJ111t LOSO: 12.124 mg/kg
TOLUENE· C,H, MSDS I0ocumcnt • 1063)
PArs.F= Fi OF 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION (Continued)
SUSPECTED CANCER AGENT: Toluene is listed as follows:
ACG1H-A4 (Not Classifiable as a Human Carcinogen)
EPA-D (Not Classifiable as to Human Carcinogenicity}
IARC-3 (Not Classifiable as 10 Human Carcinogenicity).
Toluene is not found on the following lists: NTP, OSHA, CAL/OSHA: therefore is not considered to be. nor suspected to
be a cancer-causing agent by these agencies.
IRRITANCY OF PRODUCT: Toluene is mildly irritating lo the skin, eyes, and other contaminated tissue.
SENSITIZATION OF PRODUCT: Toluene is not known lo cause respiratory system or skin sensitization in humans.
Cardiac sensitization to stimulants (e.g., epinephrine, ephedrine) is a possible result of severe or chronic overexposure.
REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY INFORMATION: Listed below is information concerning the effects of Toluene on the
human reproductive system.
Mutagenicity: Toluene was not mutagenic in most of the numerous in vivo and in vitro tests. There is some evidence that
it can cause chromosome damage in vivo when administered to mice by injection, although conflicting results have been
obtained.
Embryotoxicity: Toluene is not reported to cause embryotoxic effects in humans. However, there is some evidence of
embryotoxic effects in animals during clinical studies. Refer to "Teratogenicity" for additional information.
Jeratooenicity: Toluene is not reported to cause teratogenic effects in humans. Many studies have been conducted on
rats, nice, and rabbits {primarily through inhalation exposure). Toluene did not cause birth defects, but exposures of
pregnant rats to concentrations greater than 500 ppm resulted in fetotoxicity effects (e.g., reduced birth weights, delay in
bone fomnalion).
Reproductive Toxicity: Data on reproductive effects are available from clinical studies involving test animals exposed to
relatively high doses of Toluene,
A mutagen is a chemical which causes permanent changes to genetic material (DNA) such that the changes wifl
propagate through generation lines. An embryotoxin is a chemical which causes damage to a developing embryo (i.e.
within the first eight weeks of pregnancy in humans), but the damage does not propagate across generational lines. A
teratoqen is a chemical which causes damage to a developing fetus. but the damage does not propagate across
generational fines. A reproductive toxin is any substance which interferes in any way with the reproductive process._
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: Pre-existing respiratory conditions, central nervous sy~,
liver, kidney, and cardio-vascular conditions may be aggravated by severe or chronic overexposure to this product. Skin
disorders may also be aggravated by exposures to Toluene.
RECOMMENDATIONS TO PHYSICIANS: The following guidelines are derived from "Clinical Toxicology of Commercial
Chemical Products" (5th edition, 1984).
• Check for signs of impending pulmonary edema.
• Because of the aspiration hazard. avoid emetic drugs. whenever practical.
• For ingestion overexposures in which Toluene contains cmother toxic comix>nent and induction of emesls is
advisable: If the patient is not drowsy, comatose. or in respiratory difficulty, induce vomiting. If necessary, as an
alternative treatment. remove Toluene from the stomach via gastric lavage. One or two ounces of mineral oil may
be instilled and left in the stomach at the completion of lavage.
• Avoid epinephrine because of its possible adverse effect on the sensitized myocardium. Avoid all digestible fats, oils
and alcohol, which may promote the absorption of Toluene in the intestinal system.
• If eyes or skin are affected. wash thoroughly and apply a bland analgetic ointment.
• Because of the possibility of ventricular fibrillation. monitor the ECG continuously and be prepared to administer
external cardiac massage.
• In chronic solvent abusers, correct dehydration, acidosis, hypokalemia and hypophosphatemia. Usually toxic signs
and symptoms (except those due to neuropathies and to cerebell;ir lesions) disappear within a few days after fluid
and electrolyte abnormalities are corrected.
BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE INDICES {BEls}: The following Biological Exposure Indices (BEls) are currently applicable
for Toluene.
CHEMICAL DETERMINANT 'SAMPLING TIME
TOLUENE
• Hippuric acid in urine
• Toluene in venous blood
• Toluene in end-exhaled air
• Enrl of shift
• Lr'lst 4 hot irs of shift
• End of shift
TOLUENE -C,H, MSDS (Docu=nt • 1063)
PAhF 7 OJ: 10
BEi
• 2.5 gig creatinine
• 1 mg/L
• Refer to current TLV list.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
ENVIRONMENTAL STABILITY: Toluene will be degraded over time into other organic compounds. The following
environmental data are available for Toluene.
TOLUENE: Koc= 2.73. Water Solubility= 534 mg/L. Biological Hnlf-Life = 0.083 days. Bioconcen!ration Factors = 13.2 (eels, Anguilla japonica);
1.67 (Manila dam (Tapes semidecussata); 4.2 (mussel. Myhlus edulis): 380 (algae. Chorel!a fusca): 90 {golden ide fish). Toluene is rapidly
volatilized from wat~r and undergoes moderate biodegradation. The half-life in water is on the order of days to weeks.
EFFECT OF MATERIAL ON PLANTS or ANIMALS: Toluene may be hamnful or fatal to contaminated plant and animal-
life (especially if large quantities of Toluene are released). Refer to Section 11 (Toxicology lnfomnation) for infomnation
on test animals. The following information is available for Toluene's effects on plant-life.
STUDY# 1: Suspensions of sunflower leaves were prepared from 3-5 week old plants. Two ml of ·toluene was applied to 5 grams of the fresh
sunflower leaves. The rate of electrolyte loss caused by this treatment was 435 (min -1 x E-4). while the rate of electrolyte loss in the control
groups ranged from 16-21 (min -1 x E-4).
STUDY# 2: Three tomatoes. 20 carrots, and 12 barley seedlings were tested 32, 32. and 14 days after planting. Plants were exposed to 6.4,
12.0, or 24.1 mg/1 Toluene for 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 hours. Toluene was observed to toxic at concentrations of 6.4 to 12.0 mg/I after 15 minutes of
exposure. Fifteen minutes of exposure at 12 mg/I toluene produced 50. 0. and 60% injury lo fOfTlato. carrot, and barley, respectively. For
lethality to occur at 12.0 mg/1, barley required 1 hour, lomalo 2 hours, and carmt over 2 hours. At 6.4 mg/1 toluene, percenlage of injury to bar1ey
after a 2-hour exposure was reduced from 100% to 15% (lethal). Toluene entered the plant rapidly through the cuticle and stomata Symptoms
of injury induded a darkening of the tips of the youngest leaves. This darkening spread to the older leaves. There was a loss of turgor, with
draping stems and leaves. In bright sunlight, chlorophyll was destroyed.
STUDY# 3: Toluene was mixed with Lakeland sand or Davidson soil al rates or O ppm, 200 ppm. 2.000 ppm, and 20.000 ppm. The soils were
immediately planted with 4 corn, 6 soybean. and fescue seed. Plants harvested al the end of 3 weeks. A 10% yield reduction on the Lakeland
soil was evident at 200 ppm for com, 800 ppm in soybe:m ;md 2.000 ppm in fe'.';r.ue. At 2.000 ppm or morn. there was at least 50% or more
reduction in the fresh weight of all three crops. There were no visible symptoms of toluene! toxicity above the critical levels. The critical
phytotoxic limit on Lakel<ind sand was 200 to 2,000 ppm of toluene v.-hile on the Oavirlson soil the was 2,000 to 20,000 ppm toluene.
EFFECT Of CHEMICAL ON AQUA TIC LIFE: Toluene can be hamnful or fatal to contaminated aquatic plant and animal
life. Toluene floats on water, and can potentially form slicks which are capable of creating oxygen-deprived waterways
which can contaminate coastal and shore life. The following aquatic toxicity data are available for Toluene.
ECso (Pimephales prome/as. fathead minnow
embryos/larvae/minnows)= 55-72 rng/L/25-36 mg/U26-31 mg/L -96
hours. Effect -loss of equilibrium.
LC50 (Pimephales promelas, fathead minnow) =36.2 mgll/96 hours
LCso (Bluegill)= 17 mg/L/24 hours: 13 mg/U96 hours; 21-23 "C
LCso (Palaemonetes pugio. grass shrimp) = 9.5 ppm/96 hours
LCso (Cancer magister, crab larvae) = 28 ppm/96 hours
LCso (Crangon francisorium, shrimp)= 4.3 ppm. 96 hours
Tlm (fathead minnow) = 56-34 mg/L: 24-96 hours
TLm (Lebistes reticulats, guppy): 63-59 mg/L; 24-96 hours
LC50 (Channel Catfish) = 240 mg/L
LCr.,, (Pimephales promefas, fathead minnow)= 534.27 mg/L; 96 hours
LC.-., (Carassi11m auraras. goldfish)= 57.68 rng/L; 96 hours
LC~ .. , (Lat,isres reliculars. guppy)= 59.30 mg/L, 96 hours
LC~.,, (Daphnia magna. water flea) = 313 mg/L: 48 hours
LC~., {n,tocra spinipes, copepod) = 24.2-74.2 rngtl: 24 hours
LCr,,. (Artemia saluna. Brine Shrimp)= 33 mg/L: 24 hours
LC.,,., (Marone saxatilis. stripped bass)= 7.3 mg/L; 96 hours
LC,,., (sheepheac1 minnow)= 277-485 mg/L; 96 hours
LCr~, {Aedes aegyplt) 22 mg/L
LCr., (Al;mclra granaria. grnin weevil) = 210 mg/L
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
PREPARING WASTES FOR DISPOSAL: Waste disposat must be in ~ccordance with appropriate Federal, State, and
local regulations. Return cylinders with residual product to Airgas Inc. Do not dispose of locally.
14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION
THIS MATERIAL IS HAZARDOUS AS DEFINED BY 49 CFR 172.101 BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION.
PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Toluene
HAZARD CLASS NUMBER and DESCRIPTION: 3 (Flammable Liquid)
UN IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN 1294
PACKING GROUP: PG 11
DOT LABEUS} REQUIRED: Flammable Liquid
NORTH AMERICAN EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK NUMBER (1996}: 130
MARINE POLLUTANT: Toluene is not classified by the DOT as a M~rine Pollutant (as defined by 49 CFR 172.101,
Appendix B).
TRANSPORT CANADA TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS REGULATIONS: THIS MATERIAL IS
CONSIDERED AS DANGEROUS GOODS. Use the above information. on addition to the following:
HAZARD CLASS NUMBER DESCRIPTION: 3 (Flammable Liquid), 9.2 (Hazardous to the Environment)
SPECIAL PROVISION: 109
REGULA TED LIMIT: 50 kg
TOLUENE -C,H, MSDS I0ocumont • 1063)
P.d~J: R ()~ 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I !
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
US SARA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS: Toluene is subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 302, 304 and
313 of Title Ill of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, as follows:
: ',CHEMICAL NAME:.· ··•SARA 302 SARA 304
: • (40 CFR 355. Appendix
·: • • . . . A\
(40 CFR Table 302.4)
TOLUENE NO YES
U.S. SARA THRESHOLD PLANNING QUANTITY: Not applicable.
U.S. CERCLA REPORTABLE QUANTITY {RQ}: 1000 lb.
SARA 313
(40 CFR 372.65)
YES
CANADIAN DSUNDSL INVENTORY STATUS: Toluene is listed on the DSL Inventory.
U.S. TSCA INVENTORY STATUS: Toluene is listed on the TSCA Inventory.
OTHER U.S. FEDERAL REGULATIONS: Toluene is a toxic pollutant under Section 307(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act
and is subject to effluent limitations. Toluene is not listed in Appendix A as a highly hazardous chemical, per 29 CFR
1910.119: Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals. Under this regulation, however, any process
that involves a flammable liquid on-site, in one location. in quantities of 10,000 lb. (4,553 kg) or greater is covered under
this regulation unless it is used as a fuel.
US STATE REGULATORY INFORMATION: Toluene is covered under specific State regulations. as denoted below:
Alaska• Designated Toxic and Hazardous Minnesota List of Hazardous Pennsylvania -Hazardous Substance List:
Substances: Toluene. Substances: Toluene. Toluene.
California -Permissible Exposure Limits Missouri • Employer lnformationfToxic Rhode Island -Hazardous Substance List:
for Chemical Contaminants: Toluene. Substance List: Toluene. Toluene.
Florida -Substance List: Toluene. New Jersey • Right to Know Hazardous Texas -Hazardous Substance List:
Illinois -Toxic Substance List: Toluene. Substance List: Toluene. Toluene.
Kansas• Section 302/313 List: Toluene. North Dakota • List of Hazardous West Virginia -Hazardous Substance List:
Massachusetts• Substance List: Toluene. Chemicals, Reportable Quantities: Toluene.
Michigan Critical Materials Register: Toluene.
Toluene.
Wisconsin • Toxic and Hazartmus
Substances: Toluene. II.
CALIFORNIA SAFE DRINKING WATER AND TOXIC ENFORCEMENT ACT (PROPOSITION 65}: Toluene is listed on
the California Proposition 65 Lists. WARNING: Toluene is known to the State of California to cause birth defects or
other reproductive harm.
LABELING: WARNING! FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. FLASH POINT = 4.4°C (40°F). HARMFUL IF
INHALED. PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT MAY DRY SKIN AND CAUSE IRRITATION. CAN
CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM EFFECTS. CAN CAUSE ADVERSE EFFECTS ON THE BLOOD SYSTEM.
LIVER. KIDNEYS. MAY CAUSE REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS. BASED ON ANIMAL TESTS. CAN CAUSE DEATH IF
TOO MUCH IS BREATHED. ASPIRATION HAZARD IF SWALLOWED -CAN ENTER LUNGS AND CAUSE
DAMAGE. Keep away from heat. sparks and fiame. Keep container closed. Use only with adequate ventilation. Avoid
contact with skin and clothing. Avoid exposure to vapor. Wash thoroughly after handling. FIRST-AID: In case of contact.
immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention if irritation
develops or persists. If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give
oxygen. In case of fire. use water fog, foam. dry chemical. or CO2. In case of spill: Absorb spill with inert materials (e.g.
activated carbon, dry sand). Flush residual spill with water. Consult Material Sarety Data Sheet for additional
information.
CANADIAN WHMIS SYMBOLS: Class B2: Flammable Liquid
Class D2A/D2B: Material Causing Other Toxic Effects
/i T •
TOLUENE -C,H, MSDS (Document• 1063)
PAGE 9 OF 10
PREPARED BY:
16. OTHER INFORMATION
CHEMICAL SAFETY ASSOCIATES, Inc.
9163 Chesapeake Drive, San Diego, CA 92123-1002
619/565-0302
The mformalion con1a1ned herein is based on data considered accura1e. However. no warranty ,s e,pressed or implied regarding lhe accuracy QI these data or
the results to be obtained from the use lhoreof. AIRGAS, Inc. assunlfls no respons,b,hty for m1ury to the vendee or lh1rd persons proximately caused by the
ma1erial if reasonable safety procedures are not adhered lo as st,pulaled ,n lhe data sheet. Add1tionally. AIRGAS. Inc. assumes no respansib1lity for inJury to
vendae or third persons prmcimatoly caused by abnormal use of !he matenal even ,r reasonable safely procedures are followed. Furthermore. vendee assumes lhe nsk in his use of the malarial.
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
A large number of abbreviations and acronyms appear on a MSOS. Some of these which are commonly used include the following:
CAS #: This is the Chemical Abstract Service Number which uniquely identifies each constituent. It is used for computer-related searching.
EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR:
ACGIH -American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists,
a professional association which establishes exposure limits. TLV -
Threshold Limit Value -an airborne concentration of a substance which
represents conditions under which it is generally believed that nearly all
workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. The
duration must be considered. including the 8-hour Time Weighted
Average (TWA), the 15-minute Short Term Exposure Limit. and the
instantaneous Ceiling Level (C). Skin absorption effects must also be
considered.
OSHA -U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. PEL •
Permissible Exposure Limit -This exposure value means exactly the
same as a TLV. e)(cept that it is enforceable by OSHA. The OSHA
Permissible Exposure limits are based in the 1989 PELs and the June.
1993 Air Contaminants Rule (Federal Register: 58: 35338-35351 and
58: 40191). Both the current PELs and the vacated PELs are
indicated. The phrase, MVacated 1989 PEL." is placed next to the PEL
which was vacated by Court Order.
IOLH • lmmedia!ely Dangerous to Life and Health -This level
represents a concentration from which one can escape within 30-
minutes without suffering escape-preventing or permanent iniury. The
OFG • MAK is the Republic of Germany·s Maximum Exposure Level.
similar to the U.S. PEL. NIOSH is the National tnshtu1e of Occupational
Safety and Health, which is the research arm of the U.S. Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). NIOSH issues exposure
guidelines called Recommended Exposure Levels (RELs). When no
exposure guidelines are established. an entry of NE is made for
reference. ·
HAZARD RATINGS:
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM: Health
~: 0 (minimal acute or chronic e)(posure hazard): 1 (slight acute
or chronic exposure hazard); 2 (moderate acute or significant chronic
e)(posure hazard); 3 (severe acute e)(posure hazard: onetime
overexposure can result in permanent iniury and maY be fat;il); 4
(extreme acute exposure hazard: onetime overexposure can be fatal).
Flammability Hazard: 0 (minimal hazard): 1 {materi:ils that require
substantial pre-heating before burning): 2 (combustible liquid or solids·
liquids with a flash point of 38-93·'C [100-200"Fl); 3 (Class 18 r1nd IC
flammable liquids with flash points below :IBJC f100·'Fl): 4 (Clr1ss IA
flammable liquids with flash points below 23"C (73"F] and boiling points
below 38°C (100°FJ. Reactiv1ty Hazard: o (normally stahle): 1 (materi;:il
· that can become unstable at elevated temperatures or which can react
slightly with water): 2 (materials that are unstable but do not detonate or
which can react violently with water); 3 (materials that can detonate
when initiated or which can react explosively with water): 4 (materials
that can detonate at normal temperatures or pressures).
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION: Health Hazard· 0
(material that on exposure under fire conditions would offer no haz::ird
beyond that of CN'dinary combustible ma!erials); 1 (materiats that on
e)(posure under fire conditions c.ould cause irrila1ion or minor residual
injury): 2 (materials that on intense or continued e)(posure under fire
conditions could cause temporary incapacitation or possible residual
injury); 3 (materials th;it can on shorl exposure could cause serious
temporary or residual injury): 4 (materials that under very short
exposure causes death or major residual iniury).
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (Continued):
Flammability Hazard and Reactivity Hazard: Refer to definitions for
"Hazardous Materials Identification System".
FLAMMABILITY LIMITS IN AIR:
Much of the information related to fire and e,:plosion is derived from the
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Flash Point -Minimum
temper;itme at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapors lo form an
ignitahle midure with air. Autoignition Temnerahlre-The minimum
temoernture required to initiate combustion in air with no other source of
ignition. ill -the lowest perc:ent of v;:ipor in air. by volume, that will
explode or ignite in the presence of an ignition source . .IJ.EL the
highest percent of vapor in air. by volume. that will explode or ignite in
the presence of an ignition source.
TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION:
Possible health hazards as derived from human data. animal studies, or
frnm the results of studies with similar compounds are presented.
Definitions nf some terms used in this section are: LD50 -Lethal Dose
{solirls & liquids) which kills 50% of !he e)(posed animals; LCso -l.elhal
Concentration (gases) which_ kills 50% of the exposed animals; em
concentration expressed in parts of material per million parts of air or
water: mg/ml concentration expressed in weight of substance per
volume of air: mg/kg quantity of material. by weight adminislered to a
test suhjeci. has?.d on their body weight in kg. Data from several
sources are used to ev;iluate the cancer-causing potential of the
m;:iteri;:il. The sources are; IARC the International Agency for
Rese;:irch on C::incer: NTP -the National To)(icology Program, RTECS
-the Registry of To)(ic Effects of Chemical Substances, OSHA and
CAUOSHA. IARC and NTP rate chemicals on a scale of decreasing
poten1ial to cause human cancer with rankings from 1 to 4.
Subrankings {2A. 28, etc.) are also used. Other measures of toxicity
include TOLo, the lowest dose to cause a symptom and TCLo the
lowest concentration to cause a symptom; TOo. LDLo, and LOo, or
TC. TCo, LCLo, and LCo. the lowest dose (or concentration) to cause
lethal or toxic effects. BEi • Biological E)(posure Indices, represent the
levels of de1erminants which are most likely to be observed in
specimens collected ·from a healthy 'NOrker who has been exposed to
chP.micats to the same extent as a worker with inhalation exposure lo
the TLV. Ecological Information: EC is the effect concentration in
writer
REGULATORY INFORMATION:
This section expl;iins the impact of various laws and regulalions on the
materi;il. EPA is the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. WHMIS is
the Canadi:in Workpl.1ce Hazardous Materials Information System.
DOT and TC ;ire the U.S. Department of Transportation and the
Transport Canada. respec1ively. Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act (SARA): the Canadian OomesticJNon-Oomestic
Subs!anc~s Lisi (OSLINDSL). the U.S. TQ)(iC Substance Control Act
(TSCA): Marine Pollutant status according to the DOT; the
Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation, and Liability
Act (CERCLA or Superfund): and various state regulations.
TOLUENE -C,H, MSDS (Document• 1063)
P.O.~!= 10 ()f=' 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
;
I
I
I
n
R
l\1ATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
I. CHEMICAL PRODUCT ,\ND CU\:lP,\NY IDENTIFIC,\TiON
Matheson Tri-Gas, Inc.
The teleplw11e numhers listt•d helow are emerKe11cy 1111mhers.
please contact your ~Y.!!i.'.11.fflr rm11i11e inquiries.
USA
959 Route 46 East
Parsippany, New Jersey
07054-0624 USA
Phone: [phone]
Canada
530 \Vatson Street
Whithy, Ontario
LIN 5R9 Canada
Phone: [phone]
SUBSTANCE: VINYL CHLORIDE
TRADE NAMES/SYNONYMS:
El\:J FRC;ENCY C()NTACT
24 II our -USA
CIIEMTREC 1-800-424-9300
El\fERC;ENCY CON'l'ACT
24 Hour -Canada
CANUTEC 613-996-6666
CHLOROETI IYLENFc CHLOROETI JENE: Cl ILORETI IE~E: TROVIIJUR: r.TI IYLE:-;r. MO~OCI ILORlllr.: MONOCI ILOROETI IYLENE;
EXON 470; MONOCl!LORO ETIIENr.; VINYL Cl ILORIIJE MO~OMER: Vl~YL Cl ILORIIJE. l~I IIHITED: STCC 4905792: RCRA U043; UN
1086; C2H3CL; MAT24940; RTECS KU%25000
CHEMICAL FAMILY: halogenated. alipha1ic
CREA110N DATE: Jan 24 1989
Rl:.'VISION DATE: Mar 16 1999
2. COMPOSITION. I\FORM/\fiON ON I\CRYU!i.NTS
COMPONENT: VINYL Cl ILORIDE
CAS NUM Bt:R: 75-01-4
EC NUMBER (EINECS): 200-831-0
PERCENTAGE: >99.9 .
COMPONENT: PHENOL
CAS NUMBER: 108-95-2
EC NUMBER (EINECS): 203-632-7
PERCENTAGE: <0.1
COMPONENT: INHllllTORS
CAS NUMBER: Not assigned.
EC NUMllER: Not assigned.
PERCEI\TAGE: <0.1
3. H1\Z1\RDS lDENTlF!C,\T!ON
NFPA RATINGS(SCALE0-4): IIEALTll~2 FIREa4 REACTIVITY, I
WIIMIS CLASSIFICATION: Allll2
EC CLASSIFICATION (ASSIGN Ell):
F+ Extremely Flammable
Carcinogen Category I
R 12-45
EC Classification may be inconsi~tcnt with inJcpcndcntly.rc~can.:hcd da1:1.
..
EMERGENCY OVFRYJEW:
COLOR: colorless
PHYSICAL FORM: gas
ODOR: faint odor, sweet odor
MAJOR HEALTH HA7.ARDS: hannful irswallowcd. skin ifflta1io11. eye irrit~11ion. ccnlral nervous system depression. cancer ha7.ard (in humans)
PHYSICAL HAZARDS: Flammable gas. May cause nash lire. May polymerize. Containers may ruplurc or explode.
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFEC[S:
INHALATION:
SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: irritation. nausea. difficulty breathing. im:gular heartbeat. headache. drowsiness. symptoms of drunkenness. disorientation, joint pain, hearing loss. lung congestion
WNG TERM EXPOSURE: in1potcncc. bluish skin color. blood disonJcrs. liver t..lamagc. cancer SKIN CONT A Cr:
SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: in·italion. bli!'llcrs
LOl'\G TERM EXPOSURE: same as cffc1.:1s reported in short lcnn c:'(po:-ure
EYE CONT A Cr:
SHORT TERM EXPOSURE; irritation. eye J.111rnge
LONG TERM EXPOSURE: same as effects rcporlcJ in :--hnrl ll'rt11 cxpo.-.urc
INGESrlON:
SHORTTERM EXPOSURE: frostbite
LONG n:RM EXPOSURE: cancer
CARCINOGEN STATIIS:
OSHA:Y
NTP:Y
IARC:Y
4. FIRST AID lv1E:\SURES
INIIALATION:
When sarc to enter area. remove from exposure. Csc a bag v:-ilvc nrnsk or :-imilar lkvicc 10 pcrronn ar1ilicial rc:--pirnlion (rescue brea1hing) ir needed. Keep wann and al rest. Gel medical allcntion immediately.
SKIN CONTACr:
Wash if needed. If frostbite, freezing. or cryogenic hums occur. w,mn allcc1<.:J <11"1..'~1 in w,inn wall:r. lf'this is not av<1ilahlc. gently wrap affected parts in blankets. Allow circulation to n.:turn na1ur:illy. Gc1 111cJir;1I :11tc111iun i1111ncdi:11cly.
EYE CONTACr:
Wash eyes immediately with large amounts ol' wa1..:r. occa:--ion:illy Ii fling upper :,nd lower liJ:-. until no eviJ.:ncc or d1cmical remains. Get medical attention immediately.
INGESrlON:
If vomiling occurs, keep head lower lhan hips lo he Ip prevent a:-pi r:11 inn. Cid meJical all L'lll ion. i r 111.:eJc<l.
NOTE TO l'HYSICIAN:
For in ha lat ion. consider oxygen.
5. FIRE FIGHTiNG ME;\SURf,S
FIRE ANll EXPLOSION lfAZARllS:
Severe fire hazard. Severe explosion hazard. The v.ipor is hc;1vi!..'.r than ;1ir. Vtipors or ga.-...::-: 111,iy ig11i1c at dislanl ignition sources and nash back. Vapor/air mixtures arc explosive. Elcctros1a1ic discharge~ may be generated hy llow or agitalion rcsul1ing in ignilion or explosion.
EX11NGUISHING MEDIA:
carbon dioxide, regular dry chemical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Large fires: Use regular foam or nood wi!h 1"1nc water spray.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '
'
.I
I
I
I
n
0
D
FIRE FIGlfllNG:
Move container from fire area ir it can be done without risk. Fnr fires in c.irgn nr ~Image area: Con! containers wilh waler from unmanned
hose holder or monitor nozzles until well after fire ls out. lfthis is impossible then take the following pn;caulions: Keep unnecessary people
away, isolate hazard area and deny entry. Let !he fire burn. Withdr<-1w irnmcJia!cly in i..:asc of rising sound from venting safely device or any
discoloration of tanks due to fire. For tank, rail car or tank truck: Slop leak ii" possible wi1hou1 personal risk. Let bum unless leak can be
stopped immediately. for smaller lanks or cylinders. extinguish anJ isolate from other tlammahlcs. 1-:v.icualion radius: ROO meters ( 1/2 mile).
Stop flow of gas.
FLASH POINT:
-108 F (-78 C)
WWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT:
3.6%
UPPER FLAMMABLE LIMff:
33%
Al!TOIG1'Tll0N:
882F (472 C)
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
WATER RELEASE:
Subject to California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enfnrccmrnl Act of 19>-:(1 ( Prnrnsitinn 65). Keep out of water supplies and sewers.
OCCUPATIONAL RELEASE:
Avoid heat, flames, sparks a111.J other sources or ignition. Stop lcnk i r rossiblc withnul personal risk. Reduce vapors with water spray. Keep
unnecessary people away, isolate hazarJ area and Jcny entry. Remove source:-or ignition. V cntilalc closed spaces before entcri ng.
Reportable Quantity (RQ): Notiry local Emergency Planning Co111111it1cc and Slate Emergency Response Commission for release greater than
or equal to RQ (U.S. SARA Section 304). If release occurs in the L.:.S. anJ i:-rcpor1;1hlc u11Jcr CERCLA Section 103. no!if)' the Natil'al
Response Center at [phone] ( USA) or I 202 )426-2675 I USA).
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE:
Store and handle in accordance with all current regulations anJ s1and;irds. Subject to storage regulations: U.S. OSHA 29 CFR IQ\ 0.10 I.
Protect from physical damage. Slon; outside or in a Jc1ached building. Inside storage: S1orc in a cool. dry place. Store in a well-ventilated
area. Avoid heat, names, sparks and other sources ofigni1i011. Keep scparatcd from incompatible substances. GrounJing and bonding
required. Keep separated from incompatible substances.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS. PERSON;\L l'ROTECTIO>J
EXPOSURE LIMITS:
VINYL CIH.ORIDE:
I.0ppmOSHATWA
5 ppm OSHA ceiling 15 minutc(s)
0.5 ppm OSHA action level
5 ppm (13 mg/m3) ACGIH TWA
VENTILATION: Provide local e.xhaust or process enclosure vcn1ita1inn sy:-tcm. Ve111il;,tio11 equipment shoulJ be explosion-resistant if
explosive concenlrat ions of material arc present. Ensure comr lia11ce wi1 h applic1hlc c:xrn.'-urc limi Is.
EYE PROltCrlON: Wear splash rcsislant safety goggles wi1h a foccshicld. Provide ;111 cmcrgcm:y eye wash fountain and quick drench
shower in the immediate work area.
CLOlllll\'G: Wear appropriate chemical rcsista111 clo1hi11g.
GLOVES: For the gas: Wear appropriate ehcmic:.d rcsistnn! gloves. For lhc liquid: Wcar i11:-ulatcJ gloves. OSI IA REGULATED
SUBSTAJ--:CES: U.S. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1017.
RESPIRATOH.: The following rcsriralors and maxi mu in u.-:c conccntr:11io11~ me drawn from N!OSI I anJ/or OSI IA.
10 p/m
Any supplied-air rcspiralor with ful I faccpicl'.c anJ orcratcd in ,1 prc~surc-Jcinand nr other posit ivc-prcs~urc mode in comhinal ion with a
separate cscnpc supply.
Any supplied.air rcspirntor with <1 rull (";_iccpiccc that is npnalcd in a pn.':-surc-dcm;inJ nr 01hcr pn:-i1i\'c-prcssurc mode. Any chemical cartridge respirator with c,inriJgc(.:-) providing prn1ccliP11 .ic-:1i11:-1 1hi:-:,;uh:-t:1111.:i.:. 25 p/m
Any powered, air•purifying respirator with a full laccpiccc anJ cartriJgi.:(:-) providing protcclinn :.ig;1ins1 this substance. Any air-purifying respirator with a full faccpiccc. a c,rnis1cr providing prnlcction :1g:,ins1 this suhs1;incc and a high.efficiency particulale filter.
100 p/m
Any supplied•air respirator with full foccpiccc .ind opcratcd in .i prc:--:-un;.dc111:111J or other positivc•pressurc mode in combinalion with a separate escape supply.
Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has a full faccpiccc and is opcratcc.J in a prcssurc-<lc111;1nc.J or other positive-pressure mode. Any supplied-air respirator with a r ull foccpiecc that is opcnHcJ in a prcssurc•Jc111;111J or other po:-i1 ivc-prcssurc mode. 1000 plm
Any supplied-air respirator with full lace piece an<l opcratc<l in a prcssurc-dcman<l or other po:-i1ivc•prcssurc mode in combination with a separate escape supply.
Any supplied.air respirator operated in a cnntinuous-llow modc.
Any supplied-air respirator wilh a full faccpiccc.
Any supplied.air respirator operated in a cont inuous.Jlow mot.lc.
3600 p/m
Any supplicd•air respirator with ful I foccpiccc and opcrnlct.l in a prc:-surc.dcma nJ or other posil ivc-prcssurc mode in combination wilh a separate escape supply.
For Unknown Concentrations or Immediately l)angerou~ to Life or Ut-a!fh -
Any self.contained breathing apparntus 1har lrns a full faccpiccc and is orcrMc-d in a pressure-demand or olher positive-pressure mode.
9. PHYSICAL AND C!IEM!C>\L PROl'FRTIFS
PHYSICAL STATE: gas
COLOK: colorless
ODOR: faint odor. sweet odor
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 62.50
MOLECULAR FORMULA: C-112-C-H-CL
BOILING POINT: 9 F(-13 C)
FREEZING POINT: -245 F(-154 C)
VAPOR PRESSURE: 2515.6mmHg@2I.I C
VAPOR DENSITY (air=I): 2.2
SPECIFIC GRAVfrY (wate,~I): 0.9106
WATI:RSOLUBILITY: 0.25%
PH: Not applicable
VOLATILffY: Not applicable
ODOR THRESHOLD: 260 ppm
EVAPORATION RATE: Not applicable
VISCOSITY: 0.01072 cP@20 C
COEFFICIENT OF WATER/OIL DISrRllllHIOI\": Not applicable
SOLVENT SOLUIIIUTY:
Soluble; alcohol, ether. carbon tc1rad1lori<lc. bcnzcnc
10. STi\BlUTY AND RE:\CT!VlTY
Rf:ACllVrlY:
May polymerize. Avoid contact with lighl or s1oragc ~mt.I use above romn 1c111pcr~11uri.:.
CONDITIONS TO A vom:
Avoid heat, names. sparks and other sources of ignilion. Con1ai11i.:r:-may rupturc 11rcxpl0Jc if cxposi.:J 10 hc,11.
INCOMPATlllll,ITIES:
metal carbide, metals. oxidizing mali.:rials_ pcroxiJi.:s
HAZARIXJUS llECOMl'OSITION:
Thermal decomposition products: pl1osg,c11c. h.il(lgc11alc<l l'.0111p1n111J:--. nxi1k•~ nf c:1rhun
l'OLYMER17..ATION:
May polymerize. A void contacl with hcal. light. air. water or incornpat ihk mal..:rial.:-. Closi.:<l con1ai111:r:,; nrny rupture violcn11y.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I IL TOXICOLOGICAL INFORi'vl:\T!OI✓
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VINYL CIILORlllE:
TOXICrIY DATA:
18 pph/l S minutc(s) inhalation-rat LC50; 500 mg/kg oral-r,.11 Ll)S0
CARCINOGEN STATUS:
OSHA: Carcinogen; NTP: Known Human Carcinogen; !ARC: Hurn:.in Suflicicnl Evidence. Anim;il Suflicicnt Evi<lcncc. Group I; ACGll LA I ·
Con finned I Iuman Carcinogen; EC: Category I
LOCAL EFFECTS:
Irritant: skin, eye
ACUTE TOX1CnY LEVEL:
Toxic: ingestion
Relatively Non-toxic: inhalation
TARGET ORGANS:
central nervous system
TUMORIGENIC DATA:
Available.
MUT AGEl\1C DATA:
Available.
REPRODUCllVE f:FFECTS DATA:
Available.
ADDITIONAL DATA:
Stimulants such as epinephrine may inJw.::c ventricular f"1brilla1ion.
12. ECOLOGICAL 1NFOR.\1AT[ON
ECOTOXICITY DATA:
HSH TOXlCflY: 388000 ug/L 10 month(s) LETl-l (Mortality) Northern pike tbox lucius)
INVERTEBRATE TOXICrrY: 41.74 ug/L 72 Jay(s) ( Residue) Mosquilo (Cu lex pipicn!-quinqucfo:-ciata)
ALGAL TOXICffY: 41.74 ug/l 72 day{s) (Residue) Green <.1lg,1i.: (Oi.:Jogonium rnnJi.u.:um)
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
•
Subject to disposal regulations: U.S. EPA 40 CFR 262. I lazardous Waste Number(:-): l..:043. I laz<.1n.Jous Waste '.'lumbcr(s): 1)043. Dispose ofin
accordance with U.S. EPA 40 CFR 262 forconcc111rations al or above the Rcgula1<1ry level. Regulalory level-0.2 mg/L. Dispose in accordance
with all applicable regulations.
14. TR:\NSPORT INFORMATION
U.S. DOT 49 CFR 172.101. SHIPPING NAME-UN NU~lllER; lfAl..ARII CL.~SS; PACKING GROl:P; LAH EL:
Vinyl chloride, inhibited or Vinyl chloriJc. slahili✓.cd-UN I 086: 2.1; Flammable gas
15. REGULA TORY INFORMATfON
U.S. REGULATIONS:
TSCA INVENTORY STATUS: Y
TSCA 12(b) EXPORT NOTIFICATION: Not listed.
CERCLA SECrlON 103 (40CFR302.4): Y
Vinyl chloride: I LHS RQ
PHENOL: 1000 LBS RQ
SARA SECTION 302 (40CFI055.30): Y
PIIENOL: 500/10000 LBS TPQ
SARA SECTION 304 (40CFR355.40): Y
PIII::NOL: 1000 LHS RQ
SARA SECTION 31_3 (40CFR372.li5): Y
Vinyl chloride
SARA IIAZARD CATEGORIES, SARA SECTIONS 31 II.' I 2 J41lCF1071l.21 ):
ACUTE:Y
A T
CHRONIC: Y
HRE:Y
REACHVE:Y
SUDDEN RELEASE: Y
OSHA PR0O:ss SAFETY (29CFR19l0.I 19): N
STATE REGULATIONS:
California Proposition 65: Y
Known to the state ofCalifomia to cause the following:
Vinyl chloride
Canccr(Fcb 27.1987)
EUROPEAN REGULAll0NS:
EC NUMBER (EINECS): 200-831-0
EC RISK AND SAFETY PHRASf:S· . I R 12 II Extremely flammable.
I R 45 j\ Ma~ cause cancer.
I
I I s 45 \\ In case of accident or if you feel unwell. seek medical advice immediatcll (show the label where possible). \
I s 53 \I Avoid exeosurc -obtain special instructions before use. I
16. OTHER !NFOlUvlATION
l~Copyright 1984-1999 t-.·1DL Information Systems. ,i';.(tlpyright J 999 ~fathl'snn Cias Prnduc.ts. ,\ 11 riglll.'.' rcscr\'cd.
MAllU:SON MAI<l::S NO EXPRf:SS Oil IMPLIED IVAKRAI\TIES, GlJARAl\"IU'.S 0il llEl'llESENTATIONS llEGARIJING THE PRODUCf OR THE INF0KMATION HEREIN, INCLUlllKG HUT NOT LIMIH'.ll TO ANY IMl'IJf'.ll WAKRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY Oil FITNESS FOR USf~ MATIH:S0N SHALL NOT HE LIABLE FOil ANY PERSONAL INJlJKY, PROli_R'IY Oil OTHER DAMAGf:S OF ANY NATURE, WIIETIIEll C0~ll'EKSATOlff, CONSEQt:EI\TIAI, EXEMPLARY, Oil 0THERWISf:, RESULTING FllOM ANY l'UHLICATI0N, LlSE Oil llELIANCE Lll'O,'< TIIE INFOKMATI0N HEllEIN.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
I
I
I
I
I
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SIIEET
EM SCIENCE
I!. CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
Manufacturer ............. :
EM SCIENCE
A Division of EM Industries
P.O. Box 70
480 Democrat Road
Gibbstown, N.J. 08027
Catalog Number(s):
Preparation Date.: 1/18/94
Information Phone Number.: 856-423-6300
Hours: Mon. to Fri. 8:30-5
Chemtrec Emergency Number: 800-424-9300
Hours: 24 hrs a day
I XX0032 XX0035
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
D
I
I
Product Name:
m-Xylene
Synonyms:
m-Xylol; 1,3-Dimcthylbcnzcnc
Chemical Family:
Aromatic Hydrocarbon
Formula:
C6HiCH3)2
Molecular Weight.:
I 06.17
2. COMPOSITION/ INFORl\1ATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component CAS ij
m-Xylene
108-38-3
3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED.
FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR.
VAPOR HARMFUL.
Appr %
100%
May Cause Damage To Lungs, Liver, Kidneys and Central Nc,vnus System.
IRRITATING TO SKIN, EYES AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES.·
Appearance:
Colorless liquid; aromatic odor
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS (ACUTE ANO CIIRONIC)
Symptoms of Exposure:
Harmful if swallowed or inhaled. lnitating on contact with skin. eyes or mucous membranes. Vapor initating to eyes and respiratory passages. May cause damage to central nervous system (CNS). liver, lungs. kidneys.
Medical Cond. Aggravated by Exposure:
Liver, kidney, respiratory and CNS
conditions
Routes of Entry:
Inhalation, ingestion
Carcinogenicity:
The matciial is not listed (!ARC, NTP, OSHA) as cancer causing
agent
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Emergency First Aid:
GET MEDICAL ASSISTANCE FOR ALL CASES OF OVEREXPOSURE.
Skin: Wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Eyes: Immediately flush thorough I y with water for at least I 5
minutes.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air; give anificial respiration if
breathing has stopped.
Ingestion: Call a physician immediately. ONLY induce vomiting at
the instructions of a physician. Never give anything by mouth to an
unconscious person.
Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Flash Point (F): 81F (cc)
Flammable Limits LEL (%): 1.10
Flammable Limits UEL (%): 7.00
Extinguishing Media:
Foam, Carbon dioxide, Dry chemical
Fire Fighting Procedures:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus.
Fire & Explosion Hazards:
Dangerous fire and explosive hazard. Vapor can travel distances to ignition source and flash back.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Spill Response:
Evacuate the area of all unnecess;iry personnel. Wear suitable protcctivc equipment listed under Exposure/ Personal
Protection. Eliminate any ignition sources until the area is detcnnincd to be free from explosion or tire hazards. Contain the
release and eliminate its source, if this can be done without risk. Take up and containerize for proper disposal as described
under Disposal. Comply with Federal, State, and local rcgulmions on reporting releases. Refer to Regulatory Information for
reportable quantity and other rcb'lllatory data.
EM SCIENCE recommends Spill-X absorbent agents for various types of spills. Additional infonnation on the Spill-X
products can be provided through the EM SCIENCE Technical Service Department [phone]. The following EM
SCIENCE Spill-X absorbent is recommended for this product:
SXOB63 Solvent Spill Treatment Kit
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling & Storage:
Keep container closed and protected against physical d;imagc. Store in" cool, well-ventilated area, away from heat and
sources of ignition. Do not breathe vapor. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Electrically ground all equipment when
handling this product. Retained residue may make empty containers hazardous: use caution'
IS, EXPOSURE CONTROLS/ PERSONAL PROTECTION
•
ENGINEERING CONTROLS ANll PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:
Ventilation, Respiratory Protection, Proleclive Clolhini:, Eye Prnteclion:
Respiratory Protection: If workplace exposure limit(s) of product or any component is exceeded (sec TL V /PEL), a
NIOSH/MSHA approved air supplied respirator is advised in absence of proper environmental control. OSHA regulations
also permit other NIOSH/MSHA respirators (negative pressure typefunder specified conditions (sec your safety equipment
supplier). Engineering and/or administrative controls should he implemented to reduce exposure. Material must be handled or
transferred in an approved fume hood or with equivalent ventilation. Protective gloves (Viton, PV A or equivalent) should be
worn to prevent skin contact. Safety glasses with side shields should be wom at all times.
Work/Hygenic Practices:
Wash thoroughly after handling. Do not take internally. Eye wash and safety equipment should be readily available.
EXPOSURE GUmEUNES
OSHA-PEL:
TWA
Component PPM MG/M3
m-Xylene
100 435
ACGIH-TLV:
TWA
Component PPM MG/M3
m-Xylene
100 434
STEL CL
PPM MG/M3 PPM MG/M3 Skin
150 655
STEL CL
PPM MG/M3 PPM MG/M3 Skin
150 651
If there arc no exposure limit numbers listed in the Exposure Guidelines cha,1. this indicates that no OSHA or ACGIH exposure limts have been established.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMCIAL PROPERTIES
Boiling Point (C 760 mmHg): I 39C
Melting Point (C) : -48C
Specific Gravity (H20 =I): 0.8684
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg): 8.3 25C
Percent Volatile by vol(%): 99.9+%
Vapor Density (Air= I): 3.7
Evaporation Rate (BuAc = 1 ): 0. 7
Solubility. in Water(%): Insoluble
Appearance :
Colorless liquid; aromatic odor
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability: Y cs
Hazardous Polymerization:
Docs not occur
H37.ardous Decomposition:
co,
Conditions to Avoid:
Heat, sparks, open name
Materials To Avoid:
Water
Acids
Bases
Corrosives
(X) Oxidizers
( ) Other,
Ill. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Toxicity Data
ihl-man TCLo: 424 mg/cu.m./6H/6D
orl-rat LOSO, 5000 mg/kg
Toxicological Findings:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
I
Tests on laboratory animals indicate material may produce adverse
reproductive effects.
Cited in Registry of Toxic Etkm of Chemical Subsl1nccs (RTECS)
12. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
EPA Waste Numbers: D001 U239
Treatment:
Incineration, fuels blending or recycle. Contact your local pcnnittcd waste disposal site (TSO) for pcnnissiblc treatment sites.
ALWAYS CONTACT A PERMITTED WASTE DISPOSER (TSO) TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
CURRENT LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS.
113, TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT Proper Shipping Name:
Xylene
DOT ID Number:
UNl307
14. REGULATORY INFORMATION
TSCA Statement:
The CAS number of this product is listed on the TSCA Inventory.
Component
m-Xylene
Component
m-Xylene
SARA
EHS
(302)
OSHA
l?loor List
y
SARA
EHS TPQ
(lbs)
SARA
313
y
CERCLA
RQ
( lbs I
1000
DeMinimis
for SARA 313
( % )
···-----··-
1 . 0
If there is no infonnation listed on the regulatory infonnation chart this indicates that the chemical is not covered by the
specific regulation listed.
15. OTIIER INFORMATION
Comments:
None
NFPA Hazard Ratings:
Health 2
Flammability 3
.Reactivity : 0
Special Hazards
Revision History: 11/1/81 6/1/84 6/24/87 10/27/87 8/25/88 3/1/91
N/A
N/E
Revised Section
Not Available
None Establised
The statements contained herein arc offered for infonnational pu~x1scs only and arc based upon technical data that EM Science believes to be accurate. It is intended for use only by persons having the necessary technical skill and at their own discretion and risk. Since conditions and manner of use arc outside our control, we make NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR OTHER WISE.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
! I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIXB
ST AND ARD FIELD CLEANING PROCEDURES
From Appendix B of:
US. Environmental Protection Agency November 2001 Region JV Environmental
Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX II
STANDARD FIELD CLEANING PROCEDURES
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To remove contaminants of concern from sampling, drilling and other field equipment to
concentrations that do not impact study objectives using a standard cleaning procedure.
B.1 Introduction
Cleaning procedures in this appendix are intended for use by field personnel for cleaning sampling
and other equipment in the field. Emergency field sample container cleaning procedures are also included;
however, they should not be used unless absolutely necessary. Cleaning procedures for use at the Field
Equipment Center (FEC) are in Appendix C.
Sampling and field equipment cleaned in accordance with these procedures must meet the minimum
requirements for Data Quality Objectives (DQO) definitive data collection. Deviations from these
procedures should be documented in the approved study plan, field records, and investigative reports.
1l1ese are the materials, methods, and procedures to be used when cleaning sampling and other
equipment in the field.
B.1.1 Specifications for Cleaning Materials
Specifications for standard cleaning materials referred to in this appendix are as follows:
• Soap shall be a standard brand of phosphate-free laboratory detergent such as Liquinox®. Use
of other detergent must be justified and documented in the field logbooks and inspection or
investigative reports.
• Solvent shall be pesticide-grade isopropanol. Use of a solvent other U1an pesticide-grade
isopropanol for equipment cleaning purposes must be justified in the study plan. Otherwise its
use must be documented in field logbooks and inspection or investigation reports.
• Tap water may be used from any municipal water treatment system. Use of an untreated potable
water supply is not an acceptable substitute for tap water.
• Analyte free water (deionized water) is tap water that has been treated by passing U1rough a
standard deionizing resin column. At a minimum, the finished water should contain no detectable
heavy metals or other inorganic compounds (i.e., at or above analytical detection limits) as
defined by a standard inductively coupled Argon Plasma Spectrophotometer (lCP) ( or equivalent)
scan. Analyte free water obtained by other methods is acceptable, as long as it meets the above
analytical criteria.
ElSOPQAM B - 1 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' ;
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
, I
I
I
D
D
• Organic/anal ytc free water is defined as tap water that has been treated with activated carbon and
deionizing units. A portable system to produce organic/analyte free water under field conditions
is available. At a minimum, the finished water must meet the analytical criteria of analyte free
water and should contain no detectable pesticides, herbicides, or extractable organic compounds,
and no volatile organic compounds above minimum detectable levels as determined by the Region
. 4 laboratory for a given set of analyses. Organic/analyte free water obtained by other methods
is acceptable, as long as it meets the above analytical criteria.
• Other sol vents may be substituted for a particular purpose if required. For example, removal of
concentrated waste materials may require the use of either pesticide-grade hexane or petroleum
ether. After the waste material is removed, the equipment must be subjected to the standard
cleaning procedure. Because these solvents arc not miscible with water, the equipment must be
completely dry prior to use.
Solvents, laboratory detergent, and rinse waters used to clean equipment shall not be reused during
field decontamination.
B.1.2 Handling and Containers for Cleaning Solutions
Improperly handled cleaning solutions may easily become contaminated. Storage and application
containers must be constructed of the proper materials to ensure their integrity. Following are acceptable
materials used for containing the specified cleaning solutions:
• Soap must be kept in clean plastic, metal, or glass containers until used. It should be poured
directly from the container during use.
• Solvent must be stored in the unopened original containers until used. They may be applied using
the low pressure nitrogen system fitted with a Teflon® nozzle, or using Teflon® squeeze bottles.
• Tap water may be kept in clean tanks, hand pressure sprayers, squeeze bottles, or applied directly
from a hose.
• Analyte free water must be stored in clean glass, stainless steel, or plastic containers that can be
closed prior to use. It can be applied from plastic squeeze bottles.
• Organic/analyte free water must be stored in clean glass, Teflon®, or stainless steel containers
prior to use. It may be applied using Teflon® squeeze bottles, or with t11e portable system.
Note: Hand pump sprayers generally are not acceptable storage or application containers for the
above materials (with the exception of tap water). This also applies to stainless steel
sprayers. All hand sprayers have internal oil coated gaskets and black rubber seals that may
contaminate the solutions.
B.1.3 Disposal of Solvent Cleaning Solutions
Procedures for the safe handling and disposition of investigation derived waste (IDW), including
used wash water, rinse water, and spent solvents are in Section 5.15.
B.1.4 Equipment Contaminated with Concentrated Wastes
Equipment used to collect samples of hazardous materials or toxic wastes or materials from
hazardous waste sites, RCRA facilities, or in-process waste streams should be field cleaned before returning
from the study. At a minimum, this should consist of washing witl1 soap and rinsing with tap water. More
stringent procedures may be required at the discretion of the field investigators.
EISOPQAM B-2 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.1.5 Safety Procedures for Field Cleaning Operations
Some of the materials used to implement the cleaning procedures outlined in tllis appendix can be harmful if used improperly. Caution should be exercised by all field investigators and all applicable safety procedures should be followed. At a minimum, the following precautions should be taken in the field during tl1ese cleaning operations:
• Safety glasses with splash sllields or goggles, and latex gloves will be worn during all cleaning
operations.
• Solvent rinsing operations will be conducted in the open (never in a closed room).
• No eating, smoking, drinking, chewing, or any hand to mouth contact should be permitted during clearling operations.
B.1.6 Handling of Cleaned Equipment
After field clearling, equipment should be handled only by personnel wearing clean gloves to prevent re-contamination. In addition, tl1e equipment should be moved away (preferably upwind) from the clearling area to prevent recontamination. Iftl1e equipment is not to be immediately re-used it should be covered with plastic sheeting or wrapped in aluminum foil to prevent re-contamination. The area where the equipment
is kept prior to re-use must be free of contaminants.
B.2 Field Equipment Cleaning Procedures
Sufficient clean equipment should be transported to the field so that an entire study can be conducted without the need for field cleaning. However, this is not possible for some specialized items such as portable power augers (Little Beaver®), well drilling rigs, soil coring rigs, and other large pieces of field equipment. In addition, particularly during large scale studies, it is not practical or possible to transport all of the
precleaned field equipment required into tlle field. In these instances, sufficient pre-cleaned equipment should be transported to tl1e field to perform at least one days work. 1l1e following procedures are to be utilized when equipment must be cleaned in the field.
B.2.1 Specifications for Decontamination Pads
Decontamination pads constructed for field clearling of sampling and drilling equipment should meet the following minimum specifications:
• The pad should be constructed in an area known or believed to be free of surface contamination.
• The pad should not leak excessively.
• If possible, tl1e pad should be constructed on a level, paved surface and should facilitate the removal of wastewater. lllis may be accomplished by either constructing the pad with one comer
lower than the rest, or by creating a sump or pit in one comer or along one side. Any sump or pit should also be lined.
• Sawhorses or racks constructed to hold equipment while being cleaned should be high enough
above ground to prevent equipment from being splashed.
• Water should be removed from the decontamination pad frequently.
• A temporary pad should be lined with a water impermeable material with no seams within the
pad. This material should be eitller easily replaced (disposable) or repairable.
EJSOPQAM B-3 November 200 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I ' i
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
At the completion of site activities, the decontamination pad should be deactivated. The pit or sump
should be backfilled with the appropriate material designated by the site project leader, but only after all
waste/rinse water has been pumped into containers for disposal. No solvent rinsates will be placed in the
pit. Solvent rinsates should be collected in separate containers for proper disposal. See Section 5.15 of this
SOP for proper handling and disposal of these materials. If the decontamination pad has leaked excessively,
soil sampling may be required.
B.2.2 "Classic Parameter" Sampling Equipment
"Classic Parameters" are analyses such as oxygen demand, nutrients, certain inorganics, sulfide, flow
measurements, etc. For routine operations involving classic parameter analyses, water quality sampling
equipment such as Kemmerers, buckets, dissolved oxygen dunkers, dredges, etc., may be cleaned with the
sample or analyte-frec water between sampling locations. A brush may be used to remove deposits of
material or sediment, if necessary. If analyte-free water is unavailable the samplers should be flushed at the
next sampling location with the substance (water) to be sampled, before the sample is collected.
Flow measuring equipment such as weirs, staff gages, velocity meters, and other stream gaging
equipment may be cleaned with tap water between measuring locations, if necessary.
The previously described procedures are not to be used for cleaning field equipment to be used
for the collection of samples undergoing trace organic or inorganic constituent analyses.
B.2.3 Sampling Equipment used for the Collection of Trace Organic and Inorganic Compounds
TI1e following procedures arc to be used for all sampling equipment used to collect routine samples
undergoing trace organic or inorganic constituent analyses:
1. Clean with tap water and soap using a brush if necessary to remove particulate matter and surface
films. Equipment may be steam cleaned (soap and high pressure hot water) as an alternative to
brushing. Sampling equipment that is steam cleaned should be placed on racks or saw horses at
least two feet above the floor of the decontamination pad. PVC or plastic items should not be
steam cleaned.
2. Rinse thoroughly with tap water.
3. Rinse thoroughly with analytc free water.
4. Rinse thoroughly with solvent. Do not solvent rinse PVC or plastic items.
5. Rinse thoroughly with organic/analyte free water. If organic/analyte free water is not available.
equipment should be allowed to completely dry. Do not apply a final rinse with analytc water.
Organic/analyte free water can be generated on-site utilizing the portable system.
6. Remove the equipment from the decontamination area and cover with plastic. Equipment stored
overnight should be wrapped in aluminum foil and covered with clean, unused plastic.
B.2.4 Well Sounders or Tapes
I. Wash with soap and tap water.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
EISOPQAM B-4 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
' •
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.2.5 Goulds® Pump Cleaning Procedure
CAUTION -During cleaning always disconnect the pump from the generator.
The Goulds© pump should be cleaned prior to use and between each monitoring well.
1l1e following procedure is required:
1. Using a brush, scrub the exterior of the contaminated hose and pump with soap and tap water.
2. Rinse the soap from the outside of the pump and hose with tap water.
3. Rinse the tap water residue from the outside of pump and hose with analyte-free water.
4. Place the pump and hose in a clean plastic bag.
B.2.6 Redi-Flo2® Pump
The Redi-Flo2® pump should be cleaned prior to use and between each monitoring well. The
following procedure is required:
CAUTION -Make sure the pump is not plugged in.
1. Using a brush, scrub the exteriorofthe pump, electrical cord and garden hose with soap and tap
water. Do not wet the electrical plug.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
4. Place the equipment in a clean plastic bag.
To clean the Redi-Flo2® ball check valve:
1. Completely dismantle ball check valve. Check for wear and/or corrosion, and replace as needed.
2. Using a brush, scrub all components with soap and tap water.
3. Rinse witl1 analyte free water.
4. Reassemble and re-attach the ball check valve to the Redi-Flo2® pump head.
B.2.7 Automatic Sampler Tubing
The Silastic® and Tygon® tubing previously used in tl1e automatic samplers may be field cleaned
as follows:
I. Flush tubing wiU1 tap water and soap.
2. Rinse tubing tl1oroughly witl1 tap water.
3. Rinse tubing with analyte free water.
EISOPQAM B - 5 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
u
n
B.3 Downhole Drilling Equipment
These procedures arc to be used for drilling activities involving the collection of soil samples for
trace organic and inorganic constituent analyses, and for the construction of monitoring wells to be used for
the collection of groundwater samples for trace organic and inorganic constituent analyses.
B.3.1 Introduction
Cleaning and decontamination of all equipment should occur at a designated area (decontamination
pad) on the site. The decontamination pad should meet the specifications of Section B.2.1.
Tap water (potable) brought on the site for drilling and cleaning purposes should be contained in a
pre-cleaned tank
A steam cleaner and/or high pressure hot water washer capable of generating a pressure of at least
2500 PSI and producing hot water and/or steam (200°F plus), with a soap compartment. should be obtained.
B.3.2 Preliminary Cleaning and Inspection
The drill rig should be clean of any contaminants that may have been transported from another
hazardous waste site, to minimize the potential for cross-contamination. Further, the drill rig itself should
not serve as a source of contaminants. In addition, associated drilling and decontamination equipment, well
construction materials, and equipment handling procedures should meet these minimum specified criteria:
• All downhole angering, drilling, and sampling equipment should be sandblasted before use if
painted, and/or there is a buildup of rust, hard or caked matter, etc., that cannot be removed by
steam cleaning (soap and high pressure hot water), or wire brushing. Sandblasting should be
performed prior to arrival on site, or well away from the decontamination pad and areas to be
sampled.
• Any portion of U1e drill rig, backhoe, etc., that is over the borehole (kelly bar or mast, backhoe
buckets, drilling platform, hoist or chain pulldowns, spindles, cathead, etc.) should be steam
cleaned (soap and high pressure hot water) and wire brushed (as needed) to remove all rust, soil,
and other material which may have come from other hazardous waste sites before being brought
on site.
• Printing and/or writing on well casing, trcmie tubing, etc., should be removed before use. Emery
cloth or sand paper can be used to remove the printing and/or writing. Most well material
suppliers can supply materials without the printing and/or writing if specified when ordered.
• 111e drill rig and other equipment associated wiU1 the drilling and sampling activities should be
inspected to insure that all oils, greases, hydraulic fluids, etc., have been removed, and all seals
and gaskets are intact with no fluid leaks.
• PVC or plastic materials such as tremic tubes should be inspected. Items that cannot be cleaned
arc not acceptable and should be discarded.
B.3.3 Drill Rig Field Cleaning Procedure
Any portion of the drill rig, backhoe, etc., that is over the borehole (kelly bar or mast, backhoe
buckets, drilling platform, hoist or chain pulldowns, spindles, cathead, etc.) should be steam cleaned (soap
and high pressure hot water) between boreholes.
EISOPQAM B-6 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I !
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.3.4 Field Cleaning Procedure for Drilling Equipment
The following is the standard procedure for field cleaning augers, drill stems, rods, tools, and
associated equipment. This procedure does not apply to well casings, well screens, or split-spoon samplers
used to obtain samples for chemical analyses, which should be cleaned as outlined in Section B-2.3.
I. Clean with tap water and soap, using a brush if necessary, to remove particulate matter and
surface films. Steam cleaning (high pressure hot water with soap) may be necessary to remove
matter that is difficult to remove with the brush. Drilling equipment that is steam cleaned should
be placed on racks or saw horses at least two feet above the floor of the decontamination pad.
Hollow-stem augers, drill rods, etc., that are hollow or have holes Uiat transmit water or drilling
fluids, should be cleaned on the inside with vigorous brushing.
2. Rinse thoroughly with tap water.
3. Remove from the decontamination pad and cover with clean, unused plastic. If stored overnight,
the plastic should be secured to ensure that it stays in place.
When there is concern for low level contaminants it may be necessary to clean this equipment
between borehole drilling and/or monitoring well installation using the procedure outlined in Section B.2.3.
B.4 Emergency Disposable Sample Container Cleaning
New one-pint or one-quart mason jars may be used to collect samples for analyses of organic
compounds and metals in waste and soil samples during an emergency. These containers would also be
acceptable on an emergency basis for the collection of water samples for extractable organic compounds,
pesticides, and metals analyses. These jars cannot be used for the collection of water samples for volatile
organic compound analyses.
l11e rubber sealing ring should not be in contact with the jar and aluminum foil should be used, if
possible, between U1e jar and the sealing ring. If possible, the jar and aluminum foil should be rinsed with
pesticide-grade isopropanol and allowed to air dry before use. Several empty bottles and lids should be
sub1nitted to U1e laboratory as blanks for quality control purposes.
EISOPQAM B-7 November 200 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPDENDIXC
GROUNDWATER SAMPLING PROCEDURES
From Section 7 of:
US. Environmental Protection Agency November 2001 Region IV Environmental
Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 7
GROUNDWATER SAMPLING
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES:
•
•
7.1 Introduction
To collect a sample representative of ground water residing in the formation of
interest.
To reduce the potential bias caused by the sampling equipment used to obtain the
sample.
Ground water sampling may be required for a variety of reasons, such as examining potable or
industrial water supplies, checking for and/or tracking contaminant plume movementin the vicinity of a land
disposal or spill site, Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) compliance monitoring, or examining
a site where historical information is minimal or non-existent but where it is thought that ground water
contamination may have occurred.
Ground water samples are usually obtained from eithertemporarily or permanently installed ground
water monitoring wells. They can also be obtained, however, anywhere ground water is present, such as in
a pit or a dug or drilled hole.
Occasionally, the ground water source may not be in U1e ideal location to meet a particular objective
(e.g., to track a contaminant plume). In that case, either a temporary or permanent monitoring well should
be installed. An experienced and knowledgeable person will need to locate the well and supervise its
installation so that samples will be represent_ative of the ground water.
Additional guidance is given in RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring: Technical Guidance (I) and
Chapter 11 of SW-846 (2). The ground water sampling procedures described in this SOP will meet or exceed
the requirements of these documents.
Ground water sampling procedures can be sub-divided into two areas, purging and sampling, each
of which has different goals and objectives. Within the topic of purging, it is necessary, because of the
inherently different characteristics of the two types of wells, to address permanent and temporary wells
separately. The procedures and techniques which follow in this section reflect these differences.
7.2 Purging
7.2.1 Purging and Purge Adequacy
Purging is the process of removing stagnant water from a monitoring well, immediately prior to
sampling, causing its replacement by ground water from the adjacent formation, which is representative of
actual aquifer conditions. In order to determine when a well has been adequately purged, field investigators
should: I) monitor the pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity of the ground water removed
during purging; and 2) observe and record U1e volume of water removed.
EISOPQAM 7 - I November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
m
I
Prior to initiating the purge, the amount of water standing in the water column (water inside the well
riser and screen) should be determined. To do this, the diameter of the well should be determined and the
water level and total depU1 of the well are measured and recorded. Specific methodology for obtaining these
measurements is found in Section 15.5 of this SOP. Once this information is obtained, the volume of water
to be purged can be determined using one of several methods. One is U1e equation:
V = 0.041 d2h
Where: h = depth of water in feet
d = diameter of well in inches
V = volume of water in gallons
Alternatively, the volume may be determined using a casing volume per foot factor for the
appropriate diameter well, similar to U1at in Table 7.2.1. The water level is subtracted from Ule total depth,
providing the length of the water column. Tilis length is multiplied by the factor in the Table 7.2.1 which
corresponds to Ule appropriate well diameter, providing the amount of water, in gallons, contained in the
well. Other acceptable methods include the use of nomographs or other equations or formulae.
With respect to volume, an adequate purge is normally achieved when three to five times the volume
of standing water in the well has been removed. The field notes should reflect the single well volume
calculations or determinations, according to one of Ule above methods, and a reference to the appropriate
multiplication ofUlat volume, i.e., a minimum three well volumes, clearly identified as a purge volume goal.
With respect to the ground water chemistry, an adequate purge is achieved when the pH, specific
conductance, and temperature of the ground water have stabilized and the turbidity has either stabilized or
is below 10 Nephelomelric Turbidity Units (NTUs) (twice the Primary Drinking Water Standard of 5 NTUs).
Although ten NTUs is normally considered the minimum goal for most ground water sampling objectives,
I NTU has been shown to be easily achievable and reasonable attempts should be made to reach Ulis level.
Stabilization occurs when pH measurements remain constant within 0.1 Standard Unit (SU), specific
conductance varies no more that IO percent, and the temperature is constant for at least three consecutive
readings. There are no criteria establishing how many sets of measurements are adequate for the
determination of stability. If the calculated purge volume is small, the measurements should be taken
frequently to provide a sufficient number of measurements to evaluate stability. If the purge volume is large,
measurements taken every 15 minutes may be sufficient. ·
If, after three well volumes have been removed, the chemical parameters have not stabilized
according to the above criteria, additional well volumes (up to five well volumes), should be removed. If
the parameters have not stabilized within five volumes, it is at the discretion of the project leader whether
or not to collect a sample or to continue purging. If after five well volumes, pH and conductivity have been
stabilized and Ule turbidity is still decreasing and approaching an acceptable level, additional purging should
be considered to obtain the best sample possible. The conditions of sampling should he noted in the field
log.
EISOPQAM 7-2 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ' I ' I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
' ' I
I
I
n
TABLE 7.2.1
WELL CASING DIAMETER vs. VOLUME
WELL CASING DIAMETER 9 (INCHES) vs. VOLUME (GALS.)/FEET of WATER
CASING GALLONS/Ff
I 0.041
2 0.163
3 0.367
4 0.653
5 1.02
6 1.469
7 1.999
8 2.611
9 3.305
10 4.08
11 4.934
12 5.875
In some situations, even with slow purge rates, a well may be pumped or bailed dry ( evacuated). In
these situations, this generally constitutes an adequate purge and the well can be sampled following sufficient
recovery (enough volume to allow filling of all sample containers). It is not necessary that the well be
evacuated three times before it is sampled. 1l1c pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity should
be measured, during collection of the sample from the recovered volume, as the measurements of record for
the sampling event.
Attempts should be made to avoid purging wells to dryness. This can be accomplished, for example,
by slowing the purge rate. If a well is pumped dry, it may result in the sample being comprised partially of
water contained in the sand pack, which may be reflective, at least in part, of initial, stagnant conditions. In
addition, as water re-enters a well that is in an evacuated condition, it may cascade down the sand pack or
the well screen, stripping volatile organic constituents that may be present and/or introducing soil fines into
U1e water column.
It is particularly important that wells be sampled as soon as possible after purging. If adequate
volume is available, the well must be sampled immediately. If not, sampling should occur as soon as
adequate volume has recovered.
Equipment Available
Monitoring well purging is accomplished by using in-place plumbing and dedicated pumps or, by
using portable pumps/equipment when dedicated systems arc not present. 1l1e equipment may consist of a
variety of pumps, including peristaltic, large and small diameter turbine (electric submersible), bladder,
centrifugal, gear-driven positive d_isplaccmcnt, or other appropriate pumps. 1l1e use of any of these pumps
is usually a function of the depth of U1e well being sampled and the amount of water that is to be removed
during purging. Whenever the head difference between the san1pling location and the water level is less than
the limit of suction and the volume to be removed is reasonably small, a peristaltic pump should be used for
purging. Appendix E of this SOP contains the operating instructions for all pumps commonly used during
Branch ground water investigations.
EISOPQAM 7-3 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ' ;
' I
' '
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
u
Bailcrs may also be used for purging in appropriate situations, however, their use is discouraged.
Bailcrs tend to disturb any sediment that may be present in the well, creating or increasing sample turbidity.
If a bailer is used, it should be a closed-top Teflon® bailer.
7.2.2 Purging Techniques (Wells Without Plumbing or In-Place Pumps)
For permanently installed wells, the depth of water and depth of the well should be determined (if
possible) before purging. Electrical water level indicators/well sounders can be used for tl1is purpose. It is
standard practice to mark the top of casing, providing a point of reference from which these measurements
will be consistently made. Field investigators should look for these markings when taking these
measurements. Extreme caution should be exercised during this procedure to prevent cross-contamination
of tl1e wells. This is a critical concern when samples for trace organic compounds or metals analyses are
collected. At a minimum, the well sounding device should be cleaned by washing in a laboratory detergent
solution, followed by rinses with tap water and analyte-frce water. After cleaning, it should be placed in a
clean plastic bag or wrapped in foil.
Purging with Pumps
When peristaltic pumps or centrifugal pumps are used, only the intake line is placed into the water
column. The line placed into tl1e water should be either standard-cleaned (see Appendix B) Teflon® tubing,
for peristaltic pumps, or standard-cleaned stainless steel pipe attached to a hose for centrifugal pumps.
When submersible pumps (bladder, turbine, displacement, etc.) are used, the pump itself is lowered
into the water column. The pump must be cleaned as specified in Appendix B.
Purging with Bailcrs
Standard-cleaned (Appendix B) closed-top Teflon® bailers with Teflon® leaders and new nylon rope
arc lowered into top of the water column, allowed to fill, and removed. It is critical that bailers be slowly
and gently immersed into the top of the water column, particularly during final stages of purging, to minimize
turbidity and disturbance of volatile organic constituents. The use of bailers for purging and sampling is
discouraged because the correct technique is highly operator dependent.
Field Care of Purging Equipment
Regardless of which method is used for purging, new plastic sheeting should be placed on the ground
surface around the well casing to prevent contamination of the pumps, hoses, ropes, etc., in the event they
need to be placed on the ground during the purging or they accidentally come into contact with the ground
surface. It is preferable that hoses used in purging that come into contact with the ground water be kept on
a spool or contained in a plastic-lined tub, both during transporting and during field use, to further minimize
contamination from tl1e transporting vehicle or ground surface.
Purging Entire Water Column
1l1e pump/hose assembly or bailer used in purging should be lowered into the top of the standing
water column and not deep into the column. lllis is done so tliat the purging will "pull" water from the
formation into the screened area of the well and up through tl1e casing so that the entire static volume can
be removed. If the pump is placed deep into the water column, the water above tl1e pump may not be
removed, and the subsequent samples, particularly if collected witl1 a bailer, may not be representative of the
ground water.
It is recommended that no more than three to five feet of hose be lowered into the water column.
If tl1e recovery rate of the well is faster than U1c pump rate and no observable draw down occurs, tl1e pump
should be raised until the intake is witl1in one foot oftl1c top of the water column for tl1e duration of purging.
EISOPQAM 7-4 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
If the pump rate exceeds tl1c recovery rate of the well, the pump will have to be lowered, as needed, to accommodate the draw down. After the pump is removed from the well, all wetted portions of t11e hose and the pump should be cleaned as outlined in Appendix B of this SOP.
Careful consideration shall be given to using pumps to purge wens which arc excessively
contaminated with oily compounds, because it may be difficult to adequately decontaminate severely
contaminated pumps under field conditions. When wens of this type arc encountered, alternative purging
methods, such as bailers, should be considered.
General Low Flow/Low Stress Method Preference
The device with the lowest pump or water removal rate and the least tendency to stress the well
during purging should be selected for use. For example, if a bailer and a peristaltic pump both work in a
given situation, the pump should be selected because it will greatly minimize turbidity, providing a higher
quality sample (Section 7.2.4 contains a description of low flow purging and sampling with a peristaltic
pump used in a temporary well). If a Fultz® pump or a Grundfos Redi-Flo2® could botl1 be used, the Redi-Flo2® may be given preference because the speed can be controned to provide a lower pump rate, thereby minimizing turbidity.
Low Flow/Low Volume Purging Techniques/Procedures
Alternatives_ to the low now purging procedures exist and may be acceptable. The low flow/low volume purging is a procedure used to minimize purge water volumes. The pump intake is placed within the
screened interval at tile zone of sampling, preferably, tile zone with the highest flow rate. Low flow rate purging is conducted after hydraulic conditions within the well have re-stabilized, usually within 24 to 48 hours. Flow rates should not exceed the recharge rate of the aquifer. This is monitored by measuring the
top of the water column with a water level recorder or similar device while pumping. 111csc techniques,
however, arc only acceptable under certain hydraulic conditions and are not considered standard procedures.
7.2.3 Purging Techniques -Wells with In-Place Plumbing
Wells with in-place plumbing are commonly found at municipal water treatment plants, industrial water supplies, private residences, etc. Many permanent monitoring wells at active facilities are also
equipped witil dedicated, in-place pumps. The objective of purging wells witl1 in-place pumps is tile same as witil monitoring wells witilout in-place pumps, i.e., to ultimately collect a sample representative of the ground water. Among the types of wells identified in this section, two different approaches are necessary.
The permanent monitoring wells with in-place pumps should, in all respecL~, be treated like the monitoring
well witilout pumps. They generally are sampled.only occasionally and require purging as described for wells without in-place pumps, i.e., 3 to 5 well volumes and stable parameters.
In the case of the ot11er types of wells, however, not enough is generally known about the construction aspects of the wells to apply the same criteria as used for monitoring wells, i.e., 3 to 5 well
volumes. The volume to be purged in these situations, t11erefore, depends on several factors: whether the
pumps arc running continuously or intermittently and whether or not any storage/pressure tanks arc located
between tlie sampling point and tl1e pump. The following considerations and procedures should be followed
when purging wells witil in-place plumbing under the conditions described.
EISOPQAM 7-5 November 200 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Continuously Running Pumps
If the pump runs more or less continuously, no purge (0U1cr than opening a valve and allowing it to flush for a few minutes) is necessary. If a storage tank is present, a spigot, valve or 0U1er sampling point
should be located between the pump and the storage tank. If not, locate the val vc closest to the tank.
Measurements of pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity are recorded at the time of sampling.
Intermittently Running Pumps
If the pump runs intermittently, it is necessary to determine, if possible, the volume to be purged,
including storage/pressure tanks that arc located prior to the sampling location. The pump should then be
run continuously until the required volume has been purged. If construction characteristics are not known,
best judgement should be used in establishing how long to run the pump prior to collecting the sample.
Generally, under these conditions, 30 minutes will be adequate. Measurements of pH, specific conductance,
temperature and turbidity should be made and recorded at intervals during the purge and the final measurements made at t11c time of sampling.
7.2.4 Purging Techniques -Temporary Monitoring Wells
Temporary ground water inonitoring wells differ from permanent wells because temporary wells are installed in the ground water for immediate sample acquisition. Wells of this typcmayinclude standard well screen and riser placed in boreholes created by hand angering, power angering, or by drilling. TI1ey may also consist of a rigid rod and screen that is pushed, driven, or hanunered into place to the desired sampling
interval, such as the Direct Push Wellpoint®, the Geoprobe® and the Hydropunch®. As such, the efforts to remove several volumes of water to replace stagnant water do not necessarily apply in these situations,
because generally, stagnant water is non-existent. It is important to note, however, that the longer a temporary well is in place and not sampled, the more appropriate it may be to apply, to the extent possible, standard permanent monitoring well purging criteria to it.
In cases where the temporary well is to be sampled immediately after installation, purging is
conducted primarily to mitigate U1e impacts of installation. In most cases, temporary well installation
procedures disturb the existing aquifer conditions, resulting primarily in increased turbidity. Therefore, the
goal of purging is to reduce the turbidity and remove the volume of water in the area directly impacted by
the installation procedure. Low turbidity samples in these types of wells are typically and routinely achieved
by U1e use of low-now purging and sampling techniques.
TI1e following low-flow purging technique using peristaltic pumps has been used routinely to achieve acceptably low NTU values in a variety of temporary monitoring well applications.
In purging situations where the elevation of the top of the water column is no greater than approx-imately 25 feet below the pump head elevation, a peristaltic pump may be used to purge temporary wells. Enough tubing is deployed to reach the bottom of the temporary well screen. At the onset of purging, the tubing is slowly lowered to the bottom of the screen and is used to remove any formation material which may have entered tl1c well screen during installation. This is critical to ensuring rapid achievement of low turbidity conditions. After U1e formation material is removed from the bottom of the screen, the tubing is slowly raised through the water column to near the top of the column. The tubing can be held at this level to determine if the pump is lowering the water level in the well. If not, secure the tubing at U1e surface to maintain tllis pumping level.
If the water column is lowered, and the pump is not variable speed, continue to lower t11e tubing as the water column is lowered. If a variable speed peristaltic pump is being used and draw down is observed
on initiation of pumping, reduce U1e pump speed and attempt to match the draw down of U1e well. Sustained pumping at U1esc slow rates will usually result in a relatively clear, low turbidity sample. If the draw down stabilizes, maintain that level, however, if it continues to lower, "chase" tl1e water column until tl1e well is
EISOPQAM 7-6 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
I
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
evacuated. In t11is case, t11c recovered water column may be relatively free of turbidity and can be sampled.
It may take several episodes of recovery to provide enough volume for a complete sample.
With many of the direct push sampling techniques, purging is not practical or possible, therefore,
no purging is conducted. TI1c sampling device is simply pushed to the desired depth and opened and the
· sample is collected and retrieved.
7.2.5 Investigation Derived Waste
Purging generates quantities of purge water or investigation derived waste (IDW), the disposition
of which must he considered. What is appropriate for the disposition of the water is, in part, dependent on
the nature of the investigation. If the IDW is generated at a RCRA facility, it will generally be contained and
disposed on site in an on-site treatment facility. IDW generated during Superfund or other investigations
may, at the discretion of the field project leader or the program manager (remedial project manager), be
discharged to the ground, away from the well, or be containerized for later disposal or other appropriate
action.
7:3 Sampling
Sampling is the process of obtaining, containerizing, and preserving the ground water sample after
the purging process is complete. Non-dedicated pumps for sample collection generally should not be used.
Many pumps are made of materials, such as brass, plastic, rubber, or other elastomer products which may
cause chemical interferences with the sample. Their principle of operation may also render them
unacceptable as a sample collection device. The pump may be turbine driven, which may release volatile
organic constituents. It is recognized that there are situations, such as industrial or municipal supply wells
or private residential wells, where a well may be equipped with a dedicated pump from which a sample
would not normally be collected. Discretion should always be used in obtaining a sample.
7.3.1 Equipment Available
Because of the problems with most pumps described in the preceding paragraph, only three devices
should he used to collect ground water samples from most wells. These are the peristaltic pump/vacuum jug
assembly, a stainless steel and Teflon® bladder pump, and a closed-top, Teflon® bailer.
Other monitoring equipment used during sampling includes water level indicators, pH meters,
thermometers, conductivity bridges, and nephelometers (turbidity meters).
7.3.2 Sampling Techniques -Wells Wit11 In-Place Plumbing
Samples should be collected following purging from a valve or cold water tap as near to the well as
possible, preferably prior to any storage/pressure tanks that might be present. Remove any hose that may
be present before sample collection and reduce the flow to a low level to minimize sample disturbance,
particularly with respect to volatile organic constituents. Samples should be collected directly into t11e
appropriate containers (see Standard Sample Containers, Appendix A). It may be necessary to use a
secondary container, such as a clean 8 oz. sample jar or a stainless steel scoop, to obtain and transfer samples
from spigots with low ground clearance. Also, refer to the Potable Water Supply discussion in Section 2.2.
All measurements for pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity should be recorded at the time
of measurement.
7.3.3 Sampling Techniques -Wells without Plumbing
Following purging, samples should be collected using a peristaltic pump/vacuum jug assembly, a
Teflon®/stainless steel bladderpuinp, or a closed-top Teflon® bailer. These techniques are described below.
EISOPQAM 7-7 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Peristaltic pump/vacuum jug
The peristaltic pump/vacuum jug can be used for sample collection because it allows for sample
collection without the sample coming in contact with the pump tubing. This is accomplished by placing a
Teflon® transfer cap assembly onto the neck of a standard cleaned 4-liter (I-gallon) glass container.
Teflon® tubing (¼-inch O.D.) connects the container to both the pump and the sample source. 111e pump
creates a vacuum in the container, thereby drawing the sample into the container without it coming into
contact with the pump tubing.
Samples for volatile organic compound analysis should be collected using a bailer or by filling the
Teflon® tube, by one of two methods, and allowing it to drain into the sample vials. The tubing can be
momentarily attached to the pump to fill the tube with water. After the initial water is discharged through
the pump head, the tubing is quickly removed from the pump and a gloved thumb placed on the tubing to stop
the water from draining out. The tubing is then removed from the well and the water allowed to either
gravity drain or be reversed, by the pump, into the sample vials. (Note: When reversing the pump, make sure
the discharge tubing is not submerged in purge water. This will prevent introducing potentially cross-
contaminated purge water into the sample.) Alternatively, the tubing can be lowered into the well the desired
depth and a gloved thumb placed over the end of the tubing. This method will capture the water contained
in the tubing. It can then be removed from the wen and the water collected by draining the contents of the
tubing into the sample vials. Under no circumstances should the sample for volatile organic compound
analysis be collected from the content of any other previously filled container. All equipment should be
cleaned using the procedures described in Appendix B. Also, refer to the Potable Water Supply discussion,
Section 2.2, for additional information.
When sampling for metals only, ii is also pennissible lo collect the sample directly from the pump
discharge tubing after an adequate purge has been demonstrated. When collecting samples in this manner
there are several considerations to be aware of. 111e pump head tubing (silastic, etc,) must be changed after
each well and a rinsate blank must be collected of a representative piece of the pump head tubing (only one
blank per investigation). Also, precautions must be taken to ensure that the end of tl1e discharge tubing is
not allowed to touch the ground or other surface to ensure the integrity of the sample collected in this
manner.
Bladder Pumps
After purging has been accomplished with a bladder pump, the sample is obtained directly from the
pump discharge. If the discharge rate of the pump, during purging, is too great, so as to make sample
collection difficult, care should be taken to reduce U1e discharge rate at the onset of actual sample collection.
This is necessary to minimize sample disturbance, particularly with respect to samples collected for volatile
organic compounds analysis.
Bailers
Wllen bailing, new plastic sheeting should be placed on the ground around each well to provide a
clean working area. New nylon rope should be auached to the bailer via a Teflon® coaled stainless steel
wire. This coated wire is semi-permanently attached to the bailer and is decontaminated for reuse as U1e
bailer is cleaned. The bailer should be gently immersed in the top of the water column until just filled. At
this point, the bailer should be carefully removed and l11e contents emptied into l11e appropriate sample
containers.
7.3.4 Sample Preservation
Immediately after colleclion, all samples requiring preservation must be preserved witll the
appropriate preservative. Consult Appendix A for U1e correct preservative for the particular analytes of
ElSOPQAM 7-8 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
interest. All samples preserved using a pH adjustment (except VOCs) must be checked, using pH strips, to ensure that U1ey were adequate] y preserved. TI1is is done by pouring a small volume of sample over the strip.
Do not place the strip in the sample.
7.3.5 Special Sample Collection Procedures
Trace Organic Compounds and Metals
Special sample handling procedures should be instituted when trace contaminant samples arc being collected. All sampling equipment, including pumps, bailers, water level measurement equipment, etc., which comes into contact with the water in the well must be cleaned in accordance with the cleaning procedures described in Appendix B. Pumps should not be used for sampling, unless the interior and exterior portions of the pump and the discharge hoses are thoroughly cleaned. Blank samples should be collected to determine the adequacy of cleaning prior to collection of any sample using a pump.
Order of Sampling with Respect to Analytes
In many situations when sampling permanent or temporary monitoring wells, an adequate purge, with respect to turbidity, is often difficult to achieve. Removal and insertion of equipment after U1e purge and prior to actual sampling may negate the low turbidities achieved during purging and elevate turbidity back to unacceptable levels. For Ulis reason, it is important that special efforts be used to minimize any disturbance of the water column after purging and to collect the aliquot for metals first.
Filtering
As a standard practice, ground water samples will not be filtered for routine analysis. Filtering will usually only be performed to determine the fraction of major ions and trace metals passing the filter and used for now system analysis and for U1e purpose of geochemical speciation modeling. Filtration is not allowed to correct for improperly designed or constructed monitoring wells, inappropriate sampling methods, or poor sampling technique.
When samples are collected for routine analyses and are filtered, such as under conditions of excessive turbidity, both filtered and non-filtered samples will be submitted for analyses. Samples for organic compounds analysis should not be filtered. Prior to filtration of the ground water sample for any reason other than geochemical speciation modeling, the following criteria must be demonstrated to justify the use of filtered samples for inorganic analysis:
I.
2.
3.
4.
The monitoring wells, whether temporary or permanent, have been constructed and
developed in accordance with Section 6.
The ground water samples were collected using sampling techniques in accordance with Ulis
section, and the ground water samples were analyzed in accordance with US-EPA approved
methods.
Efforts have been undertaken to minimize any persistent sample turbidity problems. These efforts may consist of the following:
•
•
Redevelopment or re-installation of permanent ground water monitoring wells .
Implementation of low flow/low stress purging and sampling techrliques .
Turbidity measurements should be taken during purging and sampling to demonstrate
stabilization or lack thereof. These measurements should be documented in the field notes.
If the ground water sample appears to have either a chemically-induced elevated turbidity, such as
EISOPQAM 7-9 November 2001
I
I
I
;g
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
would occur with precipitate formation, or a naturally elevated colloid or fine, particulate-related turbidity,
filtration will not be allowed.
If filtration is necessary for purposes of geochemical modeling or other pre-approved cases, the following procedures are suggested:
1.
2.
Accomplish in-line filtration through the use of disposable, high capacity filter cartridges
(barrel-type) or membrane filters in an in-line filter apparatus. The high capacity, barrel-type
filter is preferred due to the higher surface area associated with this configuration. If a membrane filter is utilized, a minimum diameter of 142 mm is suggested.
Use a 5 µm pore-size filter for the purpose of determining the colloidal constituent
concentrations. A 0.1 µm pore-size filter should be used to remove most non-dissolved
particles.
3. Rinse the cartridge or barrel-type filter with 500 milliliters of the solute (ground water to be
sampled) prior to collection of sample. If a membrane filter is used, rinse with 100 milliliters of solute prior to sample collection.
Potential differences could result from variations in filtration procedures used to process water samples for the determination of trace element concentrations. A numberof factors associated with filtration can substantially alter "dissolved'; trace element concentrations; these include filter pore size, filter type, filter diameter, filtration method, volume of sample processed, suspended sediment concentration, suspended sediment grain-size distribution, concentration of colloids and colloidally-associated trace elements, and concentration of organic matter. Therefore, consistency is critical in the comparison of short-term and long-term results. Further guidance on filtration may be obtained from the following: I) Metals in Ground Water: Sampling Artifacts and Reproducibility (3); 2) Filtration of Ground Water Samples for Metals Analysis (4); and 3) Ground Water Sampling -

A

Workshop Summary (5).
Bacterial Sampling
Whenever wells (normally potable wells) are sampled for bacteriological parameters, care must be taken to ensure the sterility of all sampling equipment and all other equipment entering tile well. Further information regarding bacteriological san1pling is available in the following:. I) Sampling for Organic Chemicals and Microorganisms in the Subsurface (6); 2) Handbook for Evaluating Water Bacteriological Laboratories (7); and 3) Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment. Water and Wastes (8).
7.3.6 Specific Sampling Equipment Quality Assurance Techniques
All equipment used to collect ground water samples shall be cleaned as outlined in Appendix Band repaired, if necessary, before being stored at the conclusion of field studies. Cleaning procedures utilized in the field (Appendix B), or field repairs shall be thoroughly documented in field records.
7.3.7 Auxiliary Data Collection
During ground water sample collection, it is important to record a variety of ground water related data. Included in the category of auxiliary data are water level measurements, well volume determinations, pumping rates during purging, and occasionally, drillers or boring logs. Titis information should be documented in the field records. Well volume determinations are described in Section 7.2.1.
Water Level Measurements
Water table measurements from the top of the well casings (referenced to National Geodetic Vertical Datum) in permanent wells, and ground surface elevations in temporary wells should be made to assist in
EISOPQAM 7 -10 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
detennining the general direction of ground water flow and gradient. TI1e methodology to be used to
determine well water levels are given in Section 15.5. Tracer dyes and radioactive and thermal detection
methods can be used to determine direction and velocities of flow (9). Also, a study of the general
topography and drainage patterns will generally indicate direction of ground water flow.
The ground surface elevation and top of casing elevation at U1e wells should be detennined by stand-
ard engineering survey practices as outlined in Section 15.
Well Pumping Rate -Bucket/Stop Watch Method
The pumping rate for a pump can be detennined by collecting the discharge from the pump in a
bucket of known volume and timing how long it takes to fill the bucket. The pumping rate should be in
gallons per minute. lhis method shall be used primarily with pumps with a constant pump rate, such as
gasoline-powered or electric submersible pumps. Care should be taken when using this method with some
battery-powered pumps. AF, the batteries' charge decreases, the pump rate also decreases so that pumping
rate calculations using initial, high pump rates may be erroneously high. If this method is used with battery-
powered pumps, the rate should be re-checked frequently to ensure. accuracy of the pumping rate
calculations.
EISOPQAM 7 -11 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7.4
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
References
US EPA., RCRA Ground'Water Monitoring: Draft Technical Guidance, November 1992, Office of
Solid Waste, EPA/530-R-93-001.
US EPA., Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste. Volume JI: Field Manual. Physical/Chemical
Methods, November 1986, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, SW-846.
Puls, Robert W., Don A. Clark, and Bert Bledsoe. Metals in Ground Water: Sampling Artifacts and
Reproducibility. Hazardous Waste and Hazardous Materials 9(2): 149-162 (1992).
Puls, Robert W., and Michael J. Barcelona. Filtration of Ground Water Samples for Metals
Analysis. Hazardous Waste and Hazardous Materials 6(4): 385-393 (1989).
Ground Water Sampling -A Workshop Summary. Proceedings from the Dallas, Texas November
30 -December 2, 1993 Workshop. US EPA Office of Research and Development Robert S. Kerr
Environmental Research Laboratory. EPA/600/R-94/205, January 1995.
Sampling for Organic Chemicals and Microorganisms in the Subsurface, US EPA, EPA-600/2-
77/176 (1977).
Handbook for Evaluating Water Bacteriological Laboratories, US EPA, ORD, Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.
Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment. Water and Wastes, US EPA, ORD,
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1978.
"Groundwater", Section 18, US D A-SCS National Engineering Handbook, U nitcd States Department
of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, 1978.
EISOPQAM 7 -12 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIXD
MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUMENT OPERA TING PROCEDURES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
............
HORIBA
' .
WATER
QUALITY
CHECKER
U-10
··.··.c-· --.. ·...::.
--
WARNING
The DO sensor contains a strong alkaline solution.
Should any of this solution come in contact with your
clothing or skin, wash it away immediately with plenty or
water.
Be especially careful not to allow any or the alkaline
liquid in the DO sensor to get .in your eyes.
A.CAUTION
Insert the battery with ample care to the polarity.
Reverse insertion on the polarity will make damage to
the inner PCB.
This device complies with Part 15 or the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provede Jeasonable protection
against harmful inter1ere·nce when the equipment is
operated in a commercial environment. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used In
accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
harmful interference to radio·communications.
Operation or this equipment in a residential area is
likely to cause harmful interference in which case the
user will be required to correct the interference at his
own expense.
· .. ·.•:;::(f~
::_)./l ----
·;';i .. ,,.•·r· ·tf:dtsnmcii&ma·sr s,•ir'o·6'·r? •,,.,.-:,;.,•srt• ·-ec:
The U-10 Water Quality Checker is
a state-or-the-art instrument for
simultaneous multiparameter
measurement of water quality. The
HORIBA U-10 measures six
different parameters of water
samples: pH, conductivity, turbidity,
dissolved oxygen, temperature, and
salinity.
The U-1 O is compact enough to
be held in one hand while taking
measurements. It has a large easy-
to-read LCD readout.
Measurements are taken simply by
Immersing the probe right Into the
water sample.
The U-1 o is extremely versatile
and sophisticated, yet easy to use.
You will find it a valuable addition to
on•site water control operations,
whatever your needs-from testing
factory discharges to urban
drainage, river water, lake and
marsh waier, aquatic culture tanks,
agricultural water supplies, and sea
water.
<C Copyright 1991, Horiba, Ltd.
To get the most out of your U-10
Water Quality Checker, please read
this Instruction Manual carefully
before you begin to take
measurements.
Note that Horiba cannot be held
responsible for any equipment
malfunction or failure should the
U-10 Water Quality Checker b·e
operated incorrectly or in a manner
other than specified in this·
Instruction M.anual.
Horiba's ~im is to produce the
best possible equipment and
documentation for our products. We
weJcome comments, questions, or
suggestions for improvement
concerning both our products and
the accompanying documentalion,
such as this Instruction Manual.
No portion of this Instruction Manual may be reproduced
In any form without written permission from Horiba,Ltd.
Note that the contents of this Instruction Manual are
subject to change without prior notice as design
changes are made on the Instrument.
Second edition: November, 1991
First edition: July, 1991
-
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
-

-

-

-
-!!!!II aiii -

-

-

-

-
. .
/),)!;
. .
··• ......... , .. ;,•:•,:·::.-;:,f·;;;.~~~-;.
CONTENTS
Getting Started
Configuration of the U-10 ··························· 2
The Readout ·· ·· .. ··•·· ....... · ··· ·· · · · ·· ··· ·· ·· · · · ·•·· ·· · 4
The Keypad ·· · · · ·· ·· ·· ···· ... · ··•··•· ·· .... ·· ·· ·· ·· ··•·· 6
Setting up the U-10 ................................. 8
Preparations of the pH sensor
and the reference sen_sor · ... ·· ·· · .. ·· ... ··" ·· ·· · · · 8
Inserting the DO sensor ···········"·········"······ 8
Inserting the battery ········ ... · ... ·.................... 9
Attaching the carrying strap ··························· 10.
Making Measurements
How to make a measurement .. · · · ·· ·· · · · · · ·· ·· · ·· 12
Initial readout .......................................... 13
Select the parameter you want
shown on the readout ...... · ·· · · · .. ·· · · · · .. · · ... ·· · 14
Expanded readout ·· .. · · ··· · ·· · · ... · · · · · ·· · · · ·•·· ·· ·· · 15
Measuring fresh water ······························ 16
Measuring salt water ·············"···............... 17
After measurement:
Cleaning and storing the U-10 ·················· 18
Calibrating the U-10
Auto-calibration procedure ······················ ..
Manual (2-polnt) calibration procedures
pH Calibration · ··•·· ··· ··· ··· ... · · ..... ··· ·· ·· ··· ·· ··
1. Zero calibration ·· .. ·· · ···· · · .. · ·· · · ... ·· ··•··
2. Span calibration··········· ... ······•·· ... ····
COND Calibration·········"········ ..... ········· ...
1. Zero calibration ...... · · ... ·· ... ·· ·· .. · ·· ·····
2. Span calibration···"·"··;<············"""
TURB Calibration ................................... .
1. Zero calibration ............................. .
2. Span calibration·· ...... ·· ... ·············· .. .
DO Calibration ··· ··· ··· · ··: ·· · · ·· ···· · · · ·· ·· · · · ..... ·
1. Zero calibration··············.:::··:··:·······
2. Span calibration""•···· ........ "·· ... ·· ... ···
20
23
24
24
25
26
28
29
30
31
31
32.
33
33
Section 4
Section 5
Section 6
Data Storage and Printout
~~;:11···:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~~
Delete ·········································"········· .. 40
Printing out ································•······ .... ·. 41
Dally Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Error codes · ·· · ·· · · · .. · · · · · ... · ... · · · · · · ·· · · · · · · · ·· · · ··· 44
Normal probe maintenance ········· ... ·. ··· ······ 47
Replacing faultY,sensors ······"•······· ··· ········ 49
Replacing a faufty probe ......... ······ .. ········.. 50
Reference Materials
Conductivity ············· ······· ···· ... · ······ ·· ······"· 54
Turbidity : .................................................. 58
Salinity ···············"··"······························ 60
Temperature ............................................. ~~
Dissolved-oxygen ········· ··· ···· ··· ··········· ······
pH ............................................................ 63
~~~~il:~rti~~~ .... : : : : :: : : : : : : :: : :: : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : ::: : : : : : : : ~~
Circuit diagrams ..................... ······· .. ········· 69
Exploded views ·· ·· · · · .. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· ·· · · 73
Unpacking the U-1 O .................................. 75
Precautions when using the U·10 ............... 76
Cqntents of Tables
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Accuracy of expanded readout......... 15
pH values of standard solutions
at various temperatures ................. 25
Making the potassiumchloride
standard solution ........................... 27
Amounts of saturated dissolved ·
oxygen in water at various
temperatures ................................. 34
. ·-_; •.• ,· .• ·.·•··· ... •."M
------
I
I
- -
L
1 Section
Getting Started
Thls section first gives an overview of the U•10. It then shows how to set up
your U•10 by Inserting the DO sensor and the battery.
Configuration of the U-10
,· ,·
.......................................... 2
The Readout ·•· · · ·· .. ·· ..... ·· ·· ·•··· ..... · ... ·· · ...... ·· .... ·· .... ··•·.· 4
The keypad · ............ ·· ·· ·· ·· ·· ·· ···•· ... ··· ._ ..... · ·· · ··· ·· ··· .. ....... 6
Setting up the U-10 ·····•""·_.······································· B
Preparations ·of lhe pH sensor
and the reference sensor · ·· ·•· ·· ·· ··· · ·•··· · ·• ·••· ·•· ·•· ·· ·· ··•··· 8
Inserting the DO sensor ·· ·· ·· ·•· •••· · ·· ··· · ·····•· · · ··· ··· ··•·····•• 8
Inserting the ballery ····· ·· ··· ·· ·•· ·· ·•·•··•· ·•·••· ····••· ·· ·•· ····•·•· 9
Allaching the carrying strap ·•· ·•·•• ·•· ·•· ·•· ·· ·••·•· ·••· ·•···•···•·•· 10
--------
2 Configuration
Section 1
Configuration of the U-10
Main unit
Main unit
Cover for printer port
Printer port
_,-----------LCD Readout
,,-------------:-.. Keypad
. I
Probe
Cable c6nnector
,,---Cable
-l!l!!!!I liilliil -
Probe
CONO sensor •2 --~
Reference sensor • 1
TEMP sensor •2 ---
* 1. Removable
DO (Dissolved oxygen)
Reference
pH
-----
Configuration 3
,·
,·
pH sensor• 1
TURB sensor •z
"---Probe guard
* 2. Non-reniovable
COND (Conductivity)
TEMP (Temperature)
TURB (Turbidity)
·Section 1
4 Configuration
The Readout
The readout has two main functions: (1) It displays the results of measurements, and (2) it serves as a message' board to show the operating status or the U-10.
~ Data inpuVoutput ~
"'-~ MEAS or MA/NT modes ---.... our.---------.lN
".1; Data displayed in ----MEAS mode ~!~' n n r,·c~
-, ,-, ,-, ,, ~g/1 ·3:i Parameters measured-----..._ (Upper OJrsor) pH •-•-•-fµmSlan -----SELECT-----
~ MAINT Sub-Modes ----(lower cursor)
B'.D ll!miil ll!llllJ lllEII ffim lliliW
-----MOOE-----
Section 1
1il!m]mll'i]E!l1.illJIIJm l!lJDlmla)
--CAL ---OATA-
CD Data Input/output
IOUTI --Data output
--IJ[J Data input
~ MEAS or MAINT modes
The U-10 may be used In one of two modes: Measurement (MEAS) mode or Maintenance mode.
MEAS the U-1 o is ready to make 6-pariameter
measurements 1
MAIITT the U-1 O is ready for other operations, e.g., calibration, data Input/recall, or salinity setting .
r r
·,.}:J,f·
~i%\};,,,,;,,,~<~%:I\i;l.<,:;:::::,:,,,:,ii\.::-.,:,:,,>::-:-.,,.-, .. ,c,,:o:c•i:<':<</;;:;.:,.;::;w.,<;,:,:;;:: ..
Configuration
CT) Data displayed In MEAS mode
• 6-parameter results:
pH, conductivity, turbidity, DO. temperature. and salinity
• Designated value for salinity setting
• Error codes
@) Parameters measured
Value displayed on readout Is highlighted by upper cursor.
m pH m Conductivity
m Turbidity m Dissolved-Oxygen
mm Temperature
mg Salinity
@ MAINT Sub-Modes
One or six Sub-Modes selected is highlighted by lower cursor.
E Automatic 1-polnt calibration
~ Manual zero calibration
B Manual span calibration
lmJ Data input
li!rri Data output (recall)
£l!1a] Salinity setting correction
Sech·on 1
5
!!!l!5 r;::;:;
. ,•,-:,.-:,.•;-_,;;,;,:..;·,~;;:::;:4;,f
. ·-<.'·.:
; .:~r;;;
i :. \
-
6 Configuration
Section 1
The Keypad
The U-10 is operated by the keypad on the main unit, which has
eight sur1ace-sealed keys, as illustrated.
Power Key
Parameter-Select Key __ ,____,
Mode Key --f----"="~....,__
Expanded-Readout Key -

-

-
8
8
8
Enter Key --t-----':::'-~
Clear Key __ ,__...,
Power Key {POWER)
Turns the main unit ON/OFF.
'--=:t== UP/DOWN / Keys
When this key Is pressed to tum the U-10 ON, the
readout comes In the MEAS mode, showing the
parameter last displayed In the previous measurement.
If the U-1 O is left with the power ON for 30 minutes
without any of the keys being activated, the power will
be turned OFF automatically.
Parameter-Select Key {SELECT)
Use this key to move the upper cursor to the measured
parameter you want to show on the readout. fl toggles
through the six parameters in order:
~pH :. ·"~ON~~~]--~C:h
Mode Key {MODE) I
Toggles back and forth between MeAS and MAINT
modes. When in the MAINT mode, this key toggles the
lower cursor through the six maintenance Sub-Modes.
iAuro; jzE·':!2) 1sPANI lfuJ jpi.ii-1 1s.sE:d --, --· --.. ···---·-· ... 1
--------

-
-.,,,>
•:~~;f)t\./::: .
8
8
8
0
0
Configuration 7
Expanded-Readout Key {EXP)
Toggles between { 1) standard readout value and (2)
expanded readout, for greater resolution. with decimal
point moved one digit to the left.
Enter Key {ENT)
This acts like the RETURN Key or Enter Key on a
computer keyboard. The U-10 Enter Key has four main
functions, depending on which mode the unit is in.
1. In the AUTO $ub-Mode: Press this key to start
automatic calibration.
2. In either the ZERO or SPAN Sub-Modes: Used in
manual calibration to set the value for the standard
. solution being used. :
3. In the IN Sub-Mode: Inputs data being measured to
memory.
4. In the OUT Sub-Mode: Recalls values from one of
the 20 Data-Set Nos. that is now shown on the
readout. Prints data when a printer is conne~ted.
Clear Key {CLR)
This acts like the ESCAPE Key on a computer
keyboard. It has three main functions. depending on
which mode the unit is in.
1. In the AUTO Sub-Mode: Aborts the auto-calibration
now in progress. .
2. In the IN Sub-Mode: Deletes data in memory from
all 20 Data-Sets.
3. When lhe readout shows an error code: Clears the
error code from the readout.
UP/DOWN keys
Use these keys to select values when in one of the
MAINT Sub-Modes. They have two main functions.
1. In either the ZERO or SPAN Sub-Modes: Use .
these keys to select value for the standard solution.
2. In the OUT mode: Used to toggle through the 20
Data-Set Nos. to select the one you wish to recall.
Section 1
liii!IIIIII
. <\:f~(fi'.
: '~l · .. ·:?t
:' •,
8 Setting up
Setting up the U-10
Preparations of the pH sensor and the reference sensor
1. Remove the protective rubber cap from the pH sensor. ·
2. Remove the sealing tape from the reference sensor.
Inserting the DO sensor
WARNING
The DO sensor contains a strong alkaline solution.
Should any of this solution come In contact with your clothing
or skin, wash ii away immediately with plenty of water.
Be especially careful not to allow any of the liquid in the DO
sense~ to gel in your eyes.
The Dissolved-Oxygen (DO) sensor has a delicate membrane
that can easily be ruptured. For safety's sake, the U-1 O Is
shipped to you with the DO sensor packed separately. You
should insert the DO sensor when you unpack your U'1 o unit.
1. Make sure that the DO sensor has the correct O-ring, as
shown.
2. First, fit the DO sensor lightly Into Its socket, and then put on
the probe guard to align it correctly.
3. Then, tighten the DO sensor securely to the probe body.
When doing this, be especially careful not to damage the
membrane, which is located In the front of the DO sensor.
0-ring--~
DO sensor ---
~-e-. \___)>/ Reference sensor --·
Probe guard
ll!!ll!!!!I 11!!1!!!11!!1 ------
Setting up
Inserting the battery
The_ U-1 O is shipped from the factory with the battery packed
separately.
The battery may be Inserted by loosening the set-screw on the
battery cover and pulling up the cover. Make sure that the elus
nd inus I s f t e b It tc h er · als cor e II .
If the readout shows the message r : , it means that the
battery is defective or exhausted and should be replaced.
· If you are ·replacing the !Sattery and already have data stored in
the U-10 memory that you wish to save, be sure to turn OFF the
POWER Key before you remove the old battery. This will assure
that data stored in memory will be maintained by the internal
backup battery.
Tongues···--·-~
Battery cover-----
• Use a 9V·ballery. -----
'----Setscrew
-Section 1 -·-
9
Illa ;a liiiil -·-· -----. . . ·:i,;~i~r
··?·\·;~t
. . . .
1 0 Setting up
Section 1
Attaching the carrying strap
Hook both ends of the strap through the metal fitting on back of
the main unit, as Illustrated.
,,----------Strap
~---Metal fitting
46
--
I
f
I I t
-------
SecUon 2
Making Measurements
Making a measurement.with the U-10 Water Checker is extremely simple. Just
turn on the power and place the probe in the sample or water you wish to
measure.
All six -parameters are measured simultaneously. These parameters
may be stored In memory, printed .out, or viewed one-by-one on the LCD
readout. For printing and data storage, see the appropriate sections following
this one. To view the parameters one-by-one on the readout. use the SELECT
Key to toggle the upper cursor through them. .
While the U-10 is_ both rugged and precise, the key to accurate
measurements is cleanliness and frequent. cilibration. It Is essential to clean
the U-10 thoroughly after each measurement, and it is recommended that you
re-calibrate your U-1 O as frequently as possible. For best results, you should
recalibrate it before each measurement session. Cleaning and calibration
procedures are described below In this section and in the following one.
How to make a measurement .................................... 12
Initial readout , ........................................................ 13
Select the parameter you want shown on the readout ... 14
Expanded readout ................................................... 15
Measuring fresh water ............................. , ............... 16
Measuring salt water , ............................................... 17
After measurement: Cleaning and storing the U-10 ...... 18
-
4. . ; .t(( 4!4(1 Jt.,
20 AutO·calibration
Auto-calibration procedure
e
e
Section 3
Fill the calibration beaker to about 2/3 with the standard
solution. Note the line on the beaker.
Fit the probe over the beaker, as illustrated. Note
that the beaker is specially shaped to prevent the DO
sensor from being immersed in the standard solution.
This is because the DO auto•calibration is done using
atmospheric air.
! ~ Calibration beaker
With the power on, press the MODE Key to put the unit
Into the MAINT mode. The lower cursor should be on
the AUTO Sub-Mode; if it Is not, use the MODE Key to
move the lower cursor to AUTO. ·
With the lower cursor on AUTO, press the ENT Key.
The readout will show C Al. Walt a moment, and the
upper cursor will gradually move across the four auto-
calibration parameters one-by-one: pH, COND, TURB,
and· DO. When the calibration Is complete, the readout
will br'1efly show E,,d and then will switch to the MEAS
mode. The upper cursor will blink while the auto-calibration
is being made. When the auto-calibration has
stabilized, the upper cursor will stop blinking.
------
f~:/t
;ili§i:f::::::; •:· ;::.;~::·,;:.-~f-:::,::::; :;, .
Auto-calibraffon 21
... -· r C/1 L 17L ~:CCW!' ,,;}.u.c~ ~ .... -··""-cmIJ HIii.i SI',_., ~-•~' tl.llll
l
-· r rt, L 17L
-,Sflft:1-~~116., ,'(I ,t ... """
-•o00c--cam l__f"°° s,... ":. ... ~ • su
I
I
-r r:1,
L 1 1 L
GllrD:!Dii&:\~:n .. ....._ ---r:mm n..o .,..., .. 01.11 ,.ut .....
-----cam %!'"°° ,~~ .. -.. . O\fl ,.11,
I . . •.. 1_/1/ I
H f.LJ f P_,.,,,c•-
£11 CQN0 f\jllD 00 Tl .. ' ~
-•r,r,c-
AUIO l_~no sr... ~ -,~' 'Sl.1
First, pH Is belng·auto-calibrated
Then, COND is being auto-calibrated
Next, TURB is being auto-calibrated
Finally, DO Is being auto-calibrated
Auto-calibration now ends
And the readout switches to the MEAS
mode
Note: If you wish to abort the auto-calibration for
any reason, press the CLR Key. The
parameters auto-calibrated so far will be
stored in memory.
Section 3
-

-

-

-
-
----
18 · Alter measurement
Section 2
After measurement: Cleaning and storing the
U-10
8 1. Turn OFF the power.
2. Wash the probe thoroughly with tap water. Be sure
to flush off all of sample solution from the probe.
Storing the U-10 for brief periods, I.e., about 1 week
or Jess:
Fill the calibration·beaker with tap water and fit the
probe over it.
For longer storage
The pH sensor must always be kept moist. Fill the
small rubber cap with water and use it to cover the pH
sensor.
The KC! internal solution In the reference sensor
may seep out overtime. Place vinyl tape around the
O-ring portion to prevent this.
If you are going to store the U-10 for a prolonged
period without using it, remove the battery from the
main unit.
,
-~t~J
}t.·:~ ------
.. ... •.. .
_.!:~i~/it:.:.-:: > '· .:_ .. , .. _.;:•::~:-:::::;:i;:-.•.: :-.. ~•'.,"'.•:· -·
Section 3
Calibrating the U-1 O
The U-1 o Water Checker may be calibrated either manually or automatically.
The 4-parameler auto-calibration procedure Is quite handy and should be
sufficient for most measurement operatio,ns.
Manual calibration for each of the four parameters ls more accurate but,
of course, also more time-consuming. ,-.his method should be used for more
precise measurement. The manual calibration procedure is explained below in
detail, following the description of the auto-calibration procedure.
The auto-calibration procedure is extremely simple. The U-10 Water
Checker uses just a single solution to do a simultaneous calibration of four
parameters: pH. COND. TURB. and DO. Your U-10 comes with a.bottle of
sta~dard phthalate pH solution a~d a calibralion beake~ for this purpose.
_Auto-calibration procedure ······································• 20
Manual (2-polnl) calibration procedures ..................... 23
pH Calibration ························•··•······················· 24
1.Zero calibration · ·•··· ·•··•·•···· ·· · ·· ·· ·•·· ··•·· · ·· ······ 24
2.Span calibration · ·•· ·· ·· ·••··· ·· · ·· · · ··· ·· ·· · ·· ·· · ·· ·· ··•· 25
COND Calibration •····•···········•·•··················•·•·····•· 26
1.Zero calibration ·········•·•········•···•················· 28
2.Span calibration ··· · ·· ··· ·· · ·· ·· ··· · ·· · ·•· ··· ······· ·· · · · · 29
TURB Calibration :··············································· 30
1.Zero calibration ········································;· 31
2.Span calibration .. : .....•..............................•.. 31
DO Calibration · ··· · · · · ·· ·· · ·· · ·· · ·· ·· · ·· · · ··· ·· ·· · ... · ·· ·· · · ····· 32
1.Zero calibration · ·· ··· ·•· ·· ·•· ·· · ·· ·· ·· · · ·•········ · · ··•·· 33
2.Span calibration ··· ·· ··· ··· ·· ··· ·•· ·· ·· ·· · ····· ······ ·· ··· 33
-
· 22 .Auto-calibration .
Section 3
Auto-calibratlon error
e
8
After the DO auto-calibratlon;lf the unit does not switch
to the MEAS mode as It should, and the readout shows
either I:'" 3 or I:'"'/, an auto-calibration error has · ·
occurred. Parameters wlll bllnk where an error
occurred.
on •
. ,_--, MAJNT J ,-,--, - -ll-l:i•J•1-1m111•~1~■CJ·■ TEMP SA . /lj \'
----MOOE----t:m:m ZERO SPAN IN OUT S.SET
-IMTl-
pH auto-calibration error
If this happens, re-do the auto-calibratlon. First, press
the CLR Key to cancel the error code.
•
MAM LI=, J.
pH 1.L _,
SELECT----11'.D CONO TURB DO TEMP SA
MOOE----tnmJ ZERO SPAN IN OUT S.SET -.,.-
Then press the ENT Key to re-start the auto-callbratlon.
Restart the auto-callbratlon beginning again with pH .
. I
2-polnt calilxaffon 23
Manual (2-point) calibration procedures
For normal measurements, the 4-parameter auto-calibratlon
described above Is sufficiently accurate. However, you may wish
to do a parameter-by-parameter, 2-polnt manual calibration of
one or more of the four parameters. This Is recommended either
for high-accuracy measurements, especially when using the
expanded readout mode. It Is necessary If a new.probe Is being
use(! for the first time. ,·
,·
Parameters to be calibrated manually.
pH • Zero (see page 24.)
• Span (see page 25.)
COND • Zero (see page 28.)
• Span (see page 29.)
TURB • Zero (see page 31.)
• Span (see page 31.)
DO • Zero (see page 32.)
• Span (see page 33.)
Parameters not to be calibrated,
· · Sample temperature
Salinity
Section3
lliiiil ---- --·---.. :::
.. ·;-;:
12 Make a measurement
How to make a measurement
81
2
Turn the power on.
Gently place the probe into the waier sample.
Basically, that's all there Is to It: Just turn It on and
put the probe In the sample. Of course, the U-10 can
do many sophisticated things with the sample data, and
for best results, you should be careful about calibrating
the unit and maintaining It In good condition. This Is
explained in detail below and In the next section.
Be carefull
Never drop or throw the prnbe Into the water. It
is a precision instrument containing five delicate
sensors and five pre-amps; you can damage it
beyond repair by unnecessary rough handling.
Section2
-- - -- ----i1r:<<>
-::.:,
!t\1~t{ {:?:;~:~;~~~~:;~::;=-~~::·:~ ;,•.:,·-· -,. :: :: .·
Initial readout 13
Initial readout
8 When you first turn the power on, the U-10 will be in the
MEAS mode, the readout will look like this. with all the
LCD segments activated.
OUT _________ ,.
: I Cl Cl C.17"~
pH f.!.:J.LJ.LJ..,:'i~
SELECT 11:D ~ IIIIilII Em Imm IE!ill
----MOOE
tmli] mm:J ~ E!II mIII mD --tl"n-
Alter about two seconds, the readout will change to
show that a new measur8ment is being made. The
readout will show the last parameter that the upper
cursor was on when the previous measurement was
made, i.e., pH as illustrated here.
.., .. ' -, ,-, r, ,,-,,,,
pH --•--..... SELECT E;II CONO TURB 00 Tel.IP SA
MOOE
AUTO ?ERO SPAN IN OUT S ~ET -,~--cv,u-
(Expanded readout shov,b) ..
The display of the decimal point in the readout
mode will also be in the same format as was selected
with the EXP Key in the previous measurement, i.e.,
standard or expanded (as illustrated here). .
. ., ., .• _u;.1;:.:.,..,;c •. c .<Rtc.:.4,ec..a.,c: U :c_a<:« •
Section2
.ZAQ Q tct«
.. ·
. ··: ,~-~i
.·. ·::;·}:1[
14 Select the parameter
Section 2
Select the parameter you want shown on the
readout of the measured data ·
8 All six parameters are automatically measured at once.
Use the SELECT Key to toggle the upper cursor to the·
parameter you want.
pH :pH
COND : Conductivity
TURB : Turbidity
DO : Dissolved oxygen
TEMP : Temperature
SAL : Salinity
To get a uniform reading, slowly move the.probe up
and down to circulate the water through It. (Move It 1
foot (30 cm) per sec.) Then wait for the readout to
stabilize while doing this.
I '
·-~IW1!;:
.••:•,:.· ..
\k~Iir~,::: ,;-,:,,,~-""'~~,!., ),;:_,µ.,.,.,-:-·,., ... ,. ,,., ,.,., .. _,_. __ ,.;. ,. ,,,._ ., ,, .,.,.,. ,.,.,,,,,'i,x-..i:<i:,,,x,, ..
Expanded readout 1 t
Expanded readout
8 Use the EXP readout mode when you wish to see the
results with one additional decimal place of accuracy.
The EXP Key toggles the readout back and forth
between standard to expanded display. The table
below shows the result of using the EXP readout mode
for each of the six parameters.
,·
Table 1. Accuracy of expanded readout
Accuracy
Para01e1er Range of Standard Expanded measurement readout readout
pH . 0•14pH. 0.1 pH 0.01 pH
COND 0·1 mSlcm 0.01 mSlcm 0.001 mSlcm
1-10mS/cm 0.1 mSlcm 0.01 mSlcm
10-100 mSlcm 1 mS/cm 0.1 mSlcm
TUAB 0-800 NTU 10 NTU 1 NTU
DO 0-19.9 mg/I 0.1 mg// 0.01 mg/I
TEMP o-so·c 1°c 0.1°c
SAL 0-4% 0.1% 0.01%
Note that the salinity parameter Is th& only value not measured directly with its
own sens9r. The U· 1 o obtains salinity by convet1fng the conductivity value. tf
large amdunls of conductive Ions other than salt-water components are present in
the sample, an error may occur. Be cautious when lnlerpreting the salinity
results.
Section2
i:a; ---·• ;1itt
.. -.Jo ....... ~·~·····•'•• ... ,·. •, .... ,:,· ...... ~ . .,. •··-·: , .. -;,~,.a,; , .
.:; .,_;;;::::
16 Fresh water/salt water
Sectlon2
Measuring fresh water or salt water?
The U-1 O can be set to the salinity for either fresh water or salt
water when measuring DO. This is done by uslrig the S.SET
Sub-Mode.
Measuring fresh water
8
0
0
e
8
1. First, use the MODE Key to put the U-10 In the
MAINT mode. Keep pressing the MODE Key to
toggle the lower cursor to the S.SET Sub-Mode.
2. Once you are In the S.SET Sub-Mode, use the
UP/DOWN Keys to select the salinity. value. For
fresh water, set the salinity to 0.0%.
Oft •
M,i,INT r,n %
Lt.Lt
SELECT pH CONO TUR8 00 TEMP SA
----MOOE----
AUTO ZERO SPAN IN OVT t£ID
-O...--0..fA-
3. Finally, press the ENT Key to complete the salinity
setting while in the S.SET Sub-Mode.
4. When the salinity setting has been made, switch
back to the MEAS mode by pressing the the
MODE Key i
r
--
" J:
--------.]1'\:'tf II!j;
a~~~~~i(~i;tQ;i~~ i~f·\,h·i-ei' lrt11·•S§airr· l&
Ff'esh ·warerlsalt water 17
Measuring salt water
8
0
0
e
8
1. First, use the MODE Key to put the U-10 in the
MAINT mode. Keep pressing the MODE Key to
toggle the lower cursor to the S.SET Sub-Mode.
2. For salt water, set It to R i.e., for auto-salinity.
The R setting should be sufficient for
measurements 9f normal sea water with a salinity
value close to 3,3¾. For sea water of an unusual
salinity, however, and where the value Is otherwise
known, you may wish set the value manually to any
salinity within the range 6f .0.0¾-4.0¾. (You may
also possibly want to use a manual setting if, for
example, the CON□ sensor is malfunctioning but it
is still desirable to take readings of the other
parameters.)
3. Finally, press the ENT Key to complete the sall~lty
setting while In the S.SET Sub-Mode .
4. When the salinity setting has been made, switch
back to the MEAS mode by pressing the the
MODE Key.
Sedion2
. !·:
. :!:~(~.
·. ·-:·· ..... ,.
,-,,.;tv"~A•,r,.-.;..;,.;..·.;,..•;..:.._., ... _..,-.,,;,.·~•:x •.• •;;,;h,.;,,.;,;._.,,;•:!•.';:;;,,o::l·•
26 COND calibration
Section 3
COND calibration
The U-10 can measure conductivity In the range of 0-100
mS/cm. Depending on the sample concentration, however, .
the U-1 O automatically selects the proper range out of Its ·
three possible ranges of 0-1 mS/cm, 1-10 mS/cm, and 10-
100 mS/cm.
Therefore, if you are doing a manual calibration for
COND, this must be done for each of the three ranges.
However, since the zero point Is common for all three
ranges, only the three one-point span calibrations need be
done separately.
I
-
. JiU:'tCf j:'. . . · ..
~¾,.~~~~~~~~~~~l~fi;~·ro.-01 n:'u ··1:fffW·"' ·
) ' COND calibraffon 2,1 '
Preparing the standard solution for COND
span calibration
This solution uses a potassium chloride as a reagent.
For greater accuracy, the solution should be freshly
prepared each time. If it is unavoidable to use a stored
solution, be sure to keep It tightly capped in a
polyethylene or hard glass bottle. The shelf life of this
solution Is six months. Date-stamp the bottle for
reference. Never use a KC! standard solution that has
been stored for more'lhan six months: the calibration
accuracy may be adversely affected.
Use potassium chloride powder of the best quality
commercially available. Dry the powder for two hours at
1 os•c, and cool It down, In a desiccator. Weigh out an
appropriate amount of dried and cooled potassium
chloride powder according to the table below. Make the
potassium chloride standard solution as shown.
Table 3 Making the potassium chloride standard solution
KC! standard
solution
KC! weight
g
ConduciMty"
mS/cm
Range to be
calibrated
mSlcm
0.00SN
0.0SN
0.SN
0.373
3.73
37.28
• Value at the temperature, 25°C
0.718
6.67
58.7
0-1
1-10
10-100
To prepare the standard solution, use a 1-liter
volumetric flask. First. dissolve the KC! in a small
amount of de-Ionized or distilled water. Then fill the
flask with de-ionized or distilled water up to the 1-liter
line. Finally, shake the solution to mix It thoroughly.
Sectlon3
liiiiiiia liiii - -
32 DC calibration
DO calibration
8
8
00 e
Section 3
Unlike the other calibration procedures, the solution for
the DO calibration cannot be stored for use; because
the amount ofdissolved oxygen In the solution Is
crucial, a fresh batch must be prepared each time, Just
before it is used in the DO calibration.
1. Zero calibration
Use a solution of sodium sulfite dissolved In either de-
Ionized water or tap water.
Preparation
1. Add about SOg of sodium sulfite to 1,000 ml of
water (either de-Ionized water or tap water will do).
Stir this mixtuer to dissolve.
2. Wash the probe 2-3 times In tap water, and place It
in the zero standard solution.
Operation
1. Use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to
ZERO.
· 2. Use the SELECT Key to move the upper cursor to
DO. · .
3. After the readout has stabilized, set It to 0.0, using
the UP/DOWN Keys.
4. Press the ENT Key. This completes the zero
calibration for DO.
_JJ(Ly - ----/ill
~~~~~~$.~~"R~V:~►~-~~;_,~-.;-i:~~'¼►3".",-:,,.-:~~~N:21r,~-?s':ziacw,,,:'· 1 ti?'i;,
8
e
DO calibra6on 33
2. Span calibration
Use either de-Ionized water or tap water that has been
saturated with oxygen in air.
Preparation
1. Put 1 or 2 liters of water In a container (either de-
Ionized water or tap water will do). Use an air
pump to bt;bble air through the solution until It Is
oxygen-sa,turated.
2. Wash the probe 2-3 times In tap water, and put It In
the span calibration solution.
Operation
1. First, be sure the U-1 O Is set for fresh water
readings. To do this, set the S.SET Sub-Mode to
0.0%.
2. Then, use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor
to SPAN.
3. After the readout has stabilized, while slowly
moving the probe up and down In the solution, set
the readout value to the appropriate DO value for
the temperature of this solution. For DO values at
various temperatures, refer to Table 4.
4. Press the ENT Key to complete the span
calibration for DO.
Section3
28 COND calibration
Section 3 --
1. Zero callbratfon
8
8
0
0
e
-
This calibration is carried out In atmospheric air; no
solution is needed.
Preparation
Wash the probe 2-3 times; using de-Ionized or
distilled water. Shake the probe to remove any
water droplets from the COND sensor. Then allow
it to dry by exposing It to fresh air.
Operation
1. Use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to ·
ZERO.
2. Use the SELECT Key to move the upper cursor to
COND.
3. Use the UP/DOWN Keys to set the readout to zero.
•
MAM ,, ,, ,,
.Lf Lf Lf mSJ<m
SELECT
pH mm:rD ruRB DO TEMP SA
MOOE
AUTO mmJ SPAN IN OUT S.SET -,__
4. Press the ENT Key. This completes the zero
calibration for COND. ·
-- --- - -
COND ca/ibra6on 29
2. Span calibration
8
0
0
e
-
This procedure uses a standard solution of potassium
chloride. For best results, a fresh batch of the solution
should be prepared each time. See page 27 for details.
Preparation
Wash the probe· 2·3 times using de-Ionized or
distilled water. ,Following this, wash it 2·3 times in
the KCI standard solution you have prepared. Then
place the probe In a beaker of the KCI solution
maintained at a temperature of 25±5°C.
Operation
1. Use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to SPAN.
2. After the readout stablllzes, as you did for the pH
calibration, use the UP/DOWN Keys to select set
the value of the KCI standard solution, refernng to
the KCI table .
3.'" Press the ENT Key to complete the span .
. calibration for this COND range.
4. · · Repeat this procedure for the three ranges, using
each of three values of KC/ standard solutions.
- - - --Section3 - -
iiiiil liiil .. ----
24 pH calibration ·
Section 3
pH calibration
8
8
8
0
0
e
pH calibration on the U-1 O Is done using two commercially-
available standard solutions of d!Herent pH values, one for
the zero calibration, the other for the span calibration. ·Note
that the temperature characteristics of the various standard
solutions that are available may differ; therefore, before
using these two solutions to make the pH calibration,
carefully measure the temperature and determine the
temperature characteristics of each.
Preparation .
Wash the probe 2-3 times, using de-Ionized or
distilled water. Place It In a beaker of each
standard solution.
1. Zero calibration
Use a pH? standard solution for the ·zero calibration.
Operation
1. With the power on, press the. MO.DE Key to put the ·
unit into the MAINT mode.
2. Press the MODE Key again to move the lower
cursor to ZERO.
3. Use the SELECT Key to movethe upper cursor to
pH.
4. When the readout has stabilized, use the
UP/DOWN Keys to select the value of the pH 7
standard solution at the temperature of the sample.
Reier to Table 2 for pH values of standard-solutions
at various temperatures.
5.
""' MAM!=,OC
pH L,.LJ LI
----SELECT----
IID COND TURB 00 TEMP SA
"
-~-,--MOOE----
AUTO fJilmJ SPAN IN OUT S.SET
-o,,.u.-
Press the ENT Key to complete the zero calibration
for pH.
---

-
----Itf·' ·
~l£t~>-< ._..:::•:->::yf:-.:::::,:~: ...
pH calibraffon 25
8
0
0
8
2. Span calibration
Use either a pH4 or a pH9(10) standard solution for the
span calibration.
Operation
t. Use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to SPAN.
2. As In Step .r: above in zero calibration. wheKn thet
readout has"stabilized. use the UP/DOWN eys o
select the value of the standard solution (I.e .. either
pH4 ot pH9) at the temperature of the sample.
Again, reler to Table 2 for pH values ol standard
solutions at various temperatures.
3. Press the ENT Key to complete the span
calibration for pH. ·
"'~' , I ,-1 I
7.LI I pH ____ SELECT-~--
IGIII COND TUAB IX> TEMP SA
---:=MODE----
AUTO ZERO ~ IN OUT S.SET
---c,.,.1•-
Table 2 pH values ol standard solutions a1 various temperatures·
Temper1Iure pH2' pH4' pH?" pH9' 'C I 'F
01 32 1.67 4.01 6.98 9.46
5/ 41 1.67 4.01 6.95 9.39
10 / so 1.67 4.00 6.92 9.33
15 / 59 1,67 4.00 6,90 9.27
20 I 68 1.68 4.00 6.88 9.22
25 / 77 1.68 4.01 6.86 9.18
30 / 86 1.69 4.01 6.85 9.14
35 / 95 1.69 4.02 6.84 9.10
40 / 104 1.70 4.03 6,84 9.07
45 / 113 1,70 4.04 6.83 9.04
1 ,71 4.06 6.83 9.01
a: oxalate. b: phthalate. e: neutral_PhOsph~te. d: borax.
e : enrbonnle. I : Sat.calcium hydro:ude solution
pH10' pH12'
10.32 13.43
10.25 13.21
10.18 13.00
10.12 12.81
10.06 12.63
10.01 12.45
9.97 12.30
9.93 12. 14
9.89 11.99
9.86 11.84
9.83 11 .70
· These pH valves are !or Japanese standard solutions, Sh~uld you p~eler ~ us_e
dillerent standard solutions, be sure to make the proper adJustments in cahbranon, Section 3
30 TURB calibration
Section 3 -
TURB calibration
-
Use i)Ood-quality de-Ionized wat.er, which may be cons1dered:as having a turbidity of zero. rr that is not readily available. d1st1//ed water may be used instead. When doing the turbidity zero calibration, it Is particularly crucial that you clean t~e probe lhoro_ughiy: Never use a dirty probe; otherwise the cal1brat1on will be unreliable.
Preparing the standard solution for TURB span calibration
1.
2. Weigh out 5.0 g of hydrazine sulfate. · Dissolve this In 400 ml of de-Ionized or distilled water. 3. Then weigh out 50 g of hexamethylenetetramlne and dissolve it in 400 mt of de-Ionized or distil/el water. 4. Mix these two solutions, add enough de-ionized or distilled water to make 1,000 ml, and stir the mixed 5. solution thoroughly.
Allow this solution to stand for 24 hours at a temperature of 25±3°C.
The turbidity of this solution Is equivalent to . 4000 NTUs. The shell-life or this solution ls six months; i.e., this 4,000-NTU value will remain accurate for a maximum of six months. . Each time you carry out this calibration, it is necessary to dilute the 4,000-NTU standard solution lo prepare an 800-NTU standard solution for calibration. To do this, measure out 50 ml of the 4 .000-NTU solution into a 250-m/ measuring flask. . It is recommended that you use a rubber pipette aspirator for this. Then add de-ionized or distilled water up to the 250-m/ line. The standard solution used here for the turbidity calibration will precipitate easily. Therefore, be sure to stir the solution thoroughly before use.
-
f
l
-
\j;!t·· ·•··
8
8
00 e
\' l ;!;: __ :. .
~½~:f\.•;;'.:\.::·:::·,;,.,; ,:, ,:,:, . '•
TURB calibra6on 31
1. Zero calibration
Preparation
Wash the probe thoroughly 2-3 times using de-ionized or distilled water. Shake off excess water droplets, and then place it in a beaker of de-ionized or distilled water. ·
Operation ,·
1. Use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to ZERO.
2. Use the SELECT Key to move the upper cursor to TURB.
3. After the readout has stabilized. set it to 0.0, using the UP/DOWN Keys.
4. Press the ENT Key to complete the zero calibration for TURB.
2. Span callbratlon
8
Preparation
Wash the probe thoroughly. using de-ionized or distilled water. Shake off excess water droplets. Then place ii in a beaker of the 800-NTU solution you have prepared for this purpose.
Operation
1. Stir lhis 800-NTU span standard solution · thoroughly.
2. Use the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to SPAN.
3. Alter readout has stabilized, i.e., about 60 to 90 seconds, set the readout to ·soo· NTU. which is the value for this standard solution. 8 4. Press the ENT Key to complete the span calibration for TURB. Section 3 -

-
-

-

-

-

-
--
l!!!!l!!!I
i I
I ;
I
!!!!!I == ... lli&il
36 · Store
Storing data
section 4
8
8 e
8
8
1. Press the MODE Key to put the U-10 In the MAINT
mode. ·
2. Continue to press the MODE Key to move the lower
cursor to IN, the Input Sub-Mode.
3. Use the SELECT Key to move the upper cursor to
the parameter you wish to see on the readout. · ·
4. When the readout stabillzes on a value, press the
ENT Key. This will automatically Input the set of six
parameters for this measurement Into memory.
""' ----'"
MM<T ,_, ,, '
pH 1.Lf f
SELECT .U COND TURB DO TEMP SAL
MODE----
.-.uTO ZERO SPAN 11131 OUT S.SET -o.,,u-
The readout will first show the Data-Set No. for
about two seconds. At the top right-hand corner, a
dashed arrow points to IN, showing that data Is
being input. Then each parameter Is automatically
read into memory, one-by-one from pH to salinity.
The upper cursor skips along to show this. If a
printer Is connected, these six values will also be
printed ciut at the same time.
The upper cursor then returns to pH, with the
U-10 still In the IN Sub-Mode.
I
5. You may now continue and lnput•another set of data:
simply press the ENT Key again; .
The Data-Set No. will automatically advance one
digit, and the next set of six parameters will be read
into memory In the same manner. This procedure
can be repeated for up to a total of 20 Data-Sets.
8
~,, ............ - --· . '!'(';"
~"S.~kX:::..<}~x.~~~.o:,.R"""'..::~~ .. :~r.~,..~~-9,.,;.,;,;,·;~;,· ... 20,•·-,ll;.;·:ts;.,· ,.,-.;._,-... ,.. .. i'"'"'""""'"'
Store 37
If 20 Data-Sets have been read into memory, the
storage capacity Is full and no more data may be
input. The U-1 o will beep three times to indicate the
memory Is full.
6. To return the readout to the previous setting in the
MEAS mode, press the MODE Key again.
Section4
,.
i j
I
/:_
I
34 DO calibration
Table 4 Amounts of saturated dissolved oxygen In Water at various
temperatures, sallnlly • 0.0%
Temperature DO
0 •c 14.16 mg/I
1 13.77
2 13.40
3 13.04
4 12.70
5 12.37
6 12.06
7 11.75
8 11.47
9 11.19
10 10.92
11 1Q.67
12 10.43
13 10.20
14 9.97
15 9.76
16 9.56
17 9.37
18 9.18
19 9.01
20 8.84
Section 3
Temperature
21 •c
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
I
I
DO
8.58 mg//
8.53
8.39
8.25
8.11
7.99
7.87
7.75
7.64
7.53
7.42
7.32
7.22
7.13
7.04
6.94
6.86
6.76
6.68
6.59
. ., ·-.:·~ r :,;s 'i'i
.;-:: ~>
·y
Section 4
Data Storage and Printout
The U•10 can store up to 20 sets of data, 120 data points, of the values
measured for each ol the six parameters: pH, COND, TURB, DO. TEMP, and
SALINITY. Values slored In memory can be recalled to the readout as desired.
II a printer is connected to lhe 1.J,10 printer port, whenever a Oata•Set is
either stored In memory or recal>ed to the readout, it can also be
simultaneously output to the printer.
Storing data ......................... :······························ .... 36
Recalling data ......................................................... 38
Deleting data ...................................... , ...................... 40
Printing out data ...................................................... 41
--. . . _ .... , 1111111 -----
..
'
-
liiii -- -:·;:,.q.
:HI
. :·:-
. ._·; .
. _,..:,-c•..:~~ .... w.,""1,-.•·-·.-.•, ·-••:•,•;,;0:tH.c,\/;,l;i,>;-:i,.;:,.,; ,..:~---❖:;.··; •• '
38 Recall
Recalling data
Section4
8
8
0
0 e e
1. Press the MODE Key to put the U-10 In the MAINT
mode. · · .
2. Continue to press the MODE Key to move the lower
cursor to OUT, the Output Sub-Mode, The readout
will show d.1, meaning Data-Set No. 1,
, At the top left-hand comer, a dashed arrow
pornts to OUT, showing that data can be output now to the readout.
OVT----•
"""' ' ' 0 I ----srucr·----pH CONO TURS amJI TEMP_ SAL
MOOE-'-----AUTO ZERO SPAN . IN ~ S.SET -"'--o.,,,~-
3. Use the UP/DOWN Keys to display the Data-Set
No. of the values you wish to recall.
4. Use the SELECT Key to move the upper cursor to.
the parameter you wish to view. . ·
5. Press the ENT Key to display the data on the
readout.
01/f----• """' o r ,_-LT. 0 Qmg/1
----SELECT=----,
. pH CONO TURB mml TEMP fl1l
MODE-,=c--AIJTO ZERO SPAN IN l!lIJI S.SET ---,_
If a printer Is connected, all six parameters In this
Data-Set will also be printed out at the same time.·
e
8
--- -
• ~~~l\••:❖W•,<:t:':-~~~-.... · .. :·oo·-go,··;,j· ... ;,1·j,.5;i)"..,_.._, ~ '
Recall 39
6. When the ENT Key Is pressed again, the neX1 Data-
Set No, is displayed in order, I.e., de, if two data
sets are In memory. At this point, you can either
press the ENT Key again to view the contents of this
Data-Set, or you can use the UP/DOWN Keys to go
up or down to another Data-Set No,
If a particular Data-Set Is empty, three dashes
appear on the readout.
• ,·
"""' - - -mgn
----SELECT·----
IID CONO T\JRB 00 TEMP SAL
----MOOE-==--
AUTO ZERO SPAN IN mIJ S.SET
7. To return Ihe readout to the previous setting in the
MEAS mode, press the MODE Key again.
Section4
I
I I
I
II!!!!
40 Delete
Sect!on4
Deleting data
Set the U-10 as if you were going to Input data: . 8. 1. Press the MODE Key to
0
put the U-10 In the MAiNT mode. . · e
e
1!!!!111
2. Continue to press the MODE Key to move the lower cursor to IN, the Input Sub-Mode.
""'
____ ,.
"""' or L · LJ.0 0 mg/I ----SELECT~---
pH COND TURB lliI!II ~MP SAL
MOOE----A!JTO ZERO SPAN lmllll OIJT S,SET --·-u-
3. Then, to erase all the data from all the Data-Sets In memory, press the CLR Key. The readout will show the message [ L,.. for about two seconds.
""'
____ ...
"""' ;-, LL 1-mgn
__ _;:;;;_SEl.ECT----
pH CONO TlJRB a:mJI TEMP SAL
MOOE=---
A~ ~~~AN ~T ... ~ S.SET
Be carefull
You cannot delete Individual Dat~-Sets. The CLR · Key always erases all data from m_emory. .
I
f
Prinffng out 41
Printing out data
If a printer is connected to the U-1 O printer port, whenever a Data· Set is either stored In memory or recalled to the readout, it is also simultaneously output to the printer.
The U-1 O printer port Is a standard Centronics parallel port. To connect a parallel printer to the U-10: Open the rubber printer-port cover, located directly over the readout on the main unit, and connect the printer cable.
Note:
When a printer Is not being used, disconnect the cable from the U-10 printer port, and close the cover tightly.
• Sample printout ~. 1 DATE / / pR 5,0 COND l,5 d/ TORB 390 N'I1J 00 0.5 a,g/1 TtMP 23 •C SAL l,I I NO, 2 DATE /· / pR l,1 com, 1,l -.S/
'1"Jfl8 270 tff0' 00 0,7 ~/1 rr:NJ1 :zs •c SAL 0,1 I NO, l DATZ / / pR l,1
.;
liiilil -- -
• .. :
)!;i;
: . :: ~,;;.,.;~~.k'W>:•.•":~i.
· .. ': 1 · . 54 Conductivity
I !
. :
I
' ' i i
I
r
. '
l I
Section 6
Conductivity (COND)
Principle of measurement
Conductivity is an index of the flow o! electrical current In a
substance.
Salts dissolved in water are separated Into cations and
anions. Such a solution Is called an electrolytic solution. An
electrolytic solution has the property of allowing the flow of current
according to Ohm's law. This property Is referred to Ionic
conductivity, since current flow Is due to Ion movement In an
electrolytic solution. Metals, on the other hand, allow the flow of
current by means of electrons. This property Is called electronic
conductivity, which is distinguished from Ionic conductivity.
A cube 1 cm on each side, as each shown In Fig, 1, Is used to
demonstrate an electrolytic solution. Two electrode plates are
placed on opposite sides, and the cube Is filled with a solution. If
the resistance between these two electrode plates represented by
r{n), the conductivity of the solution L (S.cm:') Is· L-1/r. S stands
for Siemens, a unit of measurement of conductance.
Fig. 1 Definition of conductivity
The most general method for measuring conductivity Is based on
the above principle, and Is called the 2-electrtlde method. In this
method, to take a measurement, It Is necessary to allow flow of
alternating current between the two electrode plates.
.1,.
J 4.UI
.,~------~t.~·-· . ,·--,~~~t~:,%<=,'.~----e·.·, .......... , .... ,_'. __ .. _. .... ,--d-• .,,_..,c...,--•rH·..;··•
If direct current Is sent between them, _It w!II c_ause .
electroplating or decomposition, I.e., polanzat1on, this results in
inaccurate measurement of conductivity • Even a Jlow of alternating current will also cause a c.ertaln
amount of polarization. Measures must be taken to minimize the
effect of this polarization, such as the application of platinum black
plating to the electrode surfaces. In spite of such measures,
however, the effect of polarization cannot be ~e.glected.ln .
conductivity measurements of a hlgh-conduct1v1ty solution. ~1s
makes accurate measurement difficult. Furthermore, depcs1tions
or stains on the electrode suJ;faces can ca:u~e a large apparent
resistance, also making accyrate conduct1v1ty measurement
difficult. od thod The U-1 o Water Checker has adopted the 4-electr e me
to overcome these disadvantages of the the 2-electrode method.
As shown in Fig. 2, the U-10 Water Checker uses two voltage-
detecting electrodes and two voltage-applying electrodes, for a
total of total four electrodes. . The voltage-detecting electrodes are for detecting AC voltage,
and the voltage-applying electrodes are for applying AC voltage.
Voltage-detecting
electrodes
/-Voltage-applying
/ electrodes
Fig. 2 Principle of the 4-electrode method
Section 6
..
<if :,;;.:;{
:-.r~<~~•-.,X;~:~,.;;~1,,~•,,.,,.,.')•.';"• -?' . ' , ........... ,.,.,,..~_,.. ... ..,.;..;,:~'~;:, .
I
I
. /
f
J
"
l , ....
I
I
Section 6
Reference Materials
The following descriptive Information Is provided for a better understanding of the U•1 O Water Checker and Its functions. ,· ,·
Conductlvfly (COND) ................................................ 54 Turbidity (TURB) ······························•·•·····••·····••••·••·• 58 Salinity .................................................................. 60 Temperature · · ................. ·•·••· ................................... 60 Dlssolved•Oxygen (DO) ....................... :'. .................... 61 pH ........................................................................ 63 Speclflcallons ......................................................... 6S Parts List .............................................. ; ................ 68
Sections
liiii liiil
Recharging the reference sensor with
reference solution ·
Recharge the reference sensor with re(erence solution about once
every two months, as follows. · .
1. Remove the llquld-Junctlon rubber cap from the reference
sensor, and pour out the old solution. ·
2. Fill t~e reference sensor completely with new reference
solution. Make sure there are no air bubbles.
3. Replace the liquid-junction rubber cap.
4. Carefully wash off all excess reference solution from the probe. .
Ref8rence sensor-._
Uquld-Junctlon rubber cap
' , .
Probe maintenance
Replacing faulty sensors
Three of the U-1 O's sensors are replaceable: the pH sensor, the
reference sensor, and the DO sensor.
These may be replaced as follows.
1. Wipe off any water droplets from the probe.
· 2. Remove faulty sensor.
3. Insert the new sensor ~arefully with your fingers. ,
4. Be careful not to let the sensor sockets get wet.
DO sensor
' Sensor 1001/"')
~~
sensor
• When replaclng the DO sensor, use the sensor tool
provided as an access0ry.
.. -····••.•··
Sections
-
49
i.
:i:f;'.
•,'. •·.·
. )-~(i:.·.:-i~Vi:-.:;.:!•.•;o,;::::.:,,.V,.,:.{~;'~,!i-:i:!;~;,:;::.~1,:c~-•
' /. t i
i
,,
.I 'Ii
l
!
50 Probe maintenance
Section 5
Replacing a faulty probe
Disconnect the cable from the main unit
1. Loosen the cable gasket cap, and remove cap from gasket
~ -, ~--Cable gasket
Cable gasket cap __ _,,,
2. Slide back the gasket.
3. Back oH the two screws on the cable-connector ccver.
Ca;bfe--connector cover
,,,,----Cable gasket
4. Slide oH the cable-connector cover to expose the
connector lock claws. . .
5. Press ·Iock claws on both sides with your fingers to
rel~ase ihe connector. Pull out the connector from the marn unit.
Cable~onnector cover
Cable to probe
-- -
..Q ..9.84 . -., .,?l
lliill -
,t:i,;''(
~~~~i;&s,,-,.~,,,.,~,:~,~••>e••;,~.•,.••.-, .. ~ . .-,rt•,-,.-__;,..;, >6 ni . 'IS ·i
Probll maintenance · 51
Connect the new probe
1. Insert the connector until It clicks.
2. Re-attach the cable-connector cover to the main untt;
3. Slide the cable gasket toward the cable-connector cover,
and screw on the cable gasket cap.
Before you use a n~w probe for !he first time, It is ·
necessary to calibrate It manually for all four parameters.
Refer to Section 3, •·calibrating the U-10, • for Instructions
on manual calibration.
oc::.:u:u:acc.«,:.:._ ... c •. _..~.•.<_.c .;_c..c.< :we.:.;. :e_q, : 41 --- ---- - -
I
1
)
i
--·· .:·•-_::·
%tr·
:·,.-. . : :-r
· 46 _Error codes
Error Code Cause
Span-calibration error
E wt roo, Dro'l:.a r / ifif
.Memory full
E,5
.cti
r,
1-. . e -·ee·n ~r1~n:1pe,at~1e1
,i .~.'iltmospherlc. . .
DO aqueous solution
calibration
• Broken DO sensor
membrane.
• Contaminated electrode.
• Insufficient agitation of
solution. ·
• Data-sets for 20 samples
are already in memory.
Printer error
E,5 • Jammed printer paper.
• Poor cable connection •
• Wrong printer.
• Defective printer.
Sections
Action
• Check bo sensor
membrane. If defective,
replace.
• Clean the electrode using a
soft bh.Jsh, taking care not to
scratch_membrane.
• Agitate solution thoroughly.
• To delete all data from
memory, put the U-10 In the
IN Sub-Mode mode and
press Iha CLR Key.
• Eliminate jamming of printer
paper.
• Replace the cable.
• Use proper parallel
Centronlcs printer.
• R~place the printer as
necessary,
I
t
... -

-

-
-··--['";'"~'•" ...• ········•··········· •.. ~-,
Probe maintenance 47
Normal probe maintenance
washing the turbidity sensor
The sensor is a glass tube. Wash oul the tube and remove stains
carefully, using tap water and a test tube brush.
Be careful not to scratch the Inside of the glass tube. Never
use abrasives or 9leansers.
,
Cleaning the conductivity sensor
Remove COND sensor guard, and carefully use a soft brush to
clean off any dust from the sensor unit.
Be sure 10 replace the COND sensor guard before laking
measurements.
COND sensor -
'-------COND sensor guard
..
Sectlon5
... ,,:.:.-,;-.•;,; ..... ,; ... -; .. ; _., ....
44 Error codes
Section 5
Error Codes
The U-1 0 has an easy-to-_understand error message function so
you can spot trouble readily. Error codes are displayed on the
readout an_d the unit will beep if an error occurs.
(Note that ,r you press an incorrect sequence of keys the unit will
beep three times to indicate you have pushed the wr~ng key.)
Error Code
Bad battery
C-I L ' I
Cause ma , m uss,w 4193
• Defective or low battery
Action
• Replace battery
Failure In main unit
C _ -, • • Malf~nction of memory
C ' C backup IC
Zero-calibration error
'• Push POWER Key to turn
the U-1 O ON again. If this
error code Is still displayed,
contact your Horiba dealer
for repair or replacement.
E =i for all parameters
I =1 • Poor connection fn probe-• Connect the cabre seC':frely.
to-main unit cable
• Water in one of the sensor • Dry out the sensor sockets.
sockets
• Temperature of sample • Replace the probe.
exceeds maximum scale
of U-10 ..
for pH , ;_-, "-. -·,
• Contc!mfnated pH S86~-• G ~ W', · ep Ji ~ ~ • lmpr6Per concentra' -·~,,. ~ " "' ,-~
reference solution i ·
rererence sensor~
forCOND
• Contaminated COND
sensor • Clean the sensor, using
tooth brush and neutral
detergent.
•
I
'
I !
)u•
Error Code
:::;:".·
~~~~f.:~~.;:: ... • •,:;.;
Cause
tor DO
• Broken DO sensor
membrane.
Error codes 45
Action
• Check the LED turbidity
sensor. If it defective, the
entire probe must be
replaced. ·
Check DO sensor. If
defective, replace.
Span•callbratlo_n error . . _ .
E r-7' --~~; ~~~~~~~:~~;c:;?t;~~}~~~t~~ the_.~b1e. ~~~·~~g .,:,,1o~maln unit cable••p~•.!i.:J..*.':-.,· .. •.··.•,_•:'(•,''.-, ... -.:-,:l•'-:-r,
• Wnlor In ono of the sensor • Dry out the sensor sockets.
_ sockets \ f > ·:i"~iJ'ie~& :,.; , .,, ... · · , · ·,:~, ;,;'~
• Temperature Ofs8IT1~1~~;R8PraC8 ttie pro~ )f'C; ·
:· eXCe8d~ maxliiiUfry'S?f~:1i-r,.;j{?;r-}-:kr:.,~~, .. -;_:'"~,-::~21
of u-10·,~ ~·,~1 .. ,-;~,.,.~\~, .. ,·.1 7,.. r----~<-..
for pH
• Contaminated pH sensor.
• Improper concenlratlon of
reference solution In
reference sensor
• Clean the pH sensor.
• Replace the reference
solution.
fdr..COND}{ A,':':. ~\•~(I'1Nf~~Wf:f-:i:-~.,;_<:;~•·I;' ._._,:1.,~::.,:-~.,~~-i:
• C6ntcimlnated CONO·. ·. , .. .-·.:• (?lean the sensor. using·:~··
sensor·.. .·,·toothbrush and n8,utraJ~~~-· ..
for TURB detergent. '
• Conlnmlnnted or defective • Clean out the tube
LED sensor containing the LED turbidity
sensor, using test tube brush
and neutral detergent.
Never use an abrasives or
cleansers for this.
• Check the LED turbidity
sensor. If it defective, the
entire probe must be
replaced.
Secffon 5
I
!
I
! ! I ;
i
l ' '
== ;;;a
j
!
~'.
liiiiii --
I '
S•ction 5
Daily Maintenance and
Troubleshooting
For accurate measurements alid prevention of malfun~lon, routine c:ireful
maintenance of the U-1 o Is Important. In particular, failure to maintain the
sensors properly can lead to serious trouble or incorrect measurements. The
U-10 Is provided with error-code functions for the ready detection of potential
problems.
Error codes ............................................................ 44
Norma I probe maintenance ....................................... 47.
Replacing faulty sensors .......................................... 49
Replacing a faulty probe ................................... , ...... 50
5 6 . Conductivity
iction 6
rm
Let ~~ assume that the current, !(A), flows In a sample of
conduct1v1ty L -under automatic control of the voltage-applying
electrodes-so that the .voltage at the voltage deiectlng-
electrodes, £(VJ, remains constant at all times. Theh, the
resistance ?f_ the sample, R (_n), across the voltage-detecting
electrodes 1s Ra£//. The resistance, R, of the sample fs Inversely
proportional to Its conductivity, L. That Is, the conductivity, L, Is
proportional to the current, /. Accordingly, calibration of a
standar? ~olutlon of known conductivity, Ls, enables calculation of
conduct1_v1ty of a sample according to the formula L-Ls(/1/s) from
the relation of L:Lsa/:ls.
Even In the 4-electrode method, pola,izatlon occurs, since AC
curr_en_t flows In the voltage-applying electrodes. The voltage-
detect1n~ electrodes are, however, free from the effects of
polarlzat1on, since they are separated from the voltage-applying
electrodes, and furthermore, current flow Is negllglble. Therefore,
the 4-electrode method Is an excellent method to enable
measurement of conduct_ivity covering a very high range. ·
. '
., .
}/(( .. :
:'.• ·, .. ;·:?:::,::
·~t~t~r:~::"::-:,, ... •~··· -:. -" .. -.·-~ .. .:.~•-·,•,: ........ _., .. · ..... -~-. ,,. ....... , -·· ... ,..,. ...... ....:-1i,......._ __
ConductMty 57
Temperature compensation
In general, the conductivity of a solution varies largely with its
temperature. The conductivity of a solution depends on Ionic
conductivity, described earlier. As the temperature rises,
conductivity becomes higher, since Ions begin to move more
actively.
The temperature coefficient shows the change In % of
conductivity per •c, with a certain temperature taken as the
reference temperature. This Is expressed In units of %/°C. The
temperature coefficient assumes the preml!le that the conductivity
of a sample changes linearly according to (emperature. Strictly
speaking, with actual samples, however, conductivity changes
along a curve. .
Furthermore, these curves form different shapes depending on the
type of sample. In the ranges of smaller temperature changes,
however, samples are said to have the temperature coefficient of
2%/"C; this holds for most samples, except In certal_n special cases.
The U-t O Water Checker uses an automatic temperature
conversion function to calculate conductivity at 25°C at a
temperature coefficient of 2%/"C, based on the measured value of
the temperature. Results are displayed on the readout. The U-10's
temperature conversion function Is based on the following formula.
Lu=Lt / ll+0.02(t-25)1
Where,
Lu:
t:
Lt:
Conductivity of solution converted to 25°C
{value displ_aled on U-10)
Temperature of solution at time of measurement {°C)
Conductivity of solution at t (°C) .
----

-
== ·--liiili
~-:-.,:,::·,:: . · ....... · .·.,·,,,,:;'..~.-~•V'., tf(': .. ;..
,t:rr•:iit~-~--~~~~,•,«»'~'H"i~~~~.~~;'fl~ !. ..... , ~ . .-.. ,9;>+?. .~.,..,h.,.,•,,•.z
;a TurtJldity
:tion 6
Turbidity {TURB)
Prlnclple of measurement
_From among several types of turblditfmeasurlng methods
available, t~e U-1 O uses the light-absorption-scattering method ~=m~~ '
Irradiation of a beam of light onto a sample brings about
sepa:allon of the beam Into (1) the light transmitted by the
solution and (2) the light scattered by turbidity components In the
sample. In the lig_ht-absorption-scattering method, the Intensity of
both transmitted light and the scattered light are measured using
se~arate receptors, and the turbidity is obtained based on the
ratio of the two.
. With the U-10, the light source is a pulse-lighting Infrared-
emission diode. The scattered light is measured at a point 30•
offset from the light source. This light-absorption-scattering
method has several advantages, including the fact that (1) the
actual color of the sample fluid has little effect on the ·
,:neasurement of tur~idity, (2) fluctuations In light quantity from the
light source are easily compensated for, and (3) JI allows the U-1 o
to be operated with relatively low-power consumption,
Scattered llgh_t rece_P.!~r
Light source Transmitted light receptor
Sample fluid
Fig. 3 Principle of the light-absorption-scattering method 1
WU -. '" I
~tic: - - -
'~~~~i•:~:{::7;l:~~S;.:• ,;., .. :: ·,~:,,;,_....,,.:,::, .......... _., ..... •~. .-.·•······· ...... .,,., ........ ..,.....:.,,.~ .... _
Turoidity 59
NTUs (Nephelometrlc Turbidity Units)
For the calibration of turbidity, the U-1 O uses a standard
formazlne solution. Kaolin has been the conventional standard solution for mariy
years. However, the composition of kaolin solutions often vary
depending on the country of origin, and turbidity varies with the
degree of purify, Furthermore, there Is often Individual error In
preparing the solution. Kaolin Is thus known for brl~glng about very
large disparity In measurement results. As a turbidity standard
solution; formazine standard solution is now Increasingly being used
Internationally. In view of these facts, the U-1 ll-uses the formazine
standard solution for its calibration of turbidity.,•
In addition, the U· 10 uses NTUs as the unit of turbidity. Other
units conventlonaliy used are formazlne degrees and FTUs.
When the measurement of turbidity is based on the phenomenon
of scattering, the use of NTUs is preferable, and In fact, these are
being used increasingly. It should be noted that NTUs used as
turbidity units of the formazine standard solution are equivalent to
formazlne degrees and to FTUs.
'
-
. _( .. _,( •·''.:.
. . . s~on: cf:/xj:lif:'.:;:
';;·.:: :·::tf
·.:
• : ~:::;.---I•,
60 SalinNy
Section 6
Salinity (SAL)
The U-1 O is designed to measure salinity as well as the other parameters.
· Note that the "salinity" referred to here is the·sallnlty of sea
water. There is a constant relation between conductivity and
salinity at certain temperatures.
_Therefore, if data on the conductivity and temperature are
av~1f~ble, the corresponding salinity Is known. In other words, the
salinity measurement of the U-1 o is based on the principle of
calculating the salt content, making use of the measured values of conductivity and temperature.
Note carefully, therefore, that measured results of all substances
whose conductivity is detected are displayed as salinity, For ·
example, the measured result Is displayed as NaCl concentration,
ev_en If In fact the sample component Is, for example, hydrochloric acid (HCI). ·
Temperature
Temperature changes in water have extreme biological effects
o~ the life cycles of fish and seaweed, as well as on that of the
minute organisms that cleanse lhe water of organic pollutants. Jn
general, as the temperature of water increases the amount of
oxygen dissolved in the water decreases and there Is a tendency
for the amount of pollutants to increase. -.
The U-10 uses a thermistor to measure temperature. A
thermistor also measures the change in electrical resistance
accompany changes In temperature; these changes in resistance.
are measured by the thermistor and are used to calculate the ·
temperature. ·
This temperature data is used by the U-1 o· In four different ·
ways: (1) in pH temperature compensation, (2) In conductivity
temperature conversion, (3) in the calculallon of salinity and (4) In
dissolved-oxygen temperature compensation. '
I
j r,
J~J.t ,::,·
-•:,·.
-~iitt:/-i::··::---:·····.
Dissolved-Oxygen 61
Dissolved-Oxygen (DO)
Principle of measurement
The "DO" referred to here means the concentration of oxygen
· dissolved in water.
Fig. 4 shows the principle of measurement using a DO sensor.
Cathode (silver) .... -
Fig. 4
-+ Current
__:, Anode (lead) . ,
-Alkaline electrolyte
.
-Oxygen-permeable
membrane
Principle of DO sensor
A noblB'.metat' (silver) is filled closely to an oxygen-permeable
diaphragm to make the cathode: a base metal (lead) is used as
the anode. Both are immersed in an alkaline electrolyte with the
anode-to-cathode external circuit complete. Oxygen diffusing
througl1 the oxygen-permeable membrane causes a reduction
reaction at the calhode; this allows flow of current in the external
circuit:
02 + 2H20 + 4e· = 40H"
At the anode, oxidation reaction occurs as follows:
2Pb = 2Pb2+ + 4e·
The current is proportional to the quantity of oxygen diffusing
through the oxygen-permeable diaphragm. Accordingly,
measuretnent of the current makes the DO in a sample known.
The DO measuring method based on this principle is called
the membrane-electrode method. This method allows convenient
measurement of DO, especially when compared with chemical-
analysis methods, which need complicated pre-treatment to
eliminate the effects of oxidizing or reducing substances.
Section 6
raa_ aa --..
'::;:
::::t~:::
62 Dissolved-Oxygen
section 6
DO correction for salinity
When a solution and air are in contact and In complete
equilibrium (saturated), DO:C[mg/1] in the solutfon, and the
oxygen partial-pressure:Ps[MPa] in air are In the following
relation:·
C = Ps/H
H [MPa!(mgll )1 is referred to as Henry's constant, which
depends on the composition of the solution. In general, C
becomes smaller as the salinity in the solution increases, since H
. becomes larger.
A DO sensor is intended to detect .Ps In the above expression.
Therefore, the DO m·easurement of an aqueous solution
containing salt would be in error if the DO electrode were
standardized either on alr,saturated pure water or on air. To settle
this problem, it is necessary to correct the DO reading based on
the salinity of the sample.
Conventional DO meters make this salinity correction by
inputting a known salinity value. This poses no problems if the
salinity of the sample is known. In practice, however, the salinity
of the sample is usually nol known, unless measured by a device
such as the U-10. Therefore, until now, DO meters have not been
practical, even if they were provided with a salinity-correcting
function. ·
The U-1 o is capable of measuring the salinity of a sample and
automatically correcting the DO reading for the amount salinity
measured in the sample.
-------
.......
, ..
~·'.;\:•}:·:·>. · ..
Dissolved-Oxygen 63
pH
Principle of measurement
The following is the basic equation for obtaining pH:
pH =-log nH+
Where.
aH + : the activity of hydrogen ions
' r ·d of If a thin glass membrane is used to.separate two ,qu_, s
differing pH values. an electric current will be genera\ed ,n The
ro ortion to the dillerence between these two pH va ues ..
~alee of this electrical current, E(V/ , is shown by the folow1ng
Nernst equation:
E = o.0001983T (pH1 -pHol + e
Where.
T:
pH1:
pHo:
the temperature of the liquids
the pH of the internal liquid (i.e .• inside the glass membrane)
the pH of 11,e sample liquid ) (i.e .. the iliquid outside the glass membrane
the assymetric potential
Section 6
-
64 Dissolved-Oxygen
Section 6
In pH meters a readout of this voltage between the two termi~als is obtained by Increasing it with an amplifier. In actual practice, the pH meter is first calibrated using a standard '.eference solution of known pH, then the pH of the sample liquid 1s measured. ·
..,
Fig. 5 Piinciplefor Measuring pH
1!11!!!!!,1
\i():
·~:, ' . . ·: . > .
••~~.;.'❖\:,..,;.:_;...,:,,.-,:.;•wv,,._
.
-
.
,
:
:
,
,
.
.

• ..., ...... .,., ·•• •~ ••·•••-.~·-• ~·-·,·· ·•· .,..._. . ....__~.
Specifications
pH
Principle
Range
Resolution
Repeatability Temperature compensation
Readout
Calibration
Glass electrode
pH0-14
Standard : 0.1 pH
Expanded : 0.01 pH ±0.0SpH
0°-50°C
LCD '
1-point a:uto (Zero)
Manual 2-polnt
Temperature
Principle
Range
Resolution
Repeatability Temperature compensation
Readout
Calibration
Thermistor
0°-S0'C
Standard : 1 'C
Expanded: 0.1°C ±0.3'C
LCD
DO
· Principle
Range
Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature compensation
Readout
Calibration
Membrane galvanic cell 0-19.9mg/l
Standard: 0.1 mg/I Expanded: 0.01 mg/I ±0.1mg/l
0'-40°C
LCD
1-polnt auto (Span)
Manual 2-polnt
Speclficsffons 6S I
Section 6 -
i j
l '
&iiiii liiiiil -· .. ; .· ...
·-.:?::>
·-:::::
66 Specifications
Section 6
Conductivity
Principle
Range
Resolution
Repealabilily
Temperature compensation
Readout
Calibration
4-electrode
0-100ms/cm
Standard: 0-1 mS/cm : 0.01 mS/cm
0-1 0mS/cm : 0.1 mS/cm
10-100mS/cm: 1mS/cm
Expanded: 0-1 mS/cm : 0.01 mS/cm
0-1 0mS/cm : 0.1 mS/cm
10-1 00mS/cm : 1 mS/cm
±1 %/F.S. within each measurement
range
0'-50'C
LCD
1-point auto (Span)
Manual 2-point
Turbidity
Principle
Range
Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature compensation
Readout
Calibration
Scattered/Transmitted light
0-800 NTU
Standard : 10 NTU
Expanded : 1 NTU
±3%/F.S.
LCD
1-point auto (Zero)
Manual 2-polnt
Salinity
Principle
Range
Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature compensation
Readout
Calibration
Conversion based on conductivity
0·4%
Standard : 0.1 %
Expanded: 0.01%
±0.1%
0°-30'C
LCD
f.
M .... --1L ..... , ...... . -- ---
Specifiec.tions 67
Common specification
Data storage
Printer output
Power
Max. 20 samples
Centronics specs.
Battery 9V,
with auto power-off function
0' -45'C
Main unit: Approx. 400g
Operating temperature
Weight
Probe, with 2-m cable: Approx. 800g
• Output connector pin layout
14
0
7
Pin No. Name. Pin No. Name
1 STB 8 DB.
2 QB, 9 DB,
3 DB, 10 Not used
4 DB, 11 BUSY
5 DB, 12 Not used
6 DB, 13 Not used
7 DB, 14 GND
This equipment Is in conformity with the following directive (s) and standard (s);
Directive (s) ihe EMC Directive 89/336/EEC as amended by 91/263/EEC.
92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC, in accordance with the Article 10
(1) of the Directive
Standard (s) EN55011:1991 Class B Group 1 and EN50082-1:1992
Section 6
'
l t I !
. /,:·;,eh' 1:'~\11·~<-,:-,,,·,:.; .. :=.,.,~.,,«-.,,,i::!i::,,;;:.::=,···•··
., 68 Patts List
'~
Parts List .,
The following expendable parts are avallable for the U-10 Water Checker.
Part name Model No. PIN
Probe 9037-0047•00
pH sensor #7112 9037-0048-00
00 sensor #7542 9037-0049-00
pH reference sensor 9037-0050-00
liquid junction
(1 pair) • #7210 9037-0051-00
Reference solulion #330 9037-0052-00
pH standard_ so/Ulion 100-2 9003-0015-00 pH2
pH standard solution 100-4 9003-0016-00 pH4
pH standard solullon 100-7 9003-0017-00 pH7
pH standard solution 100-9 9003-0018-00 pH9
Calibration beaker 9037-0053-00
Section 6
i • t ;
1,:
~-
'·
• '
. \?/!:!
:::;/•
t"~"' .... ~~,~~;:::,:•:"'.~•:-'.•,·,•, ... •.•···••,·
Circuit diagrams 69
Circuit Diagram
.. , ·•· Y~h,o
"' ,,. u-.. Ok' O•• ,,..,, . .,
• c••-... ·.
'" • ... . , ... u., .. ,,, ... .. , . U,&111
••• ' 0 " •" ... ,,..,.. .. ·~ ·-,. ... ... .. .. •• .. ,...i,
UI I 0 ... •r11 ... o.co ... " -I • "~•I
"' ...
~011
u• ... ... .,. -~ -~-.,
UCH1'J l"C•t ... M•
...
·; .,
i !
I
-. l
I 'j
I
==
: .• «!.,~:.~~:--;::Ji::>:-.-,:.,.·.-· .
f
70 Cir.cult diagram
., "' ... ~ill HCOO,
"' rsc,oo ...
M
~ ,., .. o •-,u• ... ... .,. -. •.. ... ·~-I "'t'•
, .. 4 c•t, o., ... ,,, ..
... ... . ~.
-
~· ~-:::: ,. .. ' .. ... . .. .. ... ... .. ... ... ' .. ... .... .. "' ... .. "' ~-.. ~-.. -· ··• .. ... "' . .. "' • • .. "' ~-..,
l •
l
'
-;1.r1? -----
:~i~t~:_:~ ::?:·:i ·-.-.·.
Circuit diagrams 1~
<,>-
.,.
... ... .. , ... ... "' ... ... ... ... . .. ,,. ... .. . .. . ~ '"' . tL_ --..
' . . " . . "
" . . ' ~ . ..
J; .
-C J (11 C•• ,.
:~ _-l:~I :~r~r%~-r:CI" r~ T"''"]"'°"
·.!:
• ~s .. .. '--. .. . .
~ ,..,,1.,,..,,01 . ,-
" .. ... "'
~1.,. >'! ~-.. ~ .... .. " .. -...... ... ~ ,o .. . .. ~ ..
t:::;_ .. M .. ' ' .. ~ . • oua :---,.,., .. .. ' .. --f !•'"...J .......... ~ " . .. .. . · 1;.,u ,
'-• ·• .. .. ' . •... ' •·•'"" ,, .. .. '-·• " ..
,I, ,r-to-'O• • " • "I, J
lj."' HCOO
. •
c;::·~ . ·~·. • ;;., 0 ~-, .. ~ ·:~ ... ~=: .. -::::~·
©-
'
•• o: ,'!'RW; _; .tcKtC .(l¾ .. mz:.o
-
I
I !
Ii;
-:f
-::-
t
I I I ' I
I
· 72 _Circuit diagram
... ...
,I,
. .. " .. .. .. ..
. ..
IUO " . .. , " ! . , . . . . • • .. . ,, u ...
11 H .. u
I I II ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. ... .. . ... ... " . " .. , .. , ..
H
" •• s, ., H
41 II ., ,.
•• n • I .It
•• )I ., , . .. " .. " IU to H
co .. , ,.
(l>O' I II ,~. ,~.
.. .
..
..,, ______ "'"' __ , ..
. ... , -1 -1 -'t~ ':T LL L1mV H, I 1 I f I I mo/I· p •-•-a-.f.,mS/effi
c::Jc::JCJCJCJCJ
c:Jc::::Jc:Jc:Jc::::JCJ
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
,:;, .· .. ~~ .!·
,: ;· .' .
·.,.:
= •. •··
::~~:~-:•.-~ ... ·. ::_: .· ...
Exploded views 73
Exploded Views-main unit
PARTS NO.
H357911-01
U800842300
H357944-01
H542233-01
F020527500
U800842400
H357945-01
U800842500
UB00842600
H543958-01
H544105-01
H542137-01
F020911500
PARTS NAME
SHEET SWITCH
CASE ASSY, TOP
PAT COVER
WINDOW.LCD
TAPPING SCREWS
PCBASSY
CASE PACKING
CASE ASSY, BOT
COVER ASSY, BAT
SEAR WASHER
METER STRAP
BATTERY PACKING
SCREW. PANHEAD
DESCRIPTION
WATER CHECKER U-10
U-10 including~
U,10 METER
U-10 H357887•01
M3X6 (S-ZN3)
U-10
U-10 METER
U·10
U-10
U-10 METER
U-10 20X1300 T •1.8
U-10 METER
JISB1111 M3X6 (S-ZN3)
i!i:iifr. , ... , .
:::i~ . Jt! . • 74 Exploded views
}f:;::;·,';!
. ::
·•·'• <
--------------------
Exploded Views-prove Unpacking the U-1 O
The following iloms are included with your U-10 Water Quality
~h~~k;~u unpack the probe and main unit, confirm that all the other
accessories are included as well.
• Main unit • Calibration breaker
I ,· @ ,· •'
• Probe • 9V battery (6F22)
I ~ I I~ I ' • ' ,~~··-r ,
• DO sensor • ,,
I '
I ~ ·: ' ' '
• Standard solution (pH 4 • DO sensor tool
NO. PARTS NO. PARTS NAME DESCRIPTION
3 F020911500 SCREW, PANHEAD JISB1111 M3X6 (S•ZN3)
4 F020518700 O-RING NOK S 11.2 (SI)
5 9037004900 DO SENSOR
6 9037005000 REFERENCE I
7 F020246900 O-RING, S18 NOKS1A FPM
8 F020009500 SCREW, PANHEAD M3·6L SUS304
9 H542141-01 CONDGUARD
10 F020058000 O-RING, pg B2401 pg FPM
11 9037004800 PHTIP
12 F020058100 O·RING, PS B2401 PS FPM
13 H358290-01 PROTECTING TUBE
standard solulion, 100-4)
I ~ I 500 ml bOttle
I ~ • This Instruction Manual
• Reference solution
I CJ I
250ml bottle
I @ I .
• Carrying Case
.. !~:
······ .... ~---
.:?/
#-t
Precautions when using the U-10
The U-10 Water Quality Checker Is carefully designed for trouble-free
operation. However, It Is a sophisticated electronic Instrument, and It
can be damaged if used carelessly. Please read the followlng .
precautions and observe them when using your U-10 Water Checker.
• Do not swing or jerk the probe by Its
cable.
• Do not subject the cable connector to
stress by pulllng or stretching It.
• Do not drop either the U-10 probe or
main unit. Never subject either ·
component to sudden Impact.
• Do not store the U-10 where It may be
exposed to prolonged direct sunlight.
Never leave the U-10 Inside a vehicle
with the windows closed.
Precautions 77
• Never Immerse the main unit directly
In water.
The main unit Is water-resistant
and may be safely used In the rain;
however, It Is not of waterproof
construction. Immersing the main unit
In water or any other liquid can
damage the Internal electronic circuits
• Never allow any organic solvent to
come In contact with either the probe
or !he main unit. This Includes such
organic solvents as methylethyl
ketone (MEK) and acetone.
(The probe is made of
polyphenylene ether (PPE): the main
unit case Is acrylic resin.)
I
I · ~YS I incorporated
1211 ■■11■■■ . ,, · .
I. 11i!■■■■■■ . . _u••r •••• ··,
.:·---.. ...... . .J. · :,: 11■■1 •••• .,, 1. ·_¥ S'i-i 1
I
I
......
i >t I,~,
! '.~\·
YSI MODEL 95
1'.tfi ; . Handheld
1.\·i• ·.• ,,•!,~ Dissolved Oxygen ·
••
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
.. t\nd ..•• , ·;th.·
·r en1pe~ature System
_,/;•··@peratjons
·-· Manual·
(
\
l
CONTENTS
SECI10N2PREPARINGTHEMETER-------·-------------....;,
2.1 UNPACKING ................................................................................................................................................................. 2
2.2 W ARRANlY CARD ...................................................................................................................................................... 2
2.3 BATTERIES .................................................................................................................................................................. 2.
2.4 CAUBRA noN/STORAGE CHAMBER ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.5 HAND S1RAP ....... ___ ............ , .......................................................................................................................... 3
2.6 THE ME'IER CASE ................. · .................................................................................................................................... .3
SECI10N 3 PREPARING THE PROBE_, __________ _ -------4
3.1 CHOOSINGTilE RlGHT MEMBRANE CAP ..................................................... --.................................................. 4
3.2MEMBRANECAPINSTAILATION .... _. ........................................................................................................................... .4
SECI10N 4 OPERATION---------------------------'6
4.1 TURNING THE !NSTRUMENf ON ........................................... -----.......................................................... 7.
4.2 CALIBRATION ___ .................................. c ........................................................................................................ 7
4.3 MAKING MEASUREMENTS .......................................................................................................................................... 8
44 STIRRING ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9
4.5 SAVINGDATA ................................................................................................................................................ · ........... 9
4.6 REcAu.lNG STORFD DAT A. ........ : ............................................................................................................. : .................. 9
. 4.?ERAsINGSTORFDDATA ............................................................................................................................................ 10
4.8 TOGGLING BElWEEN %-AIR SATURATION AND Mo/L .............................................................................................. .11
4.9 DISSOLVED OXYGEN FILTER ..................................... : ............................................................................................... 11
4.10 DISP!AY BACKUGHT .............. : ...................................... , ................ , ........................................................ ---11
SECI10N S PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION-------------------12
5.1 MEA CLARK OXYGEN SFNSOR ................................................................................................................................ 12
5.2 00 READINGS FROMTilECATilODE REDUCTION ..................................................................................................... 13
5 .3 FoRMA TION OF AGCL AT TilE ANODE ...................................................................................................................... 13
5.4 FuNCTION OFTIJEEl.ECIB.OLYTE· .................................................................... : ........................................................ 13
SECI10N 6 MAlNTENANCEOF THE MEA SENSOK...-----·---------14
6.1 ANODE SERVICE ........................................................................................................................................................ 14
6.2 CATilODESERVICE .................................................................................................................................................... i4
6.3 DISSOLVED OXYGEN PROBE l'RECAUTIONS ............................. : ............................................................................... 15
6.4 PR0BESTORAGE ......................................................................................................................................... --15
SECI10N7 DISCUSSION OF MEASUREMENTERRORS•------·---·----16
SECI10N 8 TROUBLESHOOTING.--·--·-··------...:_-.... -._...;
SECI10N 9 WARRANTY AND REPAIR.·-·---·--------·---·---·------··--··19
APPENDIX A· GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS-----------··---·------24
APPENDIX B -REQUIRED NOTICE ... ---·-----------·---·--···---··--·..26
APPENDIX C -ACCESSORIES AND REPLACEMENT PARTS----·--__ _ __ ..1:7
APPENDIX D -UNIT CONVERSION-·-----·---·-·-··-··----···-------·.28
APPENDIX E -OXYGEN SOLUBILITY TABLE----------··---·--·----'"9
APPENDIX F. CALIBRATION VALUES TABLE .. , .. -·-----··--·-·---····------·-·--··.31
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6
i
D
I
I
I
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
The YSI Model 95 Handheld Dissolved Oxygen and Temperature System is a rugged, micro-
processor based, digital meter with an attached YSI microelectrode array (MEA) dissolved oxygen
probe. The MEA sensor eliminates the need for stirring in most environmental applications
allowing measurement of DO in the field without an external stirring device. It also reduces
measurement errors caused by insufficient or inconsistent stirring.
The YSI Model 95 has the following features:
• Microprocessor control
• Minimal stirring dependence
• Low maintenance MEA DO probe
• Push-button calibration
• · Cap membranes for easy membrane replacement
• Simultaneous display of temperature and DO in % air saturation or mg/L
• Automatic salinity compensation with manual entering of salinity value
• Automatic temperature compensation
• Data storage for 50 sets of readings with on screen recall
• Waterproof case (IP65)
The YSI Model 95 has a non-detachable, combination sensor available with cable lengths of 10, 25,
50 or 100 feet. The Model 95D has a detachable cable. The probe utilizes easy to install cap
membranes and the probe body has been manufactured with stainless steel to add rugged durability
and sinking weight. The silver anode of the MEA DO sensor requires no servicing for up to 10,000
hours (four years) of operation under normal operating conditions (no sulfite contamination).
The Model 95' s micro-processor allows the system to be easily calibrated with the press of a few
buttons. Additionally, the micro-processor performs a self-diagnostic routine each time the
instrument is turned on. The ~If-diagnostic routine provides useful information about the function
of the instrument and probe. For a list of these diagnostic codes, see Section 8, Troubleshooting.
A probe calibration/storage chamber is built into the instrument case. A small moist sponge in the
chamber provides a water-saturated air environment that is ideal for air calibration of the dissolved
oxygen probe. This chamber also provides a convenient place to store the probe when the system is
not in use. The Model 95 case is waterproof (rated to IP65) allowing operation in the rain without
damage to the instrument.
Six AA-sized alkaline batteries power the Model 95. A new set of alkaline batteries will provide
approximately 150 hours of continuous operation. When batteries need to be replaced, the LCD will
display a ''LO BA 'P' message.
The YSI Model 95 is designed for use in environmental, aquaculture, and industrial applications
where accurate dissolved oxygen and temperature measurements are desired with minimal stirring.
YSI Incorporated Model 95
!1
l
SECTION 2 PREPARING THE METER
2.1 UNPACKING
When you unpack your new YSI Model 95 Handheld Dissolved Oxygen and Temperature System for the first time, compare the packing list with the contents of the shipping box. If there is anything missing or damaged, call the dealer from whom you purchased the Model 95. If you do not know which authorized dealers sold the system to you, call YSI Customer Service at 800-765-4974 or 937-767-7241, and we1! be happy to help you.
2.2 WARRANTY CARD
Please complete the Warranty Card and return it to YSI. The warranty card allows the entry of your purchase of this instrument in our computer system. Once your purchase is recorded, you will receive prompt, efficient service if any part of your YSI Model 95 needs repair during the warranty: period.
2.3 BAmRIES
There are a few things you must do to prepare your YSI Model 95 for use. First, locate the six AA-sized alkaline batteries that were included. Use a screwdriver or a small coin to remove the thumbscrew on the bottom of the instrument (see figure below). This thumbscrew holds the battery-chamber cover in place. The battery-chamber cover is marked with the words "OPEN" and "CLOSE."
NOTE: On some models, the battery cover thumbscrew may be unscrewed by hand (a screwdriver may not be required).
Battery chamber
cover
Thwnb screw
YSI Incorporated Model 95 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Preparing the Meter Section 2
there is a small molded insert inside each of the two battery-chamber sleeves. These labels
illustrate the correct way to install the batteries into each sleeve of the battery-chamber.
tAUTION: It is very important that ihe batteries be installed ONLY as illustrated. The instrument
will not function and may be damaged if the batteries are installed incorrectly.
Turn the instrument on by pressing and releasing the ON/OFF button on the front of the
instrument. The liquid crystal display (LCD) should come on. Allow a few seconds for the
instrument to complete its diagnostic routine. If the instrument does not operate, consult Section 8,
Troubleshooting.
You may also want to take the instrument into a dark room and with the instrument ON, hold down
the LIGHT button. The instrument back light should illuminate the LCD so that the display can be
easily read.
2.4 CALIBRATION/STORAGE CHAMBER
The Model 95 has a convenient calibration/storage
chamber built into the instrument's side. This chamber
provides an ideal storage area for the probe during
transport and extended non-use. If you . look into the
. chamber, you should notice a small round sponge in the
bottom. Carefully put about IO drops of clean w;i.ter into
the sponge. Turn the instrument over and allow any
excess water to drain out of the chamber. The wet
sponge ·creates a I 00% water saturated air environment
for the probe that is ideal for dissolved oxygen
calibration.
2.5 HAND STRAP Figure I
The hand strap (see figure on previous page) is designed to allow comfortable operation of the
Model 95 with minimum effort. If the hand strap is adjusted correctly, it is unlikely that the
. instrument will be easily dropped or bumped from your hand.
To adjust the hand strap on the back of the meter, unsnap the vinyl cover and pull the two Velcro
strips apart. Place your hand between the meter and the strap and adjust the strap length so that your
hand is snugly held in place. Press the two Velcro strips back together and snap the vinyl cover.
back into place.
2.6 METER CASE
The meter case is sealed at the factory and is not intended to be opened, except by authorized
service technicians. Do not attempt to separate the two halves of the meter case as this may
damage the instrument, break the water-proof seal, and may void the manufacturer's
warranty.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 3
! :
SECTION 3 PREPARING THE PROBE
The YSI Model 95 dissolved oxygen probe is shipped wet with a shipping membrane installed. This protective membrane cap on the probe tip must be removed and replaced with a new membrane cap filled with MEA probe solution before using the probe. Follow the instructions below to install the new membrane cap.
3.1 CHOOSING THE CORRECT MEMBRANE CAP
Two different membrane caps are available for the Model 95. The YSI Model 9501 Membrane Cap Kit is supplied with the Model 95. This kit contains six 0.5 mil (.0005") membrane caps and a bottle ofMEA probe solution (KC]).
NOTE: YSI 9501 Membrane Caps offer the fastest response to changes in DO and are recommended by YSI for most applications.
For conditions with low flow or stagnant water, a 1 mil (.001 ") membrane is available (YSI Model 9502 Membrane Cap Kit). This membrane requires less stirring than the 9501, but has a much slower response. Use this membrane when minimal stirring (<2."/sec) is available.
I
3.2 MEMBRANE CAP INSTALIATION
WARNING: Use only YSI MEA probe solution in the membrane cap. Any other solution will damage the MEA sensor.
To ins4,ll a new membrane cap on your YSI Model 95 dissolved oxygen probe:
I. Unscrew and remove the probe sensor guard (see Figure 2 ).
2.
3.
4.
5.
Unscrew and remove the old membrane cap.
Thoroughly rinse the sensor tip with distilled water.
Hold the membrane cap and add 8 to 9 drops of MEA probe solution (about half full).
Tap the bottom of the cap with your finger a few times to remove any trapped air bubbles.
CAUTION: Do not touch the membrane surface.
6. Screw the membrane cap onto the probe tightly by hand (to prevent leakage of electrolyte). A small amount of probe solution should overflow.
7. Shake off any excess probe solution and rinse the stainless steel thoroughly with distilled water to prevent corrosion.
YSI Incorporated Model95 4.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I ' ' I
-
.~ :~
'1: ; I
' ll I
' I\
i Ii I '
D
I ' i
I
I
Preparing the Probe
Unscrew guard
F1gure2
Unscrew cap
Screw capon
tightly by hand
Section 3
Fill new membrane
cap with 8-9 drops
ofMEAprobe
solution.
Tap cap with finger ~---~-"'
©
Screw guard on
tightly by hand
WARNING: Use only YSI MEA probe solution in the membrane cap. Any other solution will
damage the MEA sensor.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 5
SECTION 4 OPERATION
The following diagram is an overview of the operation of the Model 95. See the following sections
for details of operation. ·
/ ' -~ Oxygen
8.37· Dissolved Oxygen reading
22.5" Temperature reading
M~
b e , loo□rr) ,,
I, I,
b I,
toggle between
(': Al r H l'lg/L J
Press both for DO filter
I, I,
b [LIGHTj I : I,
b le b , D..~ le
rl ''I/ p
b j b I v'Y 'e
"l ' "-I, .... I,
I, 't.>j • I b HDDE r• I : b
b !ENTER, I e H b ..
b le b e
ress both for DO cofibration
* . --I ¾ Al r }----c,( l'lg/L H reco.l l H ero.se J
old 2 seconds to SAVE data
b e b I,
\.
Figure 3
YSI Incorporated Model 95 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I:
i
I\
I(
1:
I
I
I
n
D
, I
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
Operation Section 4
.4.1 TURNING THE INSTRUMENT ON
With the batteries installed correctly, press the ON/OFF button. The instrument will activate all
segments of the display for a few seconds, which will be followed by a self test procedure which
will last for several more seconds. During this power on self test sequence, the instrument's
microprocessor is verifying that the system is working properly. If the instrument were to detect a
problem, a continuous error message would be displayed. See the section entitled Troubleshooting
for a list of error messages.
NOTE: It is normal for an error to be displayed for a second or two when the system is first
· turned on.
4.2 CALIBRATION
Dissolved oxygen calibration must be done in an environment with a known oxygen content. Since
the amount of oxygen in the atmosphere is known, it makes an excellent environment for calibration
(at 100% relative humidity). The calibration/storage chamber contains a moist sponge to create a
100% water saturated air environment.
Before calibrating the YSI Model 95, complete the procedures discussed in the Preparing the
Meter and Preparing the Probe sections of this manual.
To accurately calibrate the YSI Model 95 you will need to know the following information:
• The approximate altitude of the region in which you are located.
• The approximate salinity of the samples that you will be measuring. Fresh water has a salinity
of approximately zero. Sea water has a salinity of approximately 35 (parts per thousand, ppt). If
you are not certain what the salinity of the sample water is, use a YSI Model 30 Salinity-.
Conductivity-Temperature system to determine it.
l. Ensure that the sponge inside the instrument's
calibration chamber is wet. Insert the probe into the
calibration chamber.
2. Tum the instrument on by pressing the ON/OFF
button. Wait for the dissolved oxygen and
temperature readings to stabilize (usually 15
minutes is required after turning the instrument on).
If the instrument was already on, press the MODE
button until dissolved oxygen is displayed in mg/L
or % air saturation. To enter the calibration menu,
use two fingers to press and release both the UP
ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons at the
. same time (DOWN ARROW slightly ahead).
YSI Incorporated Model 95
Figure4
7
'I ; i
Operation Section 4
3. The LCD will prompt you to enter the local altitude in hundreds of feet. Use the arrow keys to
increase or decrease the altitude. When the proper altitude appears on the LCD, press the
ENTER button once.
EXAMPLE: Entering the number 12 here indicates 1200 feet.
4. The LCD will prompt you to enter the salinity of the sample(s) that you will be measuring. You
can enter any number from Oto 80 (ppt). Use the arrow keys to increase or decrease the salinity
setting. When the proper salinity appears on the LCD (zero for fresh water), press the ENTER
button.
5. The Model 95 should now display CAL in the lower left of the display, the calibration value
should be displayed in the lower right of the display and the current DO reading (before
calibration) should be on the main display. Make sure that the DO reading (large display) is
stable, then press the ENTER button. The display should read SA VE then should return to the
Normal Operation Mode.
For best results:
• Each time the Model 95 is turned off, re-calibrate before taking measurements.
• Calibrate at a temperature within ±10°C of the sample temperature.
4.3 MAKING MEASURMENTS
The Model 95 has four modes:
► Dissolved Oxygen % -A measurement of oxygen in_ percent of air saturation (partial
pressure).
► Dissolved Oxygen mg/L -A measurement of oxygen solubility in mg/L.
► Recall -Allows previously stored data to be displayed.
► Erase all -Allows ALL previously stored data to be deleted.
Temperature is displayed in both dissolved oxygen modes.
· NOTE: When you tum the Model 95 off, it will "remember" which DO mode you used last and
will return to that mode the next time the instrument is turned on.
To change between the Model 95 modes, simply press and release the MODE button. The Model
95 will cycle through the modes as follows:
Dissolved Oxygen Dissolved Oxygen Recall -E~se all
in o/o with°C ~ in mg/L with •c --.. I
YSI Incorporated . Model 95 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
Operation Section 4
4.4 STIRRING
It is important to realize that even a small amount of stirring will improve the DO and temperature response times in stagnant water, because the transfer process of heat and oxygen wiU be facilitated by convection. Also, the MEA dissolved oxygen probe is not totally stirring independent due to the consumption of oxygen at the sensor tip during measurement. When taking dissolved oxygen measurements in totally stagnant samples, the probe must be moved through the sample at a rate of 2 inches per second to provide adequate stirring.
4.5 SAVING DATA
The Model 95 is equipped-with a non-volatile memory that is capable of storing up to 50 different sets of readings. Non-volatile means that you do not need to worry that your data will be lost due to a power failure or interruption, such as when the batteries are removed. Each set consists of dissolved oxygen in percent, dissolved oxygen in mg/L and temperature. The Model 95 will also assign a site identity number to each set of readings to allow easy review of the data. This feature is useful in situations where transcribing data is difficult or not available.
While dissolved oxygen is displayed on the screen (in
% or mg/L), depress the ENTER button and hold it
for· approximately 2 seconds. The meter will flash
SA VE on the display along with the current site
identity (I through 50) being used.
When all 50 sites are full, the display will flash FULL
on the screen. This message will remain on the screen
(even after power down) until a button is pushed.
Once you have acknowledged the memory is full, any
subsequent saved data will begin overwriting existing
data starting with site#!. No additional warning will
be displayed.
4.6 RECALLING STORED DATA
I. To put the Model 95 into the RECALL mode,
depress the MODE button repeatedly until "rel"
is displayed on the screen along with the site ID
number in the lower right comer.
2. Depress the ENTER button to review the last set
of data that was saved. The Model 95 will display
the dissolved oxygen hi % air saturation and
temperature. Another press of the ENTER button
will display the dissolved oxygen in mg/L and the
temperature.
3. Depress the UP ARROW button to move up
YSI Incorporated Model 95 9
Operation Section 4
through the saved sets of data.
4. Depress the DOWN ARROW button to move down through the saved sets of data.
5. When you have finished recalling data, press MODE two times to return to normal operation.
NOTE: The Model 95 will recall data as a list. When the UP ARROW is depressed the Model 95
will display the Site ID# for the previously recorded date. For example: If you are reviewing Site
ID# 5 and the UP ARROW is depressed the Model 95 will display Site ID#4. If you are reviewing
Site ID# 5 and Site ID# 5 was the last set of data stored the DOWN ARROW button will display
Site ID# 1.
Here is an example of the Model 95 memory.
Site ID #1
Site ID #2
Site ID #3 .ikhe UP ARROW button was pressed the Model 95 would display Site ID #2
SiteID#4
SiteID#S
4.7 ERASING STORED DATA
1. To erase the data that is stored in the Model 95's
memory, depress the MODE button until the
Model 95 displays ErAS on the screen.
2. Depress and hold the DOWN ARROW and
ENTER buttons simultaneously for
approximately 5 seconds.
3. When the Model 95 has successfully erased data,
the display reads DONE for I to 2 seconds. The
instrument will automatically change to normal
operation after completion and the next saved
data will be stored in site ID# 1.
™PORTANT: Using the erase function forever and completely erases data in all 50 site
ID's. Do not use the erase function until all recorded data has been transcribed to an archive outside
the Model 95.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
' -I
I
Ii
RI,
I
1!
1:
II
I
1\
I Ii
I
I
Operation Section 4
4.8 TOGGLING BElWEEN %-AIR SATURATION AND MG/L
The UP ARROW key allows quick and convenient switching between the two DO parameters
without going through the instrument's four modes (using the MODE key). Press the UP ARROW
key to toggle the DO reading between %-air saturation and mg/L.
4.9 DISSOLVED OXYGEN FILTER
The Model 95 is equipped with a DO filter to help filter out instability and high frequency noise.
This feature is useful when measuring dissolved oxygen in an unstable environment such as a fast
moving stream or an aeration tank. The default option for the filter is off. To activate the filter, enter
the filter option irenu by pressing both the DOWN ARROW and MODE keys together (V key
slightly ahead). Operation procedures:
• Press both the _DOWN ARROW and MODE keys
together (V key slightly ahead). The current status
of the filter is displayed, On or OFF, with a smaller
"FIL"· displayed in the bottom right comer of the
screen.
• Press the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW key to
change the current status· of the filter option.
• Press ENTER to confirm the change .
. • To abort any changes and exit the filter menu, press
the MODE key (instead of ENTER).
4.10 DISPLAY BACKLIGHT
At titres it may be necessary to take measurements with the Model 95 in dark or poorly lit areas. To
help in this situation, the Model 95 comes equipped with a backlight that will illuminate the display
so that it can be easily read. To activate the backlight, press and hold the LIGHT button. The
display will remain lit as long as the button is depressed. When you le\ it up, the light goes out to
preserve battery life.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 11
1'"
':j,
! j
. I
'I ' i : I . I
. I -, !
SECTION 5 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
5.1 MEA ClARK OXYGEN SENSOR
I
I
I
I The MEA (microelectrrode array) is a steady-state Clarlc type polarographic (voltammetric) dissolved oxygen sensor. The sensor is made of a silver anode and a gold cathode ( consisting of I 00 I very small electrodes, each measuring approximately 8 micrometers in diameter) and is separated from the measured medium by a semi-penneable Teflon membrane. The small dimensions of each individual micro surface consume a very small amount of oxygen. Large spacing between adjacent I microsurfaces allo~s for minimal overlap of diffusion layers from adjacent cathode surfaces. This design produces the minimal stirring dependence of the MEA probe. The temperature sensing
~ Temperature sensor
Anode (silver)
~---MEACathode (gold)
Figure 5
element (thermistor assembly) is mounted next to the oxygen sensor vertically (see Figure 1), providing temperature readings for the DO system.
The membrane selectively allows oxygen to penneate into the ~nsor; but prevents most interfering molecules and fouling materials from entering. Upon permeating through the membrane, oxygen is reduced at the gold cathode. The current resulting from this reduction is diffusion-limited and is proportional to the partial pressure of oxygen in the sample. The counter reaction is the oxidation of silver at the anode/reference electrode that completes the overall electrolytic reaction in the chloride medium (KCI electrolyte) behind the membrane. These reactions, at the cathode and· the anode, are as follows:
YSI Incorporated
Cathode reaction: .
Anode reaction:
02 + 2Hi<) + 4e-=> 40If
Ag+Cr >AgCI+e-
Model 95 12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
Ir
It
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i ' I :
!
Principals of Operation Section 5
5.2 DO READINGS FROM THE CATHODE REDUCTION
The oxygen reduction current is sampled and processed, by the meter, and displayed as either %-air
saturation or mg/L. While the parameter of %-air (partial pressure) is independent of temperature
and salinity, mg/L (solubility of oxygen) is a function of temperature and salinity. The same %-air
reading (same partial pressure) would give a higher mg/L reading at a lower temperature than at a
higher temperature. The higher the salinity, the lower the solubility (mg/L) is for the same %-air
reading at the same temperature.
5.3 FORMATION OF AgCI AT THE ANODE
While the oxygen reduction current passes through the internal circuit to be reported as the DO
reading, it also passes through the anode oxidizing the silver and forming a thin layer of silver
chloride. Furthennore, the oxidation of silver at the chloride medium provides a stable potential that
the cathode potent/al is referenced to (for instance, the polarization potential of the cathode is -1.0
V versus the potential of the Ag/AgCl redox couple at the silver anode). Since the current of the
MEA sensor is so small, .there should not be any significant accumulation of AgCl at the anode for
3 to4years.
5.4 FUNCTION OF THE ELECTROLYTE
There are two main functions for the electrolyte:
1. Supply the chloride (Cr) to the anode/reference electrode for the counter reaction of the
oxygen reduction at the cathode.
2. Provide the ionic conduction of electricity inside the cell, especially in the thin layer
between the gold cathode and the membrane.
Under normal operating conditions, such as measuring oxygen around 100%-air saturation (8.27
mg/L) at 25°C, the electrolyte should last up to 500 hours. This translates into about 62.5 working
days at 8 hours per day operation. The actual electrolyte life, however, may be shorter since, in
most environmental applications, membrane fouling determines the life of the
electrolyte/membrane.
YSI Incorporated Model95 13
1·
i i i
• , I •
SECTION 6 MAINTENANCE OF THE MEA SENSOR
6.1 ANODE SERVICE
Warning: Under no circumstances should ammonium hydroxide be used to clean the silver
anode. Ammonium hydroxide will permanently damage the condition of the MEA surface.
The MEA oxygen sensor is, in principle, the same as the conventional Clark oxygen sensor in that
the sensor is made of.a silver anode and a gold cathode, but the cathode is a microelectrode.array.
Since the current of the MEA oxygen sensor is so much smaller (on average 100 times smaller) than
the current of YSI conventional oxygen sensors, consumption of the silver anode, due to the
fonnation of AgCl, is minimal during the lifetime of the probe. There should not be any significant
build-up of silver chloride at the surface of the anode for 3 to 4 years, therefore, the anode should
not require chemical cleaning. However, if the surface of the silver anode has become fouled, gently
wet sand it using 400 grit wet/dry sandpaper, rinse thoroughly with deionized or distilled water and
wipe with a wet paper towel until the dark layer is removed. The directions are as follows:
Anode Oeaning Procedures (See figure 6)
✓ Rinse the sensor thoroughly after removing the membrane cap.
✓ Use wet 400 grit sandpaper to sand away the top layer of the anode by wrapping the sandpaper
around the anode and gently rotating it until the dark layer is removed.
✓
✓
Rinse the anode thoroughly with deionized or distilled water and wipe with a wet paper towel.
Rinse the anode again with deionized or distilled water.
Figure6
6.2 CATHODE SERVICE
Anode
Wet
microcloth
\
Press lightly against
sensor smface
Warning: Under no circumstances should the gold cathode surface (the MEA surface) be
sanded. Sanding will permanently damage the condition of the MEA surface.
If the MEA oxygen sensor exhibits erratic behavior, such as a current rise at a rate of 1 %/hour or
very jumpy readings, it can be serviced by buffing. You can use a few light twists against the
surface with the wet microcloth mounted on the buffing tool provided in the 9503 reconditioning
kit.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I • ~
I
I
I
I
n
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Maintenance of the MEA Sensor Section 6
Note: The MEA sensor does not require buffing (cleaning) every time the membrane cap is
changed. Under normal operating conditions, the MEA sensor should be buffed no more than two
times per year.
Cathode Cleaning Procedures
✓ Remove the membrane cap and rinse the sensor thoroughly with deionized or distilled water .
✓ Place the microcloth on the buffing tool (self-adhesive). Wet the microcloth thoroughly with
deionized or distilled water.
✓ Twist the buffing tool back and forth three times in opposite directions while lightly pressing
the buffing tool against_the sensor surface (see figure 6).
✓ Rinse the sensor surface well with deionized or distilled water after buffing.
6.3 DISSOLVED OXYGEN PROBE PRECAUTIONS
Membrane life depends on usage. If the probe is properly maintained, one membrane cap should
last two to four weeks depending on how often the probe is used and the type of samples measured.
It is recommended that membrane caps not be re-used.
1. To keep the electrolyte from drying out, store the probe in a moist environment, such as the
calibration chamber with the wet sponge inside.
2. Erratic readings are a result of loose, wrinkled, damaged, or fouled membranes, or from large
(more than 1/4 of the circumference of the probe) bubbles in the electrolyte reservoir. If erratic
readings or evidence of membrane damage occurs, you should replace the membrane cap and
the KCl solution. The average replacement interval is two to four weeks.
3. If the membrane is coated with oxygen consuming (e.g. bacteria) or oxygen evolving organisms
(e.g. algae), erroneous readings may occur.
4. Chlorine, sulfur dioxide, nitric oxide, and nitrous oxide can affect readings by behaving like
oxygen at the probe. If you suspect erroneous readings, it may be necessary to determine if
these gases are the cause.
5. Avoid any environment that contains substances that may attack the probe materials. Some of
these substances are concentrated acids, caustics, and strong solvents. The probe materials that
come in contact with the sample include FEP Teflon, stainless steel, epoxy, polyetherimide and
the polyurethane cable covering.
6. Do not allow the probe to strike hard objects. The membrane or sensor inside may be damaged.
6.4 PROBE STORAGE
For long term storage (4 weeks), remove the membrane cap, thoroughly rinse the MEA sensor with
deionized or distilled water and install a new membrane cap filled with MEA probe solution. Store
the sensor in a humid environment such as the calibration chamber with the wet sponge inside. Do
NOT store the probe dry.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 15
SECTION 7 DISCUSSION OF MEASUREMENT ERRORS
There are three basic types of dissolved oxygen errors. Type 1 errors are related to limitations of
instrument design and tolerances of instrument components. These are primarily the meter linearity
and the resistor tolerances. Type 2 errors are due to basic probe accuracy tolerances, mainly
background signal, probe linearity, and variations in membrane temperature coefficient. Type 3
errors are related to the operator's ability to determine the conditions at the time of calibration. If
calibration is performed against more accurately known conditions, type 3 errors are appropriately
reduced.
Type 1 Errors
A. Meter linearity error: ±0.5% of full scale reading, or ±0.04 mg/1 at 25°C whichever is greater.
B. Component and circuitry error: ±0.04 mg/1
Type 2 Errors
A. DO errors caused by temperature compensation for measurements at ± !0°C from calibration
temperature: ±1 % of 25° C (±0.08 mg/1)
B. DO errors caused by temperature measurement errors: A maximum ±0.2°C temperature error is
equal to ±0.5% (0.04mg/L at 25°C).
Type 3 Errors
A. Altitude: The maximum DO error caused by calibrating to altitude in increments of l 00 feet:
±0.18% (< 0.015 mg/1 at 25°C)
B. Humidity: Errors occur if calibration is performed at less than l 00% humidity. The worst
possible case would be calibration at 0% humidity. The. error varies with the calibration
temperature as follows: .
Temperature Calibration Error at 0% humidity
0°C 0.09mg/l
10°c 0.14 mg/1
20°c 0.21 mg/1
30°c 0.33 mg/1
40°c 0.50 mg/1
Approximating The Error
It is unlikely that the actual error in any measurement will be the maximum possible error. A better
error approximation is obtained using a root mean squared (r.m.s.) calculation:
r.m.s. error= ±[la2 + lb2 +2a2 + 2b2 + 3a2 + 3b2]" mg/1
NOTE: This calculation is for a near extreme set of conditions.
If the probe is calibrated in water-saturated air, then type 3B errors (humidity), the largest error of
all types, is virtually eliminated and the maximum possible error is in the order of 0.1 mg/L for the
case of calibrating around 25°C.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 8 TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom Possible Cause Action
I. Instrument will not tum on A. Low battery voltage A. Replace batteries (Section 2)
. B. Batteries installed wrong B. Check battery polarity. (Section 2)
C. Meter requires service C. Return system for service (Section 9)
2. Instrument_ will not calibrate A. Membrane is fouled or damaged A. Replace membrane cap (Section 3)
B. Probe anode is fouled or dark B. Clean anode (Section 6)
C. Probe cathode is fouled C. Buff cathode (Section 6)
D. System requires service D. Return system for service (Section 9)
3. Instrument "locks up" A. Instrument has rec'd a shock A & B. Remove battery lid, wait 15
B. Batteries are low or damaged seconds for reset, replace lid. (Section 2)
C. System requires service C. Return system for service (Section 9)
4. Dissolved Oxygen readings are A. Cal altitude is incorrect A. Recalibrate w/correct value (Section
inaccurale 4)
B. Probe not in 100% water saturated
air during Cal procedure B. Moisten sponge & place in Cal
C. Membrane fouled or damaged chamber w/ probe & Recal (Section 4)
D. Probe anode is fouled or dark c. Replace membrane cap (Section 3)
E. Probe cathode is fouled D. Clean anode (Section 6)
F. System requires senice E. Buff cathode (Section 6)
F. Return system for service (Section 9)
5. LCD displays "LO BAT' A. Batteries are low or damaged A. Replace batteries (Section 2)
6. Main Display reads ''OVE(' A. Temperature reading is >45"C In all cases, check calibration values and
(Secondary display reads "ovr') B. Temperature reading is <-5°C procedures. (Section 4)
(Secondary display reads "udr'') C. DO temperature is >45"C If each of these were done correctly,
return instrument for service. (Section 9)
D. DO% saturation is >500%
E. DO concentration is >50 mg/L
F. Probe current too high to calibrate
7. Main display reads ''PErr" A. Incorrect sequence of keystrokes. A. Refer to manual section for step by step
instruction for the function you are
attempting.
8. Main display reads "Err" A. System has failed its RAM test check A. Tum instrument OFF and back ON
(Secondary display reads "ra'') p~ure. again.
B. Return the system for service (Section 9)
9. Main display reads "En'' A. System has failed its ROM test check A. Tum instrument OFF and back ON
(Secondary display reads "ro") procedure. again.
B. Return the system for service (Section 9)
YSI Incorporated Mode\95 17
Troubleshooting
I 0. Main reads "Undr"
10. Main display reads "FAIL"
(Secondary display reads "eep")
11. Readings on main display don't
change
YSI Incorporated
Probe current too low to calibrate
A. EEPROM has failed to respond in
time.
A. Meter is in recall mode.
Model 95
Section 8
A. Return the system for service (Section 9)
A. Press MODE button to return to
Nonnal Operation (Section 4)
18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
R
'
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 9 WARRANTY AND REPAIR
YSI Model 95 Dissolved Oxygen Meters are warranted for two years from date of purchase by the
end user against defects in materials and workmanship. YSI Model 95 probes and cables are
warranted for one year from date of purchase by the end user against defects in material and
workmanship. Within the warranty period, YSI will repair or replace, at its sole discretion, free of
charge, any product that YSI determines to be covered by this warranty.
To exercise this warranty, write or call your local YSI representative, or contact YSI Customer
Service in Yellow Springs, Ohio. Send the product and proof of purchase, transportation prepaid, to
the Authorized Service Center selected by YSI. Repair or replacement will be made and the product
returned, transportation prepaid. Repaired or replaced products are warranted for the balance of the
original warranty period, or at least 90 days from date of repair or replacement
limitation of Warranty ·
· This Warranty does not apply to any YSI product damage or failure caused by (i) failure to install,
operate or use the product in accordance with YSI' s written instructions, (ii) abuse or misuse of the
product, (iii) failure to maintain the product in accordance with YSI' s written instructions or
standard industry procedure, (iv) any improper repairs to the product, (v) use by you of defective or
improper components or parts in servicing or repairing the product, or (vi) modification of the
product in any way not expressly authorized by YSI.
THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTilER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,.
INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. YSI's LIABILITY UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS LIMTIED TO
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF TilE PRODUCT, AND THIS SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS
· WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL YSI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECTIVE
PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY.
YSl,Jncorporated Model 95 19
i' . ,·
i ;
1.
i.i
Warranty and Repair
Section 9
AUTHORIZED U.S. SERVICE CENTERS
North and East Region
YSI Incorporated • Repair Center• 1725 Brannum Lane • Yellow Springs, Ohio• 45387 • Phone: [phone] • [phone]• E-Mail: [e-mail]
South Region :
C.C. Lynch & Associates • 212 E. 2nd Street• Suite 203 Phone: [phone] • [phone] • Fax: (228) 45 -
West Region
EnviroServices & Repair• 1110 Burnett Avenue, Suite D • Concord, CA• 94520 • Phone: [phone] • Fax: [phone]
Central Region
Hydro Tech Services, LLC • 4910 Iris Street Wheat Ridge, COo 80033 • Phone: [phone],0 Fax: [phone] • E-Mail: [e-mail]
West Central
uw,
* carifomia
Arizona New Mexico East
Florida
South
,o
~0---.
r,,.West
.,......, Hawaii
{)West
YSI Incorporated Model 95
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20 I
I
I!
I
i I ' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
;
I I
I
---
Warranty and Repair Section 9
INTERNATIONAL StRVICE CENTERS
YSI Incorporated • Repair Center • 1725 Brannum Lane • Yellow Springs, Ohio • 45387 • Phone:
[phone]• E-Mail: [e-mail]
Lynchford House• Lynchford Lane• Farnborough• Hampshire• GU146LT • Phone: (44--1252)
514711 • Fax: [phone] • Tix: 858210
Sakura-Building 6-5-6-13 • Shinjuku, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo• 160 • Phone: [phone] •
Fax: [phone]
SPECIAL TY SERVICE CENTERS
Aquaculture
Aquatic Eco Systems, Inc.• 1767 Benbow Court• Apopka, Florida• Phone: [phone] • Fax:
( 407) 886-6787
Aquacenter • 166 Seven Oaks Road• Leland, Mississippi• 38756 • Phone: [phone] • Fax: [phone]
Wastewater_
Q.C. Services• P.O. Box 68 • Harrison, Maine• 04040 • Phone: [phone]
Q.C. Services• P.O.-Box 14831 • Portland, Oregon• 97293 • Phone: [phone]
North Central Labs • 400 Lyons Road • Birnamwood, Wisconsin • Phone: [phone] • Fax:
[phone]
YSI Incorporated Model 95 21
Warranty and Repair Section 9
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE: Before they can be serviced, equipment exposed to biological, radioactive, or toxic
materials must be cleaned and disinfected. Biological contamination is presumed for any
instrument, probe, or other device that has been used with body fluids or tissues, or with waste
water. Radioactive contamination is presumed for any instrument, probe or other device that has
been used near any radioactive source.
If an instrument, probe, or other part is returned or presented for service without a Cleaning
Certificate, and if in our opinion it represents a potential biological or radioactive hazard, our
service personnel reserve the right to withhold service until appropriate cleaning, decontamination,
and certification has been completed. We will contact the sender for instructions as to the
disposition of the equipment. Disposition costs will be the responsibility of the sender.
When service is required, either at the user's facility or at YSI, the following steps must be taken to
insure the safety of our service personnel.
1. In a manner appropriate to each device, decontaminate all exposed surfaces, including any
containers. 70% isopropyl alcohol or a solution of 1/4 cup bleach to I gallon tap water are
suitable for most disinfecting. Instruments used with waste water may be disinfected with .5%
Lysol if this is more convenient to the user.
2. The user shall take normal precautions to prevent radioactive contamination and must use
appropriate decontamination procedures should exposure occur.
3. If exposure has occurred, the customer must certify that decontamination has been
. accomplished and that no radioactivity is detectable by survey equipment.
4. Any product being returned to the YSI Repair Center, should be packed securely to prevent
damage.
5. Cleaning must be completed and certified on any product before returning it to YSI.
PACKING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Clean and decontaminate items to insure the safety of the handler.
2. Complete and include the Cleaning Certificate.
3. Place the product in a· plastic bag to keep out dirt and packing material.
4. Use a large carton, preferably the original, and surround the product completely with packing
material.
5. Insure for the replacement value of the product.
YSI Incorporated Model 95 22
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
D
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
Warranty and Repair Section 9
Cleaning Certificate
Organization ____________ _
Department _____________ _
Address ______________ _
City ______ State ___ Zip __ _
Country _______ _
Model No. of Device ___ Lot Number ___ _
Contaminant(ifknown) ________ _
Cleaning Agent(s) used _______ _
Radioactive Decontamination Certified?
(Answer only if there has been radioactive exposure)
Yes No
Cleaning Certified By _________ _
Naine Date
YSI Incorporated Model 95 23
: :
· APPENDIX A GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Materials: ~S, Stainless Steel, and other materials
Dimensions:
Height:
Thickness:
Width:
Weight:
9.5 inches
2.2 inches
3 .5 inches max.
(24.13 cm)
(5.6 cm)
(8.89 cm)
(.77 kg)
Display:
1.7 pounds (w/ 10' cable)
2.3"W x l.5''L (5.8 cm W x 3.8 cm L)
Power. 6 AA-srze Alkaline Batteries (included)
Approximately 150 hours operation from each new set of batteries
Automatic shutoff after 4 hours without a key press
Water Tightness: Meets or exceeds IP65 standards
Operating Environment
Medium: fresh, sea, or polluted water and most other liquid solutions.
Temperature: -5 to +45 °C
Depth: 0 to 10, 0 to 25, 0 to 50, orO to 100 feet (depending 9n cable length)
Storage Temperature: -5 to + 55 °C
System Performance Specifications:
Measurement Range Resolution Accuracy
Temperature -5 to +45 °C 0.1 °C ±0.2°C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Dissolved Oxygen 0 to 500 % Air Sat. 0.1 % Air Saturation ± 2% or ± 0.2 mg/L,
whichever is greater. 0 to
200% air. Oto50mg/L
DO Response Time:
Temperature Response Time:
Temperature Compensation:
YSI Incorporated
0.01 mg/L ± 5% for 200% to 500% air
Application dependent. Typically 60 sec for 95% of the
change at 25°C
Typically 95% of the change
Automatic
Model 95 24
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Salinity Compensation Range: 0 to 80 ppt ( compensation between 40 and 80 is based on
extrapolation)
II Stirring Dependence: 0.5-mil membrane: <5% error in stagnant water or <2% at a
flow rate of 2 in/sec at 120 nA nominal current
I I-mil membrane: <3% error in stagnant water or <l % at a
flow rate of 2 in/sec at 100 nA nominal current
I Data Storage: 50 points with ID number.
I
I
I
I
D
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I YSI Incorporated Model 95 25
I
APPENDIX B REQUIRED NOTICE
The Federal Communications Commission defines this product as a computing device and requires the following notice:
This equipment generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used properly, may cause interference to radio and television reception. There is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the inter{erence by one or more of the following measures:
• re-orient the receiving antenna
• relocate the computer with respect to the receiver
• move the computer away from the receiver
• plug the computer into a different outlet so that the computer and receiver are on different branch circuits.
If necessary, the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet, prepared by the Federal Communications Commission, helpful: "How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV Interference Problems." This booklet is available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, Stock No. 0004-000-00345-4.
YSI Incorporated Mode195 26
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
R
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX C ACCESSORIES AND REPLACEMENT PARTS
The following parts and accessories are available from YSI or any Franchise Dealer authorized by
YSL
YSI Order Number Description
9501 Replacement Membrane Cap Ki~ 0.5 mil ( 6 each)
9502 Replacement Membrane Cap Ki~ I mil ( 6 each)
9503 MEA Probe Reconditioning Kit
5520 Carrying Case, small (95-10 or 95-25 only)
5050 Carrying Case, medium (95-50 or 95-I 00)
059965 Replacement Probe & Cable Assembly (IO feet)
059981 Replacement Probe & Cable Assembly (25 feet)
059984 Replacement Probe & Cable Assembly (50 feet)
059987 Replacement Probe and Cable Assembly (100 feet)
059971 Replacement Front Case Cover
055242 Replacement Rear Case Cover
055244 Replacement Banery Cover Kit
055204 Replacement Case Gasket and Screw
055219 Calibration Chamber Sponge
030157 Main Board Assembly
YSJ Incorporated Model 95 27
I
i
. i . ; . :
r
i
" l "
,, i-·
APPENDIX D UNIT CONVERSION
Conversion Chart
To Convert From To
Feet Meters
Meters Feet
Degrees Celsius Degrees Fahrenheit
. Degrees Fahrenheit Degrees Celsius
Milligrams per liter (mg/I) Parts per million (ppm)
YSI Incorporated Model 95
Equation
Multiply by 0.3048
Multiply by 3.2808399
(9/5• 0C)+ 32
5/9• (°F-32)
Multiply by I
28
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
0
I
I
I
I
I\
I
I
APPENDIX E OXYGEN SOLUBILITY TABLE
Solubility of Oxygen in mg/I in Water Exposed to Water-Saturated Air at 760 mm Hg Pressure.
Salinity = Measure of quantity of dissolved salts in water.
Chlorinity = Measure of chloride content, by mass, of water.
sf /00) = 1.80655 x Chlorinity ffoo)
Temp Chlorinity:0 5.0 ppt 10.0ppt 15.0ppt 20.0 ppt
·c Salinity:0 9.0 ppt 18.1 ppt 27.1 ppt 36.1 ppt
0.0 14.62 13.73 12.89 12.10 11.36
1.0 14.22 13.36 12.55 11.78 11.07
2.0 13.83 13.00 12.22 11.48 10.79
3.0 13.46 12.66 11.91 11.20 10.53
4.0 13.11 12.34 11.61 10.92 10.27
5.0 12.77 12.02 11.32 10.66 10.03
6.0 12.45 11.73 11.05 10.40 9.80
7.0 12.14 11.44 10.78 10.16 958
8.0 11.84 11.17 10.53 9.93 9.36
9.0 11.56 . 10.91 10.29 9.71 9.16
10.0 11.29 10.66 10.06 9.49 8.96
11.0 11.03 10.42 9.84 9.29 8.77
12.0 10.78 10.18 9.62 9.09 8.59
13.0 10.54 9.96 9.42 8.90 8.41
14.0 10.31 9.75 9.22 8.72 8.24
15.0 10.08 9.54 9.03 8.54 8.08
16.0 9.87 9.34 8.84 8.37 7.92
17.0 9.67 9.15 8.67 8.21 7.77
18.0 9.47 8.97 8.50 8.05 7.62
19.0 9.28 8.79 8.33 7.90 7.48
20.0 9.09 8.62 8.17 7.75 7.35
21.0 8.92 8.46 8.02 7.61 7.21
22.0 8.74 8.30 7.87 7.47 7.09
23.0 8.58 8.14 7.73 7.34 6.96
YSI Incorporated Model95
25.0ppt
45.2 ppt
10.66
10.39
10.14
9.90
9.66
9.44
9.23
9.02
8.83
8.64
8.45
8.28
8.11
7.95
7.79
7.64
7.50
7.36
7.22
7.09
6.96
6.84
6.72
6.61
29
Oxygen Solubility Table AppendixE
Temp Chlorinity:0 5.0 ppt 10.0 ppt 15.0 ppt 20.0 ppt 25.0 ppt ·c Salinity:0 9.0 ppt 18.l ppt 27.1 ppt 36.l ppt 45.2 ppt
24.0 8.42 7.99 7.59 7.21 6.84 6.50
25.0 8.26 7.85 7.46 7.08 6.72 6.39
26.0 8.11 7.71 7.33 6.96 6.62 6.28
27.0 7.97 7.58 7.20 6.85 6.51 6.18
28.0 7.83 7.44 7.08 6.73 6.40 6.09
29.0 7.69 7.32 6.96 6.62 6.30 5.99
30.0 7.56 7.19 6.85 6.51 6.20 5.90
31.0 7.43 7.07 6.73 6.41 6.10 5.81
32.0 7.31 6.96 6.62 6.31 6.01 5.72
33.0 7.18 6.84 6.52 6.21 5.91 5.63
34.0 7.07 6.73 6.42 6.11 5.82 5.55
35.0 6.95 6.62 6.31 6.02 5.73 5.46
36.0 6.84 3.52 6.22 5.93 5.65 538
37.0 6.73 6.42 6.12 5.84 5.56 5.31
38.0 6.62 6.32 6.03 5.75 5.48 5.23
39.0 6.52 6.22 5.98 5.66 5.40 5.15
40.0 6.41 6.12 5.84 5.58 5.32 5.08
41.0 6.31 6.03 5.75 5.49 5.24 5.01
42.0 6.21 5.93 5.67 5.41 5.17 4.93
43.0 6.12 5.84 5.58 5.33 5.09 4.86
44.0 6.02 5.75 5.50 525 5.02 4.79
45.0 5.93 5.67 5.41 5.17 4.94 4.72
* This table is provided for your infonnation only. It is NOT required when calibrating the Model 95 in accordance with the instructions outlined in the section entitled Calibration
YSI Incorporated Model 95 30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
u
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX F CALIBRATION VALUES TABLE
Calibration values for various atmospheric pressures and altitudes.
Note: This table is for your infonnation only. It is not required for calibration ..
Pressure Inches Pressure Pressure Altitude Altitude
of Hg mmHg kPA in feet in meters
30.23 768 102.3 -276 -84
29.92 760 101.3 0 0
29.61 752 100.3 278 85
29.33 745 . 99.3 558 170
29.02 737 98.3 841 256
28.74 730 97.3 1126 343
28.43 722 96.3 1413 431
28.11 714 95.2 1703 519
27.83 707 94.2 1995 608
27.52 699 93.2 2290 698
27.24 692 92.2 2587 789
26.93 684 91.2 2887 880
26.61 676 90.2 3190 972
26.34 669 89.2 3496 1066
26.02 661 88.2 3804 1160
25.75 654 87.1 4115 1254
25.43 646 86.1 4430 1350
25.12 638 85.1 4747 1447
24.84 631 84.1 . 5067 1544
24.53 623 83.1 5391 1643
24.25 616 82.1 5717 1743
23.94 608 81.1 6047 1843
23.62 600 80.0 6381 1945
23.35 593 79.0 6717 2047
23.03 585 78.0 7058 2151
22.76 578 77.0 7401 2256
22.44 570 76.0 7749 2362
22.13 562 75.0 8100 2469
21.85 555 74.0 8455 2577
21.54 547 . 73.0 8815 . 2687
2L26 540 71.9 9178 2797
20.94 532 70.9 9545 2909
20.63 524 69.9 9917 3023
20.35 517 68.9 10293 3137
YSI Incorporated Model95
Calibration
Value in%
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
31
--------OPE~ATING INSTRUCTIONS
,=:r!,'lf, .. -.._·.;,.:,· .-_· , . :{.·r;~:: .: .. _:_,i.·/.. ,:c·· . ·,.· --/•·.:
The Col~-P~rm~r Instru1?1~~Comp~~y ~-a~S~_nts tws:~eter to -~f:_free fro_~ si?niff · . -: ~j\',;
cant <lev1ahons m matenaband_ workmansh:~p.for._~_-P~nod of.on~ ye~r fron_, 4..a_te o_f ;:_:;·;;;;r.1
purchase. The Cole-ParinJr· 1nStrument company WahaD,tS tt-~fprobe tq b_~~r:ee ·.·: ,-:~.: :·_:'t~::; ;(,_
from significant dev_i_a~ions in _m~tefi~r and wo~kman5h~P for:fp~"rioq:·0(7~JnO~.t~-:~--f:; "\
from date of purchase. ff repair or adjustment 1s nece~sa_ry ar:~'-~:.\-~ n9t -~·~-~~~the-/·:,>·, . .-: t·\ .1,f· ·
result of-abuse or misuse \vithin the deS:igriated pe_fiod,.pleaS~'-'r~)\.U'Il~fre_ight · -~.~.>.>-{:.· ,.
pre-paid--::::and correction will be made ~i~ho\lt Charg_e/QJle~p~mer alorie:will ··;:.::-: ·::}~J
determine\f'the product problem-is'due t0··4eyi~tio11;$ .. 9(C~.5tQitler mis~e: :{2~ l_
"f> . ·-.c::i-'-i .. .-,' _.·.;:.,~t ',' !?_ .. '. . . : :-:\:
Out of warranty produ~ts will be rep~i[~d O_n ~ !=9ar~e basi:/ · . '.}~ t~ ,' ..
' ·.,'4< ... :. ·Jt :i/~
Authorizati9rt ITlust be obtained fr0ni o~r c~·tofue_r:Sa!i~faction Dep'a~·tin~tlt -~~fo.re.
returni1:& items for any reason. When applyiry.gJoi "au,~,horiz~tiqn, plea5,e _include
data -rega!ding the reason the items are to beir_~yrrye~;<,f.?(you~ -proteCtion,J~:em~
must be carefully packed to prevent ~amage i~<shipffi~t"~pd·~nsured_again~t possi-.
ble damage.·or loss.-Cole-Parmer will not be responsible fbfdari;t~ge resulting from -
careless or insufficient packing: A ~eStocki~g-~harge ~il! __ b~_;matff or:i. an u~autho-r.'.
rized returns. . :_ · · -

·

. ·-:/ · · -·. ' · · ·· · · .
NOTE~' The Cole-Parmer Instrumen~ Coni.pany reservJs· the right-to ma~~ .. improy,Ef,
~ents in design, construction, and·appear_ance of pr_oducts withoitt r.C?~iCe.
* This manu81 PfJ~ied
on re~cled paper. 00702-08
'.
·.·;, "" 19825-00
Portable
pH/Con 10 Meter
--·® Cole. .·.··
.· ·-" ~---' '· .. ·· . ' .Parmer ,,.-. . .··:
. ... -,nn~M_. ,.uu .
253 ;~,
@
88
@e
00
. Printed in the U.S.A. 1 /98
· Cole>Parmerlnstrument Company r·,.•-··::, -·--4,Y:.::, .. , .
:.'•625 E:Bunl"'.·burt, Vernon Hills, IL 60061-1844
· Phim,: t,~i( 'J~ci0-323-4340 or 847-549-7600
Fax:'847-24 -929
-·e-mail:-irifO@}'oieparmer.com
'. ·. '· ·.;:-.
,Table·of Contents .. · . · · •. ; .· ·., . • . · .
. 1. Intr~duction ......... 4 ..... :: •• , ••••••••••••• : •• :·: •• : .. _.:: .............. '.':·:······ ... :.···: ............. '. ............ 3 ·,
2. Disp}ay a~d keypa,d fu'n~t/ons ..... : ... , ....... :, .................................................. 4,,5}
: ~:~ t;:~,;:::::::::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::·:::::;:::::::::::;::::·:::·::::::::::;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::/t::
~ -~
'l[i~t~~;;i:{;{~!~(; ": i :;;: :-::.::ttJ
4. Cali!, ~ation ............. .' ................ · _-.................. · ... · ..................................... 9 ·~s :-
4.1 Important i!lformation on meter calibratio~ .. : .. : ........................................... : .. · ... ::·:.9
4._2 _P~eparing the meter for calibration ................... : .......... , ............... :-........................... :9
·4:3;pH calibration ........................................................ ,.: .............. : .............................. 10-!1 .
. _:::·~:;·:~;:~:ir:_ c~::::~~::::::::::::::· .. :::: ::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::_::::_:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~.--~;. t .-,.•
I
-~ i
' 5 M . . ' ,·-.:.
·1; • easureme.f t ........................................................... • .......... -...... · ....................... 16
\~? J;I.~ f d fun di on ...................... , ..................................................................... : ...... , 17
?· Proi/e car~·and maintenance ..... , .............. , ................. : ........... : ........................ 18
~ .<· . •
si• Troub !eshooting _ ................................................................... · _' '' ·.. . . · ........... 19
9._ Error Mes;ag,e~ ................. : ............ _ ................................ • .· ............. · '-._ _ .... 20
10 S •t' . ·. . . . . '
.. pec1 1cat1ons •... _ .......... : ....................... _ ... _ ........•....... _..: ... :.:·:········ .............. ~~~-~ .... 21
::: J~:::::~.~.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·:·.:·.:::·.:·.·.·.·.·.·.::·.·.·.·.·.·.:·'.·.·.·.·.·.:·.·.·.·.·.·.:·.·.·.:·.·::::·.·.·.·.:::.::.·.:·;,:,·.:·:.·.·:·.:·:·.·.:·,·.·.·.:·.·.~,;~:;··:··:~.:::
13. Re\urn of Items ...... : ..... : ......................... ·:c,.:: ........... :,.;:::: ............. ,.:.:.'. .. \: ..... 24.
---
. 'Thank you. for select~ :mrmer meter. The Cole-Parmer pH/CON 10
·portable meter is a mid'ffit.~. ~· s'di--based instrument that measures pH, conductivi·
ty, and temperature wil!i,.jU_~-~·9n.e probe. This meter has many user-friendly fea-
tures-all of which are comP_fo_fely ·accessible through the water-resistant membrane
keypad. ,. ·
. Your meter includes a combination pH electrode/conductivity /temperature
probe with 10-ft submersible.cable; batteries; and a built-in meter stand on the back
of the m_eter. Please reaq.)his manual thoroughly before operating your meter.
,· .:·-:;::· . .
MEAS -; nn •"· /,LIU
25,3 ~~c
pH/Conductivltyrc Mtot•
~10-
@
ee G0..e.···
~-
00
3 ---

-
---·-··--·
4
--11!!!!!!1 !!!!!I l!!!!!!I -'
·2. Di~play and !Seypad Functions . , . . · · · ..
ID Display
The LCD has a primary and secondary _display.
• The primary display shows the measured pH or Conductivity (µSor mS) r~ading.
• The secondary display shows the temperatllr::e of the reading in °C.
The display also shows error mesSages, keypad functions and program functions.
READY
• indicator
HOLD
indicator
ERRor
indicator
Buffer
indicator
MEASurement
mode indicator
CAlibration
. indicator
CONfirm.
indicator Primary display
MEAS CAL CON
~ ~ .... ._.
READY ~ LI LI LI LI pH
HOLD Ll,Ll,Ll,LI µmS
0~ l-ll ll II pH.
ERR . -

-

-

C

~'
l,Ll,Ll,LI ATC
ii=111~
AutOmatic
pH calibration Temperature
Probe ~ode indicator Temperature Compensation
indicator calibration indicator ·
mode indicator
low batt'I)' Secondary display indicator
r . I
!
l
iiiil -·----

-
-fD Keypad
· .;he lar~~ memb!ane keypad makes the! ~trument easy to use. Each button, \\'he~
pressed, has a corresponding graphic indicator on the LCD.
ON/OFF ............ Powers and shuts off the meter .. When you ·switch on the meter, the
meter starts. up in the mode you shut it off in. For example, if you
shut the metel' off in Conductivity measureffient mode, the meter
will be ·in Conductivity measurement mode when you switch the
meter or\.
HOLD ....... ." ...... Freezes the measured reading. To activate, press HOLD while in
mea.Surement mode. To ~elease, press HOLD a:gain.
MO_DE ............. .Selects the measurement parameter (conductivity or pH).
Press MODE to toggle between pH and Conductivity mode.
CAL/MEAS ...... Toggles user between Calibration and Measurement mode.
.• If you were in Conductivity Measurement IIlode, press
CAL/MEAS to enter Conductivity Calibration mode.
• If you \Vere in pH Measureni.ent rriode, press CAL/MEAS
to enter pH Calibration mode.
· NOTE: Temperature calibration _is ac;cessible from pH Calibration
mode;" see pages 14-15 for instz:uctions.
_ENTER ............ Press _to confirm your calibration values in Calibrati~n·mode.
A IT ..... :: ....... ;:Scrolls values ·up and down in Calibration mode .
· • In pH mode, A IT scrolls through the auto buffer values
4.00, 7.00 and 10.00. ·
. • In Conductivity and Temperature Calibration mode, A /T lets you
increase or decrease the v.ilue incrementally.
8
8
00
5
6
· 3. _Preparation · • ·. .,
Ill Inserting the Batteries
Fo1:1r AAA batteries are included with your·meter.
1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove "the two screws hqlding the battery cover.
See· Figure below.
2. Li(t meter sia~d to expo~e battery cover. Remove battery cover.
3.· I~ert ~atte_rie~. Follow the diagra_m inside the cover f?r correCt polarity.
4. Replace t;he battery cover into its original position using the two screws removed·
earlier. · ·
Remove these
two screws to ·
access battery
compartment
Battery
coi:npartment
r
I
!
m Connecting the probe
The C6le-Panner pH/Con 10 meter uses a specialty combination pH/conductivity/
temperature probe. The prObe cable has a notche_d 6-pin connector to attach the
probe to the meter.
NOTE: Do not substitute other probes or electrodes. For a replacement probe, see
· the "Accessories" section, page 22.
~OTE: Keep connector dry and clean. Do not touch connecto_r with soiled hand~.
To connect the pH/Conductivity probe:
1. Line up the notche:S and 6 pins on the probe ~onnector with the holes in the con-
nector located on the top of the meter. Push down and the probe co"nnector will
lock into place.
See figure below.
2. To remove probe, slide up the metal sleeve ~n the pl'obe connector. While holding
onto metal sle~ve, pull probe away from the meter.
C~UTION: Do not pull on the probe cord or the probe wires might disconnect.
slide metal sleeve Up
and gently pull to
. disconnect p~obe.
-metal sleeve -. ---· v
top view of 6-pin
connector
7
- -- - --l!!!!!!!!I I!!!!!!
ID Connecting the AC Adapter
The AC adapter is not i~~luded wiih your meterj order sep.irately on pag~ 22 ..
1. Insert the AC jack as shown in figure 5 at right.
2. Switch off the m~ter before plugging the adapter into the power source.
This safety precaution protects the software in your ineter.
3. Press the ON/OFF button to switch mete~ on. !
I
CJ
• I.
8
m!I mm ;;a lliilli lilii iiiill llliii
4; Calibration
Ill Important Information on Meter Calibration
When you recalibrate your meter, old pH and conductivity calibration data are replaced
on a point by point basis. For example, if you previously calibrated your meter at pH 4.0,
7.0, and 10.0, and yuu recalibrate.at pH 7.0, the meter retains the old calibration data at
pH 4.0 and pH 10.0.
To completely recalibrate your meter, or
when you use a replacement probe., it is
best to set the meter to its factory defaults
and recalibrate the meter at all points.
To reset the meter to it~ factory defa1ts:
1 • \rVhile in Measurement mode, press
CAL/MEAS and hold for 3 seconds.
2. The meter will prompt RST in the upper
display and CAL in the l.ower display .
. See figure 0
3. Press ENTER to reset your meter to its
factory defaults. If you do not want to
erase existing calibration data, press
CAL/MEAS to escape this mode.
,!,
For information on how to calibrate your meter:
• See section 4.3 on pages 10-11 for pH calibration
r
• See section 4.4 on pages 12-13 for conductivity calibration
• See s~on 4.5 on pages 14-15 for temperature calibration
lfJ Preparing the Meter for Calibration
,-,._ ,._ _, ,._
c,qL
~
The pH/conductivity/temperature probe included with thiS meter is designed for
use with this meter only. Do not substitute other types of probes or electrodes. For a
I'eplacement probe, see the "Accessories" section, page 22.
Be sure to remove the protective rubber cap of the probe before calibration or
measurement Wet the probe in tap water for 10 minutes before calibrating or taking
: rea~ings to saturate the pH electrode surface an~ minimize drift.
Wash yo\.lr probe in deionized water after use, and store in pH 4.0 or 7.0 electrode ·
storage solution.
Do not reuse buffer solutions after calibration. Contaminants in the solution can
affect the calibration, and eventually the accuracy of the measurements.
9
ID pH_ calibration ..
This instrument is c~pable of up to 3-point pH ~alibration tO ensure accuracy across
the entire pH range of the meter._You can perform-1-, 2-, or 3-point calibration with
standard pH buffers 4.00; 7.00 and 10.00.
We recommend that you perform at least a 2-point calibration using standard
buffers that bracket (one above and.one be~ow) the expected sample range. You can
also perform a 1-point calibration, but make sure that the buffer value is close to the
sample value you are measuring.
This meter features three preprogrammed pH buffers (pH 4.00, 7.00 and 10.00).
The meter automatically recognizes and calibrates to these standard buffer values,
which makes pH calibration faster and easier. See pages 22-23 for information on
our high-quality Cole-Parmer pH buffers.
Calibrating for pH:
1. If necessary, press the MODE key to
select p!i mode. The pH indicator
appears in the upper right hand comer
of the display.
2. Rinse the probe thoroughly with
de-ionized water or a rinse solution. Do
not wipe the probe; this causes a build-up
of eled:rostatic charge on the glass surface.
3. Dip the probe into the calibration buffer.
The end of the probe must be completely
immersed into the sample. Stir the probe
gently to create a homogeneous sample.
4. Press CAUMEAS to enter pH calibration
mode. The primary display will show
the measured reading while the smaller
secondary display will indicate the pH
standard buffer solution.
See figure 0
NOTE: If using a pH buffer other than pH 7,
press the A or T keys to scroll up or
down until the secondary display
value is the same as your pH buffer
value (pH 4.00, 7.00 or 10.00).
10
r CAL -; I l I pH
·I, I I
·,nn pH
~ · .. 1,U,U ATC
4·.
i •
5. Wait for the measured pH value to
stabilize. The READY indicator wiII
display when the reading Stabilizes.
See figure G
6. After the READY indicator turns on,
press_ ENTER to confirm Calibration.
A confirming indicator (CON) flashes
and disappears. The meter.is now
_calibrated at the buffer indicated in the
secondary display.
Seefi G gure .
The secondary display automatically scrolls
to the next buffer calibration option.
• If you are performing multipoint
calibration, go to step 7.
• If you are performing one-point
calibration, go to step 10.
7. Press the A or T keys to select the
next buffer value you want to calibrate
(pH 4.00; 7.00 or 10.00). ·
See figure 8
8. Rinse the probe with <:le•ionized water
or a rinse solution, and place it in the
next pH buffer.
9. Follow steps 5 to 8 for additional
calibration points (up to 3 values).
10. When calibration is complete,
press CAUMEAS to return io pH
measurement mode.
Notes
To exit from pH Calibration mode without
confirming calibration, DO NOT p~
ENTER in step 6. Press CAL/MEAS instead.
If the selected buffer value is not Within
. ±0.50 pH frorri the measured pH value:
the electrode and buffer icon blink and the
ERR annunciator appears in the lower left
comer of the display. These indicators also
flash if the buffer used is not the same as
the buffer value on .the secondary display.
f
READY
(
READY
◄• ~.:.:i
◄·• ~
1!!!11!!!!!!1·
/ ,
CAL I. I /PH
I, I,-
CAL
;nn pH
1,1_/ /_I ATC
.I
/
~
CON ,-
/If If pH l,LI LI
,nn pH
l,LJ /_I ATC
CAL
Ill If PH
l,LI LI
nn pH
'-/.1_1 /_I ATC
11
----- ----ID Conductivity Calibration
Ideally, you should select a conductivity standard with a value near the sample
value you are measuring. The next best method "is to chooSe a calibration solu:.
tion value that is approximately½ the full scale value of the measurement
range. For example, in the Oto 1999 µS range, use a 1413 µS solu~ion for calibra-
tion. See "Sp~cifications", page 21.
Preparing the Meter for Conductivity Calibration
You can calibrate at one point per range of the meter (a total of up to four cali-
bration points). However, only the ranges_ that have been. calibrated have. maximum
±1 % fall-scale conductivity ticcuracy. If a range was not calibrated, the meter automati-
cally detects the closest range calibrated and uses that calibratio_n information.
To maintain ±1% F.S. accuracy, you need to calibrate your meter a! least once a
week if:
• you take measurements at extreme temPeratures
• you are measuring in conductivity ranges lower than 100 µS
To maintain ±1 % F.S. accuracy, you need to calibrate your meter at least once a
month if: ·
• yoll are measuring in mid range solutions, and you wash the celI in deionized
water between usages.
The conductivity of solution varies gre.itly with temperature. The automatic
temperature compensatioh (ATC) fea·ture adjusts. the fluctuations of cOndti.ctivity
readings in varying temperatures· to a standard temperature. These cond~ctivity
meters feature a temperature coefficient of 2.00% per °C and normalize the
readings at 25°C. I
Calibrating for Conductivity:
1. Pour out two separate portions of your calibration standard and one of
~eionized water into ~eparate clean containers.
2. If necessary, press the MODE key to select Conductivity Mode. The µSor
mS indicator will appear on the right side of the display.
3. Rinse your probe with deionized water, then rinse.the probe in One of the
portions of calibz:ation standard.
4. Immerse the probe into the second portion of calibration standard. The meter's
autoranging function selects the appropriate conductivity range (four ranges are
possible). Be sure to tap the probe to remove air bubbles. Air bubbles will cause"e,rors in
calibration. ·
12
----- -
5. Wait for_the reading to stabilize. The
READY indicator lights when the reading
· is stable.
See figure()
6. Press the CAIJMEAS key. The CAL indi-
cator appears above the primary display.
The primary display shows the measured
reading and the secondary display shows
· the temperature.
See figure 8
7. Press the A or T keys to scroll to the
value of your conductivity standard. Press
· and hold the A or T keys to scroll faster.
The meter automatically compensates for_
temperature differences using a factor of
2.00% per ~C.
Seefigureo
8. Press the ENTER key to confirm
calibration.
Upon confirmation, the CON indicator
appears briefly. The meter automatically
switches back into Measurement mode. The
display now shows the calibrated, tempera-
ture compensated conductivity value.
s.e figure 8
9. For calibration in other ranges
(rnaxiinum: four ranges) repeat steps
I through 9 with the appropriate
calibration standards. See pages
22-23 for our selection of high-quality
Cole-Parmer conductivity cali~ration
solutions.
Notes
To exit from Conductivity Calibration mode
without confirming calibration, DO NOT
press ENTER in step 8. Press CAL/MEAS
instead.
If the calibration value input into.the
meter is different from the initial value
displayed by more than 20%, the ERR·
annunciator appears in the lmyer left corner
of the display.
- --liii
MEAS
READY . 1/_I _I
,_,_I _1 ms
") I --'--<;·c L I,_ ATC
I·)
CAL
READY _ll I _I ,_,_, _I mS
.:J '--' Cj •c C '·-ATC
,) a
r CAL -, -, ,-C, i 1, ms
_:i '--/ C ·c I.. ,_:) ATC • "
/
CAL CON' -, -, ,-
'-· I /_I ms
2 '--1. 5 A ~i
I,)
13
ID Temperature Calibration
The built-in temperature sensor included
in the probe is factory calibrated. Calibrate
your sensor only if you suspect tempera-
ture errors that may have occurred over a
long period of time or if you have a
r~placement probe.
1. Turn the meter on. Press MODE to
select pH Measurement mode.
2. Press the CAUMEAS key to enter pH
calibratio~ mode. The CAL indicator
will appear above the primary display.
See figure()
3. While in pH c.ilibration mode, press
the MODE key to enter temperature
calibration mode. The primary display
shows the temperature reading with
zero offset and the secondary display
shoWs you what the temperature value
was initially.
See figure 8
-·• ---~
◄ ,. ~
CAL
'i I l I pH
I, I 'i
,nn pH
l,U,U ATC
I
CAL J =,. 1 L _1,L
23.~A~°c
~-
4. Compare the primary display reading •
to a NIST-traceable ~ennometer or
another thermometer known to be
accurate.
5. Press the_:.,. or T keys to adjust
the primary display reading to agree
with y9ur temperature standar_d.
See figure Q
6; Press the ENTER key to confirm tem-
perature calibration. The CON indicator
will flash to confirm calibration.
See figure(:)
Notes
To exit from Temperahlre CalibratiOn mode
without confinning calibration, DO NOT
press ENTER in step 6. Press CAL/MEAS
instead.
Tempera_ture calibration is restricted to
±5°C from the initial value displayed
during calibration (shown in the Secondary
display).
)
j t
~
j ,)
CAL
. I LI I L l,LI
") :::, :::, ·c C -'·'-ATC
~ _J
/
CAL CON
ILi I L 1,Ll
")"):J.c C :::,,,_ ATC
~ _J
15
-iiill iilil . -.. .. -.. iiil -iiil
5. Measurement . · · .
The READY indicator appears·on the dis-
play when the rea.dings stabilize. The read-
ing holds until the measured value exce~ds
the tolerance, then the· READY annunciator
· turns off.
NOTE: Be sure to remove the protecti\l'e
rubber cap of the electrode before
measurement.
To.take readings:
.1. Rinse the probe with deionized or dis-
tilled water before use to remove an}'
impurities adhering to the probe body.
If the pH electrode has dehydrated,
soak it for 30 minutes in a 2M-4M KC!
solution.
2. Switch on the meter. The MEAS annun-
ciator appears on the top center of the
LCD. The ATC indicator appears in the
Tower right hand cqrner to indicate
Automatic Temperature Compensation.
See Figure()
3. DifJ the probe into the sample.
NOTE: When dipping the probe into the
sample, make s\lre the tip of the
probe is completely immersed. Stir
the probe gently in the sample to
create a homog~nous sample. Be
sure to tap probe-to iemove air bubbles.
Air bubbles will cause errors in the
reading.
4. Allow tirr.te for the reading to stabilize.
Note the reading on the display. When
the reading is stable, the READY
annunciator appears.
5 .. To toggle between pH and conductivity
readings, press the MODE key.
See figures Q and -o
NOTE: Conductivity readings ai-e auto-
ranging and will automatically
move to the correct range (four
. ranges possi~le).
16
I)
1t
MEAS.
MEAS
READY
tDL pH
l,I_I l I
22.BA°fc
pH measurement mode display
MEAS
READY 1-,oc ·
11_1 .. .l~s
22.Bi!ic
,
Conductivity me_asurement mode display·
iiil -6. HOLD function ·
This feature lets· you freeze the vah_...1e of the
pH or conductivity reading for a delayed
observation. HOLD can be used any time
when in MEAS mode.
1. To hold a measurement, press the
HOLD key while in measurement
mode. "HOLD" will appear on the dis-
play.
. See Figure ()
2. To release the held value, press HOLD
again. Continu_e to take measu11;ments.
NOTE: This meter will hold a reading for
up to 30 minutes, because it fea-_
tures automatic shutoff after 30
minutes tO consen,:~ batteries.
liliiiil liilll
\
\
'\ MEAS
HOLD
i ,,
--
l-l I f pH
l I, I. I
:J "iO •c L :J,U ATC -
17
/
7. Probe Care and Maintenance :
Under typical operating.conditions, the probe will need to be replaced eveiy
6 to 12 months. In extreme applications, the probe may we.ir out sooner. Proper
care and·mai!lte~ance will help you receive the·maximum probe life and ensure
more accurate readiii.gs. ·
Keep the probe clean. Before use, rinse the probe hvice. For the best-accuracy, soak
your probe in electrode storage solution, pH 4.0 buffer, or tap water for at least 5 to
10 minutes before calibration.
Gently swirl the probe in the solution while_ you take readings. Tap the probe gently
against the bottom and sides of your container to remOve any air bUbbles, which
may interfere with accuracy.
Clean the probe thoroughly by immersing it in an agitated mild detergent bath. To
clean the conductivity ,cell, use a cotton swab soaked in isopropyl alcohol and c;lean
the steel pins. Wipe the steel pins with a soft tissue paper. DO NOT wipe the pH· ·
bulb with tissue·as it may cause static build-up. After cleaning the probe, wash the
probe with deionized or tap water before storing it. Recalibrate the meter after
cleaning the probe.
Store the probe in its cap filled with electrode storage solution.
Do.not strike the probe against any hard surface. Do not immerse the probe in o'ily
solutions.
To order a replacement probe, see page 22.
conductivity cell pH electrode
sensor·
Probe froni end view
---

-
--
8. Troubleshooting -· ·
Problem Cause
Power on but a) Batteries not in place.
no display
· b) Batteries not in correct
polarity(+ and-).
· c) Weak batteries.
Unstable a) Air bubbles iI'l pI'Obe.
reading, b) Dirty probe.
c) Probe not deep
enough in sample.
d) External noise pickup
or induction caused by
nearby electric motoi-.
e) Broken probe.
"OR" on upper a) Probe is shorted.
display
b) Probe is in an
out-of range solution.
c) Broken probe.
Temperature reading a) Temperature sensor
erratic or lower is dirty.
display reads "OR" . b) Temperature of solution
is out of range.
Slow response a) Dirty /Oily probe.
--

-

-

-
-
Solution
a) Check that batt"eries are in
place and making good
contact.
b) Reinsert batteries with
correct polarity.
c) Replace batteries or attach
optional AC adapter.
a) Tap probe to remove _bubbles.
b) Clean the probe and
recalibrate.
c) Make sure sample entirely·
cavers the probe sensors.
d) Move or switch off
interfering motor.
e) Replace probe. See page 22.
a) Test probe. Make sure probe
is fully connected to meter.
b) Use different solution.
c) Replace probe.· See page 22.
a) Clean temperature sensor
with isopropyl alcohol.
b) He~t or cool solution.
•a) Clean probe. See "Probe
Care & Maintenance", p. 18.
·--19 -
- - -- - - - --9. Error Messages · ·. . ·
LCD Indicates Cause Solution Display
Err Unrecognized input Wrong input in Release key. Select
annun_ciator from keypad selected mode. valid-operations
depending on mode.
CAL & Err Calibration error Wrong value input · Check your input value,
annunciators at calibration. clean probe.
blink Dirty probe. See Calibration sections or
Probe Maintenance section.
Battery Low battery level Need new batteries Oean battery contacts.
indicator blinks or battery Replace batteries with· fresh
connection is bad ones, noting polarity
Err. 1 Memory write Instrument too -Turn meter on and off
(in primary error old (>10 years). agilin_. If message persists~
display) Hardware failure return unit"'
Err. 2 Checksum Batteries too weak. Press ENTER, then tum
(in primary error Hardware failure. off meter. Change·
displa)') batteries. Recalibrate
Return"'
Err. 3 AID converter error Faulty hardware Return"'
• See "Warranty" and "Retum of Items" on j,age 24
If an error message appears in the primary display (the upper row of larger digits),
switching off the meter and switching it on again may eliminate t~e error message.
See figure below.
. If error persists, or the meter shows incorrect Values, return the meter.
For a complete d_iagram of the display, see page 4~
\
' ,---I L / / I
~
ERR 1 in primary display
- -
liii -liiil
10. Specificati!)nS .
' ,
Mode. pH Temperature
.Range 0.00 to 14.00 pH o.o to 100.o·c
Resolution 0.01 pH 0.l'C
Accuracy ±0.01 pH ±0.5'C
Up. to three points
Offset in 0.l°C (pH 4.01, 7.00, 10.01) Calibration increments with automatic
buffer recognition
Temperature compensation: automatic from 0. to S0°C
Conductivity cell constant (K): 1.0
Conductivity temperature _coefficient: ·2.0~% per °C
Operating temperature: 0 to 50°C
llil -lliii
Conductivity
0 to 19.99 µS,
0 to 199.9 µS,
0 to 1999 µS,
0 to 19.99 mS
0.QlµS,
0.1 µS,
1 µS,
0.01 mS
·±1 % full scale or =cl digit
Up to four points
(one point per range)
,\
Power: four 1.5 V AAA batteries (included) or AC adapter (optional; order
separately on page 22)
Battery life: > 50 hours
Dimensions:
Meter: 7.S"L x 3.S"W x 1.75"H
(19.1 cm X 8.9 cm X 4.5 cm)
Boxed: 9.2"L x 8.5"W x 2.75"H
(23.3 cm x 21.6 cm x 7 cm)
Probe: 6.8"L x 1.3" dia (173 mm L x 32 mm dia)
Shipping weight 1.4 lbs (0.64 kg)
21
11. Accessories . _ · . ' ' , :·· ,
/"•··
Replace~ent meter and meter acces~odes i,
MN-19825-00 pH/CON 10 pH/Conductivity/•C mete?
Includes pH/Conductivity /°C probe w_ith 10-ft su_l,qtersible cable,
M_N-19825-50 Replacement pH/Conductivity/•C prob~ fl. 5i. ~,SO-5 V_
w1thl0-ft submersible cable 'J
MN,59002-51 AC adapter, 9 VDC to 110 VAC.
MN-59002,56 AC adapte{9 VDC to 220 VAc,,.: ;\,~'!,fif: .·
Cole-Par~er calibration s~lutipn bottles · . '' .
p~ solutions have ±0.01 pH ~,curacy at 25°CsS8!\~~ty·si>lti4ions have
· ±I 1/o accuracy at 25-°CShpg wt Lllb/51Qgms :•\:,, ·•: · ·: · · . • . t
··. ··· · · < \ __ , · .-··:-·· · .'.··':"::·_._ ·.-_ .. :·: .... ''·fr1· --:-._-~-.1: .. · · ½::· .
. MN-05942'.22j:::alibiatio'n sol)'tiofi'bo{tle;-pH4.0f 1 qu.~t j
MN--05942-4.2~fali~,a~i.·~-~-\:~oiution b~ttle; pt! rOo, 1 q:~i;.:-:-•·.·J;, .. , .. ,.,, .. ·•' --~·:.·
MN-05942-62 C:alibrati~n ;olutio11 bottre;'~H 10.00, 1 quart
\
MN-01489'4.1 ~alibration solutiqri bottle, 23.8 µS .
(11.08 ppm NaG, 15 ppm 442), 32 oz . ·
MN-01489-42 .Calibration soluti~n bottle, 46.7 µS
(21.8 ppm NaCl, 30 ppm 442), 32 oz ·
MN-01489-80 Calibration solution bottle, 70 µS
(32.8 ppm NaCl, 45 ppm 442), 32 oz
MN-01491~85 Calibration solution bottle, 84 µS
(40ppm NaCl), 500 mL . .
MN-01489-43 Calibration.solution bottle, 445 µS
(214.3 ppm NaCl, 300 ppm 442), 32 oz _-· -.
MN-01489;81 Calibration s'olution bottle, 700 µS .,.
(340.2 ppm NaCl, 478 ppm 442), 32 oz. Y
MN-01482:54 Calibrati~n solutiopbottle, 1000 J:
(495 ppm NaCl), 32 oz ,. :·· , ·.,, . ,. ··
MN-01482-70 Calibratio,n~ol~tiol). bot~~,1413 µS ·
(700 ppm Na,C!), 500 mL" . · · · · ·, •• . . '~"' .
MN-01489-44 Calib;alion ~oluti~n-b~ttle, 2060 µi;
(1036 ppm NaCl, 1500 ppm 442), 32. oz · ·
MN-01482-71 Calibration solution bottle, 2764 µS .. ·
(1382 ppm NaCl), 500 mL . · ·. . . • ·
MN:01489-45 Calibration solution bottle, 3960 )is,;, •.
··QW7 ppm NaCl, 3000 ppm 442); 32 02 · · . · ', _ ,. i
\,.
lliillil -----111iilili:.,,. --
': '' . ··· i-1
. )).J . ·-•l -. ,!
' ..
,:
. .
. ~-'.~~:_\_?\ t_._~~-•-,·-·""_~ •. _ ;-_;=~~:':;}t_.~_-:~_·c . "l:~:,:_:--.:._~-:r~:::1;~~~-:_,:·· . ,--. -
-\;~/}; i __ ._---.. -••· -· . • i>,:. :~i"'/t't';r·~t ·•-• , {f:, l\-1~-01489-B2 C~fipiatiol) sol~//on bottle, 7000),S·. ,·
: '. {3740 ppm NaClip.6~~PP!Jl'4!2);.3~ oz• •· , ·
I,~--; _-'·· _ ''.-tW._--··, .. •,·,;.,··· -, '_j, · ·.'. ,., . ,\_t •• ll;IN-01482-56. Call!l,r•.tjon'solution botU._e_, ·10,000 µS
'\f (-SJrOO ppm NaCl), ~·1·;. . _. _ __ ·;_, _ _
:_,_,,ftN-01481:52 CaHh_i. bn .•olu\i~n bottl~, 12,880 ____ µs ___ ·
-~'! /(7140 ~f~ NaCl), ~~-f. L_j" -· • __ ,_. _ _ .. _ .• <<
,.f ; MN-01489:83 CaliJ#aiion'~lution bottle, 16,,639 µS,,
. ', :1-(9462,ppm NaCl, t,5;000 !':f'W 442), 3c2 oz ·
Cole-Pal'Dler ;,Si~gles" calibr;;_tion solution pouches
Each individ_ually sealed, single use pouch contains 20 ml of fresh, contamination ·
.· free calibration solution. pH "Singles" have ±0.01. pH.accuracy at 25°C. Conductivity
· ."Singles" have ±1 % accuracy af 25°C and· inc~ude NaCl, ~Cl and 142 TDS conver-
sion factors. 20 pouches/box. Shpg wt 1.1 lb/ 454 gms
MN-55360-00 pH "Singles"; pH 4.01 .
MN-553_60-10 pH "Singles"; pH 7.00
. MN-55360-20 pH "Singles•;' pH 10.00
'MN-55360-40 pH "Singles• assortment pack;
.five each of pH 4.01, 7.00, 10.00, and rinse water pouches
J'ifN-~9850-00 Conductivity "Singles•, 447 µS
. •MN-19850-10 Conductivity "Singles•, _1413 µS
M,N-19850-20 Conductivity "Singles", 2764 µS
MN-19850-30 Conductivity "Singles", 15,000 µS
· ·.,·'1MN-55360-30 "Singl~s"; rinse Water
, _. JI order Cole-Parmer accessories, phone Cole-Parmer at 1-800-323-4340.
,if;). ' ' '. --:f.·7· .... . ' .
- - - --
-- -
u
C
. ···1·
. ·:-'. >::.:, ..
. ·,
1
. ·.·.·.··:.· ... ' .• •·l
1 ..
l .· l
I
-..
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
MODEL NO.
5938-00
Cole-Parmer Instrument Co.
7 425 N. Oak Park Avenue
Niles, Illinois 60714
[phone]
1 ·800-323-4340
A-1299-297
Edition 2692
-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Page
GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................... 2
OPERATING TIPS ............................................................................. : ...... 2
Front Panel Controls ............................................................................. 2
pH Calibration ....................................................................................... 3
OPERATION ............................................................................................. 3
Temperature Compensation ................................................................. 3
Battery Replacement ........ : .................................................................. .4
Cleaning the Probe .............................................................................. .4
r
'
TROUBLESHOOTING ... , .......................................................................... 4
SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................... 5
WARRANTY ......................................... ; .................................................... 5
RETURN OF ITEMS ................................................................................. 5
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE ...................................................................... 6
... ·--

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-
-

-
-
i i:. r . I.'
I
' ,,,
: ~
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This portable, Digital pH Meter is designed with solid state electronics
providing highly reliable operation. The _LCD display enables you tci read
even under bright ambient conditions. It is designed for pH (manual),
millivolt and ORP. determination.
OPERATING TIPS
For fast response, the glass bulb of the probe should always be kept
moist. A rubber cap is supplied with the probe to store a small amount of
solution and to cover the glass bulb.
Before use, remove the cap. If the cap has been left off and the tip of the
probe is dry, dip the probe in KCL solution for 30 minutes or soak in tap
water for 2 hours.
When the electrode is not in use, replace the cap which should be filled
with KCL or equivalent probe storage solution. If a solution is not
available, use tap water.
NOTE: Do not use distilled or deionized water for storing, under any
circumstances.
Front Panel Controls
The features on the front panel are:
1. ON/OFF key
2. (pH/mV) key
3. SLOPE adjustment
4. Manual temperature adjustment
5. Standardize control
6. pH probe input
7. LCD display
2
pH Calibration
Calibration with manual temperature compensation.
1. Press ON/OFF key to turn meter on.
2. Connect the pH probe to the meter.
3. Immerse the probe in buffer 7.00.
4. Press the pH/mV key to select pH.
5. Adjust temp °C control to the temperature of buffer 7.00.
NOTE: A separate thermometer is needed to measure the temperature
of the buffers. Both buffers should be at the same temperature.
6. Adjust the standardize control to read 7.00 pH on the display.
7. Rinse the probe with distilled water and blot dry.
8. Immerse the probe in the second buffer (4.00 or 10.00).
9. Adjust the temp °C control to the temperature of the second buffer.
10. Allow the reading to stabilize, then adjust the SLOPE control to the
value of the second buffer.
11. Rinse the probe with distilled water.
Calibration is now complete.
OPERATION
1. Push the ON/OFF key to turn the meter on.
2. Push the pH/mV key until the annunciators indicate the desired mode.
For pH ·measurement: Rinse the probes with distilled water, then
immerse the probe in the solution to be measured. The pH value will
stabilize after a few· seconds. Do not rub the bulb as this will cause static
build-up on the bulb resulting in faulty readings.
· Temperature Compensation
Temperature compensation can be set manually by the temperature °C
adjustment over a iange of 0° to 100° C.
For millivolt or ORP measurement: Press the pH/mV key until the
display shows· millivolts. Verify the probe connection, then rinse the
probe with distilled water and blot dry. Immerse the probe in the sample
to be measured. Allow the displayed reading to stabilize, then take the
reading.
3,
';' ,1
Battery Replacement
The pH meter uses a 9 volt battery with a life of 2000 hours. If the low
battery indicator is on, stop operation and replace the internal battery
with a new 9 volt battery. ·
Cleaning the Probe
The glass bulb is the sensitive part of the probe, it should always be
kept clean .. Rinse the probe with distilled water after use. Before
storage, rinse the probe with tap or distilled water, shake dry and place
the probe in the protective cap which should be filled with a KCL solution
or equivalent probe storage solution.
If KCL or equivalent storage solution is not available, use a 4.00 pH
buffer, 7.00 pH buffer or tap water.
NOTE: Distilled or deionized water should never be used.
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
SYMPTOMS PROBLEM POSSIBLE SOLUTION
Meter will not Defective pH probe, 1 . Change buffer
calibrate or gives bad buffer, or 2. Check chemical
erroneous readings incompatible sample compatibility · .
3. Replace pH probe
Unit gives slow Dry electrode or 1. Clean the probe
response or erron-clogged reference 2. Replace pH probe
eous readings junction in pH probe ..
Meter will not Defective pH probe 1 . Change buffers
accept second or bad buffer 2. Clean probe
buffer 3. Replace probe
Reading drift Bad pH probe or 1. Clean probe
on display incompatible sample 2. Check chemical
being measured compatibility of
sample with probe
3. Replace probe
Lo Bat indicator is lit Low Battery Replace battery
111111111111·-- ---- --
Ranges:
pH:
mV:
Resolution:
pH:
mV:
Accuracy:
pH:
mV:
Temp Compensation:
Battery:
Display:
Input Impedance:
Dimensions:
. SPECIFICATIONS
0.00 to 14.00
-1999 to +1999
0.01
1. mV
±0.01 pH
±1 mV
Manual, from 0° to 100° C
9 volt (included) battery life: 2000 hrs.
4 digit LCD, 1/2" high
Greater than 10" ohms
6 5/8"L x 3"W X 29/32"0
WARRANTY
We warrant this product to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for the period noted in the enclosed Warranty Card. If
repair or adjustment is necessary, which has not been the result of
abuse or misuse within the warranty period, please return, freight
prepaid. Correction of the defect will be made without charge. (See
Return of Items below.)
For your protection, items being returned must be carefully packed to
prevent damage in shipment. Also insure against possible damage or
loss. We will not be responsible for damage resulting from careless or
improper packing.
Out-of-warranty products will be repaired lor a nominal charge.
RETURN OF ITEMS
Authorization must be obtained from your Dealer before returning items
for any reason. When applying for authorization, please include the
· reason the items are to be returned.
----5 - ----
-;
---·--iiii iiil -----
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
Technical information and advice concerning the use of the product in
specific applications may be obtained. Modifications can often be made
to adapt the unit to special applications. Contact your Dealer for
information.
The manufacturer reserves the right to make improvements in design,
construction and appearance of the product without notice.
6
!!!!II !!!!11!!1
MAY-03-2002 14:07 P.01
OWNERS lVIANUAL
MicroTPl Field Portable Turb~d.imeter
Manual Part No. 22666 (2/01)
Rev. 1.1
HF scientific, inc.
3170 Metro Parkway
Ft Myers, FL 33916
Phone; 941-337-2116
Flix: 941-332-7643
Email: [e-mail]
MAY-03-2002 14=07 :~t: .i': 1-; \j:')·;
DECLARATION OF CONF<5RMITY ' ;_·.,1,
,'. /J i:-i/
Application of Council Directive
Standard to which Conformity is ~fared:
,:Jt~
. ·.:.;.;r,.&1
·*!\·fr ~
Product Safety· Tested and passed CE EN61010-1:l990''+ Al:1992 (73/32 EEC) . :~/?::~}r~( . ' ..
Immunity and Emissions-Tested and passed EN~i326:1997 + Al:1998 ... :'.< \+) '.-
Manufacturer's Name:
Manufacturer's Address:
Type of Equipment:
Model No:
:. --~: .;·,~' -:')'<it
HF scientific, inc.
3170 Metro Parkway, Fort Myers, Florida 33916-7597
Field Portable iurbidimeter
MicroTPI
P.02
1, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the above
Directive and Standard · ,, ,
Place: Fort Myers, Florida USA
Date: November 0 I, 2000
Ref. 22666 (2/01)
Rev.I.I
(Signature)
Robert J. Maley. President
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAY-03-2002 14=16
'·'·.\·t
.i Table of Contents: ·T~/;,;; ,. ,',:?::;),
<;,,,1 l
,,',:~\-·'',;''.!_:,)}:.!
P.07
DECLARATION OF CONFORMTfY ............................... :;::::);'.: ................................................. i
Specifications ........................................................................ ;·,d!I.J .............................................. 1
lo O · · .. l!r:l 2 . verv,ew .......................................................................................................................... .
1.1 Unpacking and Im'pection of the Instrument and A~nries ....................................... 2
1.2 The Display ........................................................ )/(!(\:'.); .... ; ......................................... 3
1.3 The Instrument and Touch Pad ............................. !:;l::.!,,~ ............................................... 3
;:~3. I ~~:::~~~~~: ;~:~~~::::: ::::: :::::: :: :: :: ::::::::::::: :::::::l~lf E~~i:::: ::::::::::::: ::::: :: :::::: :::::: ::: ::::::: 1
4.0 lnstru:nent. Calibration ............................................. '!:'fJ!t~.fr. .............................................. 5
4.1 Cabbmt,on Standards ........................................... , .. ,,;.;::,;, .............................................. 6
4.2 Indexing the Calibration Standards .......................... _1/:L:. .............................................. 6
4.3 Calibration Procedures ............................................. 1.:: ............................................... 7
5.0 Troubleshooting ....................................................... /t .. !.: ............................................... 8
5. I System Warning Messages ................................... :.,,\:::, .............................................. 8
5.2 System Error Messages ....................................... : .. ;.: .. ,;: ............................................... 9
5.3 Technical and Customer Assistance ...................... , ...... !. ............................................. 1 0
6.0 Routine Maintenance .................................................... : ................................................. 10
6.1 Cuvette Cleaning and Care ........................................ /:,.,: ............................................ 10
6.2 Battery Replacement ................................................ !f,-,:. ............................................ 10
7 .0 Accessories and Replacement Parts List ..................... :,::::: ........ , .................................... 11
8.0 Warranty .................................................................... '.:::.::: ............................................. 11
9 .0 8. I GI::.~~~.~~.~~~~.:·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·.:::: .·.·?.j_iJi\f :: ::::: :: : ::::: ::: : : : : : : ::: : ·.-.· .. :·.-.. ·::. :::. ~ ~
Ref 22666 (210 I)
Rev. 1.1
.,. . ·: .
. i ;' .:_t.-... ~. " (
1
'.'.·•l ···:··,•:·'
... :J'
.. '1·" ..
'
II
MAY-03-2002 14:07
Specifications
Measurement Range
Accuracy
Resolution
Regulatory Compliance
Rei;ponse Time
Display
Operating Temperature Range
Sample Temperature Range
Relative Humidity
Power Supply
Certification
Insulation Ratinll'
Approximate Dimensions
Enclosure Rating:
Shipping Weight
Shipping Dimensions:
Warranty
Ref. 22666 (2/01 )
Rev. 1.1
P.03
~. ', :
0.01 -1 IO0 NTU/FfU 11:t!,}]
; ,· .,.,:
=2% of reading or 0.01 N11J(()c500 NTU)
,_._., __ .:.:
+3% of reading (500°1100,mY) ... ··_-.:,.
. ! ?;>½'~~--,. 0.01 NTU on low reading1(iCf;ff'.,i ' _,.-,'i<W<L
,t'W.:-it.; , Compliant co ISO 7027: War~.~ality-Determination of
Turbidity (Nephelometric Method)
::)~~-!fl' .
6 -16 seconds -~
7 Segment Liquid Crystal Display .
0°C -50°C (32°F -122°F) .,f,. ::
0°C -50°C (32°F -122°F) 'f :t, :
0-90% Non Condensing
4 -AAA Batteries (life is approximately IO00 readings using
standard alkaline batteries) ·
CE ·,/· '.
·,--. !'
Pollution De!!ree 2 -. •,1 ~ ' · .t·!=•. r . '
Instrument: 7 cm x 16.5 cm X:4:s crn (2 ¾" x 6 ½" x 1 7/8")
Instrument in Minilab Case: 25,cm x 21.6 cm x 6.3 cm
· •. (IO" x 8 1/2" x 2 1/2")
NEMA4X
. '. •",i.'.,~': .,
Desi<med to rneet the snecifications of IP67
l.22 kg (2.70 lbs) :;,
': ~:i: . ,:.,
;~:,;,:,•
28 cm x 30.5 cm x 7 .6 cm (lF'·x 12" x 3")
' 1 Year from date of shipment
· · ·c-·--r·• ·)~,j ,, ..
'' ,'. :;.
' ,. ,\ :· !"' 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.~r··;:-:
·i,'' MAY-03-2002 14=16 : >·L'.'--·. P.06
1.0
-.l:?)·
,. · :dt:Jit
Overview • ;r}~# ;
The MicroTPl (the instrument hereafter) allows you tt?:~sure turbidity in the field.
This instrument was designed to meet the design crit~i(ipecified in ISO 7027 and DIN
27027 for the measurement of the turbidity of a sample(', < • • ),;,:)(\?1t·
1.1 Unpacking and Inspection of the Instrumen~ ~~i~cessories
The cable below indicates the items that you should ,~~jpiyour turbidimeter shipment.
• •~:•,-ir••~· -,~_.-.,,,• •c •, •
Item .' ·,I: Ji~t;f~ Onantitv
• . I_:. ~:•.,•~!•1 ··
Field Portable Turbidimeter with 4 AAA batterie_~liiiiralled 1
• 1,,, df.:·:Jh
Instruction Manual .}/il~ir 1
Instrument Carrying Case .(;;-' l
'''
Calibration Set (0.02, 10.0,100.0, lOO0NTU Standards) 1
Empty Cuveties & Kimwipes® \foj·: 2
Remove the instrument from the packing carton. Carefully inspect all items to ensure
that no visible damage has occurred during shipmencI(tiie items you received do not
match your order, please immediately contact your IO<;lH;4i.stributor or the HF scientific,
inc. Customer Service department. · •,r:
Warning: Extra care should be taken when unpacking, operung, and handling the
calibration standards and sample cuvettes in the Acc:e~ry Kit; surface scratches or
finger smudges on the cuvctte surface may cause_111~ucement errors. Handle these
items by the cap of the cuvctte only. "ri:fc! . . ·-'-~~--,.
Note: The instrument is shipped with the batteries installed.. . . ,.·
Figure I is a depiction of the top of the instrument. The0three main component~ of the
instrument are the sample well, the display. and the toilch.i'pad. The following sections
will describe the functionality of the display and the touch pad. The proper use of the .. -..•. J,
instrument and the sample well will be discussed in later sections .
Ref. 22666 (2/01)
Rev. 1.1
.. ·:·:\H}~_!'
.. ~-!; !\;1:
. -~.:, if:;;
2
MRY-03-2002 14=08 jli/: P.04
~:~\:t,• ._,. ,:. ' ··:·;(•, ..
,·-r.<· ·,
Ill!'
Figure 1: Top view of the instruxµfut.
1.2 The Display .
All of the items that can appear on the display are shown in Figure 2. The display is used
for reporting the rurbidity levels and to provide user guidimce in the customer setting
routine. In addition, the display also has several other blocks that are used to
communicate error messages and provide user guidance. '
' Figure 2 -Display used in the instrument.
1.3 The Instrument and Touch Pad
The touch pad has five buttons: ON/OFF, CAL, .J, •'\·/)ind ...,. . The ON/OFF button is
used to tum thi;, instrument on and off. The CAL button, when pressed, initiates the
calibration mode of the instrument. The .J button, when pressed, indicates to the
instrument that it should take a reading. The .... and.::---:b'irttons are used to change the
calibration points. · · •.
; /,
2.0 Safety .... ,
This manual contains basic instructions thar you must follow during the operation, care ,·. ·,!.; ;_./'
Ref. 22666 (2/01 )
Rev. l.l
' ~,. ,' : ,,,1,.1,:
I\ 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAY-03-2002 14:15 P.05 ,.·}Ll~ , ,l1[d. 1.;, ,, ,, • f!•t·:M.
and maintenance of the instrumenL The safety protecfi~
1
:pr0vided by this equipment
may be impaired if it is used in a manner not describ¥_:p:i,this manual. It is
recommended that all operators should read this m;m~ Pror to working with this
instrument : ·r•s:: ., .. . . <t ti:t1:_'
In certain instances NOTES, or helpful hints, have Beeniliighlighted to give further
clarification to the instructions .. ~efer to the Table of;<:;~r,ijrnts to easily find specific
topics and to learn ~bout unfamiliar terms. · ,; :~Ii~.!\;
3.0 Normal Operation : 'i')\l'Jl:\I-' ;;;,,r {1,-~;il-·,r. . .
This instrument allows you to measure the turbidity,of1fgtdb sample. The turbidity is
reported in Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU). ~~~i\gs above 1100 NTU are
outside the range of this instrument. i '',,i~; iif · ., J(\~?t)ff:\
During normal operation, the instrument will have t¥i!~tyalid turbidity reading
indicated on the display (see illustration below). " , ';:""' · ' 'f-' l /
If the sample that you are measuring has a turbidity thai i.s. higher than that which the
instrument can measure. the instrument will indicate 11#,.s'/iS an over-nmge condition: ,,,,1;~\~ J, .
n -u,·
,j-~~,f,_•
In certain instances, during normal operation, the instru~~t will briefly display a row of
d th d. l .. ,1 ··' a~hes across e 1,-p ay :tl,\ji;,:
' ·''.i
;\~'i( '.
This indicates that either the instrument is performing.ania,uto-rnnging function, or the
sample has a substantial amount of bubbles. lf the ~~~_remain for an extended period
of time please ensure that the sample does not have a large amount of bubbles present; if
there are not bubbles present, please contact lhe Tecrui1cafServices Department for
Ref. 22666 (2/01)
Rev. I.I
, ;,11•.
4
MAY-03-2002 14=08 .·I , . P.05
,t1}t
further assistance and guidance (refer to section 5.3), f•Ji:
3.1 Routine Measurement 'iS1.';t
The instrument measures and report~ the turbidity of; ii:#miple in nephelometric turbidity
units (NTIJ's). · ':1''Ffi , ·. : :·i; .
Note: Nephelometric turbidity units (NTU's) are numeri~ equivalent to Formazin
turbiwty units (FTIJ's) (See Glossary). : \;LT
_. ,\/ll1$\ ,
Turn on the instrument by pressing the ON/OFF buttonfflntinuously for I second. Allow
7 5-second warm-up period while preparing for the tu~J\iity measurement as described in
the following steps: · . \1\'\'{i' ,
1. Sample approximately 100 ml of your process, ai;!yoifovould normally do for
turbidity measurement •1<'rf\'!;\i
2. Obtain a clean and dry sample cuvette. ., ' •·:d?iff .
3. Rinse the cuvette with approximately 10 ml of the .sample water (213 of cuvette
volume), capping the cuvette with the black light shieid (cuvette top) and inverting
several times. Discard the used sample and repeat ~;rinsing procedure two more
times. ;t(:'.
4. Completely fill the rinsed cuvette (from step 3) with the remaining ponion
(approximately 15 ml) of the grab sample and then cap the cuvette with the supplied
cap. Ensure that the out~ide of the cuvette is dry, clean and free from smudges'
5. Place the cuvette into the instrument and press it dow*_ until it snaps fully into the
sample well. Index the cuvette by pressing and holding down the .J button while
rotating the cuvette to identify the lowest reading (the displayed turbidity is
continuously updated on the display). Once the cuvette is indexed, release the .J
bunon to display the measured turbidity (see Gloss./#ifor more information on
indexing a cuvette). ..,.' ·
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all of your samples ..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Warning: NEVER pour liquid directly into the sample wcli;tthe instrument always use a I
cuvette. The instrument will only accurately m~~ the turbidity of a sample
when cuvettes sealed with the black cap are used: The black cap serves as both
seal and a light shield. I
Note: The instrument will turn off after approximately s·niiji,utes if no buttons are pressed .
. ',t:H;
4.0 Instrument Calibration ·. i,:!' · I
The instrument was calibrated and tested prior to leaving the factory. Therefore, it is
possible to use the instrument directly out of the box. Jiq..yever, re-calibration of the
instrument is recommended to help you become familiar.~ith the operation of the I
instrument and the calibration procedures. In addition; rg~bration is recommended at
least once every three months. . ?
The instrument requires four (4) standards to be fully ~1)li~rated, I
:1 :0:.-i: During calibration, the instrument performs several sy~tc:pi self-diagnostics. As such,
several warning messages may be displayed. If the il},~ment detects an irregularity I
' Any typical glass cleaner can be used along with a lint free cloth, or ti~ue.(Kimwipes®), to dea,i the outside of
the cuvclle. .,, I
Ref. 22666 (2/01)
Rev. 1.1
5
I
MAY-03-2002 14:15 • P.04
i )!i'f
(detectors or lamp) a warning message will be displaye<l.,upon exiting the calibration
mode. lf this occurs please attempt to rectify the warnJilgimessage yourself, or contact
the authorized technical services department (see sectiohrs.2); In any event, the
instrument will continue to read the turbidity with a ~ed accuracy until the error is
rectified . ,:,};).; . . ·/\t)!\'. 4.1 Cahl>ration Standards , . '"" :c
We recommend that you use the following materiaL~;:~@Jlg qilibration to achieve the
ed . th" I ,; ,, .( .,.,. ,'},_, .. , accuracy star m ,s manua : i . ;,,(!}\.(;,' ,h•:,:,d•.·. I CAL 1 1000 NTU Calib . S dard' · ,,,,:.:iJ\;'. . : . ~t1on ~ tan l ~-l'\i{f,}:·:)
2. CAL 2: 100 NTU Ca!ibrauon Standard · ii•l:'f
3. CAL 3: 10.0 NTU Calibration Standard' : ?f/i)k
• • J ; ; .;.Jt.cr.-;' 4. CAL 4: 0.02 NTU Cal1brnuon Standard , J!;'li
It is well known that diluted Formazin is unstable. ri}~Ji~hoose to use Formazin to
calibrdte the instrument, ensure that you are using a fre,•,!l. stock suspension of Formazin
to achieve the accuracy quoted for the instrument. A Foanazin Stock Solution Kit is
available. Calibration standards are more stable than Forinazin and have a limited shelf
life of I year. If you usc the stable calibration standardsico calibrate the instrument,
review the expiration date to ensure that the standards haxe not expired.
4.2 Indexing the Calibration Standard~ .\l;J,
The Uni1ed Slates Environmental Pro1ec1ion Agency. ({;T%EPA) recommends that
cuvettes used for instrument calibration or sample measurement be indexed. To comply
with this recommendation, each calibration standard is>supplied with an indexing ring
and each instrument ha5 a reference poinl for quick and repeatable indexing of !he
calibration standard. To index a calibration standarq pert;orm the following steps:
'·· ') I. While holding down the .J button, slowly rotate th~ calibration standard one
complete revolution (360°) pausing between incren;tel!ts to allow !he display to
update. ·:· .. ·
2. While rotating the standard, observe the turbidity ~ding and locate the cuvette
position with the lowest turbidity reading. · 1) 1 i
3. With the calibration standard positioned at the location having the lowest turbidity
reading, install the Indexing Ring over the black light shield on the standard so that
the poi mer of the Ring aligns with the reference arrow on !he instrument.
\. \
4.3 Calibration Procedures . . ·
I. Select the calibration function of the instrument by,p~ssing the CAL button once.
The ··CAL" block will be illuminated on the display with "1" indicating the standard
required for this step of the calibration. This is thefus_t standard that should be used
in a full calibration. •·/' ·,, .' :1,,;;-. .
., 1i l
' User prepared fonnazin may be used as an alternative to sealed calibration ~ndard~ for calibration of this . :· . .,; 1\ UlStrumeDl ., .. , ,c.~
'' See section 7 .O for Accessories & Replacement Parts List. ·. ,./r<
Ref. 22666 (2/01)
Rev. I.I
. -....
.;'"';_'/" ; , . ., 6
MAY-03-2002 14=09 P.06
CAJ..1 ,nn
tUU
.. ~.:_·:/}ii~-:11;.; ' ,
2. Tnsen the 1000 NTU standard (CAL 1 in the figtfr~}~ve) into the sample well and
press down until the cuvette snaps fully into the instajtj,ent Align the indexing ring
with the arrow on the instrument (see section 4.2 if:&o~ liave not already indexed the
Standard). . ' ;,f}f
3. Wait for the reading to stabilize. Once the readiri£l!siabilized press the .J buuon
to indicate to the instrument that it should cali.brate'on!ihis point. You will see
something similar to the display shown below. , .. ,.,, .,
CAL 2
-,-
4. When the instrument has completed calibration on this point, it prompts you to insen
the next calibration standard into the sample well_ ((;At, 2).
'. :1::'i#t
5. Repeat steps 2-4 for each calibration standard. When'.you calibrnte on CAL 4
(turbidity free water), the instrument will automatically exit out of calibration
returning back to the normal operating mode.
'. ,.: . .,,
Notes : ,)iJ{\/·,
1. During calibration, the screen actively displays th~\:urrent turbidity value.
After the CAL value changes, it is common for the display to not report the exact
turbidity of the standard as it either l5 expecting ~ ~ew standard or ha<; not yet
5.0
. -· .~--calibrated the new ~-tandard. · ' ; .:..,
2. If you wish to exit the calibration mode you may :r}:9 so at the end of any step by
pressing the CAL button. The in~irumcnt will accept only the values calibrated
prior to exiting.
_ri;lj'~f
Troubleshooting ._,,' !i:,
The insrrumenl routinely performs self-diagnostics, arid·will automatically generdte
messages to provide you with specific diagnostic information.
. r,-',rn, 5.1 System Warning Messages , 1.,.
Automatic warning messages are genernted to providc:yoiJ with specific diagnostic
information aboul the instrument. These messages are fcii your use and do not indicate a
reduction in the performance of the instroment or a failure of any component in the
. ,;,~ 1ru,trumenl. .-'/(1./::· . '!ilk . -. ,, ,1• :•.•.l
, .. :.: ·;1
Ref. 22666 (2/0 I)
Rev. I.I
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAY-03-2002 14:14 P.03
';1
. :}(i;;;:;:"(.i
~1•-•!.;1l ,
... J~t:t\'. . '/t~ti
}l~\
Flashing Battery Symbol: A ~ashin? _battery on the;~ml~~ i~dicates ~at the batteries
need to be replaced. Under this cond1tton, you should:~!iice the battenes as soon as
possible to ensure that the instrument will continue td•~tion properly. If the batteries
get too low to accurately measure, the instrument wi)l.\~'off. The instrument might not
turn back on until the batteries have been replaced. , Seci\1section 6.2 for more information
,. li1l,)~~11 .
1\'(t\>
1.1·.·:ii_:'.
5.2 System Error Messages ; ':,:,:: J
Normally, the cause of an error message is external to the iru.irument. If an error is
identified the instrument will flash the error block (ERR)"along with the error number.
Ref. 22666 (2/01)
Rev. 1.1
l·h~:::
;,' '1
' ' ·\fi.~ .
8
MAY-03-2002 14:10
Error
2
3
4
Err
ASSOCIATED MEANING
Lamp failure
General Calibration failure:
There is not sufficient signal
between the ll.02 NTU and 10.0
NTU standards used for
calibration
Genentl Calibration failure:
There is not sufficient signal
between the lO.0 NTU and 100.0
NTU standards used for
calibmtion
General Calibration failure:
There is not sufficient signal
between the 100.0 N1U and
1000.0 N1U standards used for
calibration
Multiple error conditions are met
P.07
> :fti;i-iTYPICAL CAUSE
-_··•.·1·ii1'.i ,, Lamp;ti.as too low an output for proper
_ · ; ... ) turbidity measurement.
. '.; i:!i'i~'-:1_; -
. Eithi:fr. the wrong standards were used in
• ciillbrition or there is an internal sensor ', ::_('.:(I~Jft;; failure.
,:{,Ji
' ' {!,:~)
Eitl),:r the wrong standards were used in
calibration or there is an internal sensor
! failure.
< ·· :1];~i1iii
5.3 Technical and Customer Assistance :(,1 >:
If you need assistance regarding this instrument please:,~ptact the HF scientific, inc.
Technical Service Department. 1 1/\::
HF scientific irii: : '·· '. ··
6.0 Routine Maintenance
~ ' ., ._:, ' :·
3170 Metro Parkway/, iq
Fort Myers, Florida 33916c?S97
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]' , . I ' • Email: info@hfscientific,com ~;1r.-r·
If you do not plan on leaving the instrument in the supplied carrying case, when not in
use, ensure that lhe instrumenl ha~ been turned off and:t.har a clean sample cuvette fitted
with a black cap has been placed in the sample well. ~swill ensure _that a minimal
amount of dust and/or debris will be able to settle on the.optics of the mstrument.
'
Ref. 22666 (2/0 I) 9
Rev. I.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAY-03-2002 14=14 P.02
L } •• •
6.1 Cuvette Cleaning and Care .: , c:;: ':J!
· ', ·i. I' Proper measurement of the turbidity of a sample requiJ}:.~lthe use of a cuvette that is free
of marks, smudges, scrntches and any bacterial growtll'.jj~Jeaning the cuvette is
accomplished by washing the interior and exterior of~/cuvene in a detergent solution.
Once cleaned, the cuvette should be rinsed thoroughly.S)'t,,; 10 times with clean distilled
water to eliminate the possibility of detergent builduPc,tgistreaking. Cleaned and dried
cuvettes should be stored with the black caps on. The·A1:yenes can be stored in a cuvette
rack (see accessories and replacement parts list). Duri~ginormal operntion you may use
any typical glass cleaner along with a lint free cloth pr;•tjsjye (Kimwipes®), to clean the
out~ide of the cuvettcs. 1 /.:;) ;;::': ,, ·,··
Condensation may appear on the cuvette when yo11(~~TI}P~e is very cold and the relative
humidity i~ ~gh. When ~s happens, the turbidity tli;ii.~%$1¥ read may be higher than the
actual turb1d1ty due to the light scattered by the cond'1)~ on the cuvette. If you find
yourself in this circumstance you can alleviate the proble\11 by either coating the cuvette
with an anti-fogging agent or by running warm water dver the cuvene for a short period
of time to warm the sample prior to mea~urement. ·
6.2 Battery Replacement
The instrument will periodically require new batteries to function properly. This will be
indicated with a flashing battery indicator on the display. To replace the batteries:
I. Turn the instrument off and place it upside down ori a soft surface.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the battery cri~!#JB). Lift cover off.
3. Remove the old batteries. Place four new AAA baneri.es (C) into the battery
compartment (ensuring the correct polarity).
4. Replace the battery cover and fasten the two screws.carefully to ensure a watertight
seal. ·•:iY.'.1 .
S. Dispose of used batteries in accordance with aUtederal, stare and local regulations.
Ref. 22666 (2/0 I)
Rev. I.I
. ' ~ ·:;::·:-
---~-------I ; . .; ......---~ d:) ~•1;, .,,---.,,-· I .,,. , I !:;}
A-__.Q d:, ~ < "· B-~ .. 0
6~~i-..
'\__,,_~, I
~"" I
---
I/
. I~ fJ'' / .. ' . , ...
. :.'-:~~-,, ·:.
.. ,, : ,n.1 -)i~,
Figure 3: Detailed view of the bartel')'.,corhpartment
10
MAY-03-2002 14=10
; .·c-:.j
', -~•!
7 .0 Accessories and Replacement Parts List ._ ;ii' ;., . (~.,:-·ca•:
!he items shown below arc recommended accessories:!l;lfjlreplacement pans for the
rn~1rumen t • 'I'• , , · • · \-t!Jlr . ,: '~ ·; ' '
P.08
Accessory . ·,:,~{ti;F-/ Catalog Number
s,,'.''·
; :. : i, :[,;•:~!!-.,
Calibration Set for normal operation (includes 0.02}N'fU. 10.0 19855
NTU, 100.0 NTU and 1000 NTU Standards). . i -~tf[J1t, ·
Turbidity Free Water, 4 Liters (lgal.) :;','.)~~;!,~;) / 70908
Forma:i:in Stock Solution, 4000 NTU, 500 mL "'1/'.,:~tt ' (fl),~!;y ;,.,,.,,\?,•".,lj 70914
' Operators Manual -. f>l'irI ,. 22666
' ','.
.' i,:· ', ":
Formatin Stock Solution Kit 50040 .. '
Sample Cuvettes -3 pack : 19856
Rechargeable Battery Kit i+:l 19859
To order any accessory or replacement part, please co,11~ the HF scientific, inc.
Customer Service Department. See section 5.3 for coritaci information.
8.0 Warranty
The manufacturer warrants to the original purchased)f(Jiis instrument that it will be free
of defects in material and workmanship, in normal u~e.~~ service, for a period of one
year from date of delivery to the original purchaser. TJie'.:thanufacturer's obligation under
this warranty is limited to replacing, at it~ factory, the.irlstrument or any part thereof.
Parts, which by their nature are normally required tobe:replaced periodically, consistent
with normal maintenance, specifically lamps includingJluorescent backlight, reagent,
desiccant, sensors, electrodes and fuses are excluded. Also excluded are accessories and
supply type items.
Original purchaser is responsible for return of the instruments, or parts thereof, to the
manufacturer's factory. This includes all freight charges;incurred in shipping to and from
the manufacturer's factory. r,,,. '
The manufacturer is not responsible for damage Lo th~·µistrument, or parts thereof,
resulting from misuse, negligence or accident, or defects res_ulting from repairs,
alterations or installation made by any person or company, not authorized by the
manufacturer. , ; ;, ,:;!,
The manufacturer a,sumes no liability for consequential1damage of any kind, and the
original purchaser, by placement of any order for the il!_strument, or parts thereof, shall be
deemed liable for any and all damages incurred by the'~~ or misuse of the instruments,
or parts thereof, by the purchaser, its employees, or Oll/Cffi>• following receipt thereof.
Ref. 22666 (210 l)
Rev. 1.1
'. ;i,t;:i i\
ll
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAY-03-2002 14:13 P.01
Carefully inspect this product for shipping damag~ if~ged. immediately notify the
shipping company and arr.inge an on-site inspection:)Ili~linanufacrurer cannot be
responsible for damage in shipment and cannot assii.t.wiili claims without an on-site .'f ·--;.:_-';:;".,-,,• inspection of the damage. :,U,,.ih/.::
· .:i;·•/fll~?:(,t .
This warranty is given expressly and in lieu of all otliei;(;WiµTaitties, expressed or implied.
Purchaser agrees that there is no warranty on merchaTJt~~jµty and that there are no other
warranties, expre.~sed or implied. No agent is authori~ito assume for the manufacturer
'~ '.:,,, .,. any liability except as set forth above. : '. hit'.(:,, t' \ (1~1;:; 8.1 Waterproof Seal
Opening the main instrument enclosure (excluding the battery compartment) may void
the warranty.
Ref. 22666 (2/0 l)
Rev. 1.1
,. 'j' ., \ ;:;
.+~JV·!·
.·:;,.:.,·;·:Cc
:.l
12
MAY-03-2002 14=11
Glossary
·., . ;:,:.!;'. :r: ..
Formazin Nephelometric Units (FNU): see NephelometriciTumidity Units
. •,-. ,: :<'
:' 1 '.r:.· .:-.-:r'-.. ; ;
Formazin Turbidity Units (FTU): see Nephelometric Turbidi~:Jjnit:S
: wrt,,
P.09
Indexing a Cuvette: The United States EnviroDII1ental Pro~~n/f..gency (US EPA)
recommends that cuv_ettes used fo: t~rhidimeter calibratio~iffi1~.\:nple measurement be indexed.
To rndex a cuvette with a sample m ,t, slowly rotate the cuvc;~;throughout one complete
revolution (360°). While rotating the sample cuvette, obscizy,J':i:li'e display and locate the
position that the cuvette is in which provides the lowestturg{iJli¥ reading. This position is the
indexed position of the cuvette. Refer to section 4-2 of thi,sJ1~*al to learn how to index a
cuvette in this instrument }\Wi..t .. -=-~~•t·r~:
Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU): Unit of measure used ,when relating the light scattered by
a liquid media to the light scattered by a known concentrati0I) ofFormazin Polymer. This unit
of measure is recognized as a measure of the optical clarity of.an aqueous sample. NTU is the
accepted unit of measurement for rurbidity. ·
Turbidity: 1) A measure of the attenuation of a radiant flux as it passes through a liquid media.
2) Optical clarity of a liquid. 3) A phenomena caused by the presence of undissolved matter in a
liquid media. _ ·J\\i(
Ref. 22666 (2/0 l)
Rev. 1.1
,'.r;; ;
.:;\.:!i:
.,., -~; •}1\-_
13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
n
D
a
D
D
H
I
D
n
D
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIXE
FIELD MEASURABLE PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
From Section 16 of:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency November 2001 Region JV Environmental
Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual
I
I
I
I
n
0
D
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16
FIELD MEASURABLE PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES:
To measure physical/chemical characteristics of a sample that are representative of field
conditions as they exist at the time of sample collection by selecting the appropriate
mcter/instrument(s) and by properly calibrating or verifying each instrument
16.1 Introduction
Temperature, specific conductance (conductivity), hydrogen-ion concentration (pH), turbidity,
dissolved oxygen (DO), chlorine, salinity, flash point, and the halogen test are discussed in this section. The
order in which the measurements are made may be important in some field investigations. The parameters
will be discussed in the most applicable order. References for each parameter can be found at the end of the
section.
Numerous meters/instruments arc commercially available. Some meters are capable of multiple
measurements which may include: pH, temperature, conductivity, DO, salinity, and turbidity; therefore,
individual meters discussed here are not necessarily the only ones available. However, the setup and use of
all instruments should follow a basic format to ensure consistency.
Quality Control
All equipment should be maintained and operated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Regardless of the meter used, it should be properly calibrated or verified prior to use. All field meters with
thermistors are verified against a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable
thermometer, the Hanna Instruments ChcckTemp I or equivalent, at least semi-annually. Titis includes, but
is not limited to, the pH, conductivity, and DO meters. These verification checks are documented in a
logbook and maintained at the Federal Equipment Center (FEC). Labels arc placed on the field instruments
to indicate when the next verification check is required. Additionally, the CheckTcmp 1 is NIST Certified
at least annually and documented.
The thermistors for all pH, conductivity, and DO meters should be verified in the field with one of
the NIST traceable Fisher brand stem-type digital thermometers. All data for U1e field verifications should
be documented in the inspector's logbooks.
The turbidimeter is calibrated with Formazin Primary Standards semi-annually and a record of the
calibration is maintained on file at the FEC. The Gclex secondary standards will be standardized against U1e
Formazin Primary Standards by the FEC. 111c turbidimcter should be verified with U1e Gclex secondary
standards before each use. These verifications should be documented in the inspector's logbook.
Standard Methods requires that the conductivity meter's electrode cell be verified by comparing
against a laboratory meter wiU1 a platinum-electrode type conductivity cell. The FEC will perform and
document this quality control check at least annually, especially if the meter is used for NPDES monitoring
activities. A label will be placed on the field instruments to indicate when the next verification check is
required.
16.2 Temperature
EISOPQAM 16 -1 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Normally, temperature measurements may be made with any good alcohol-filled thermometer or a
NIST traceable digital ti1ermometer. As a minimum, the thermometer should be capable ofreading or have
a scale marked in 0.1 °C. For field operations with glass thermometers, a thermometer having a metal case
to prevent breakage should be used.
Calibration:
Calibrate any temperature measurement device by checking annually against a National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) certified thermometer. Clearly indicate whatever correction must be
applied to the thermometer.
Note: Thermistors should be checked against a NIST traceable thermometer prior to use and
should agree witilin ± 4.0 °C. Corrections must be applied for measurements up to± 4.0
°C, but the instrumentation must be repaired or replaced beyond that range.
Inspection:
All thermometers should be inspected for leaks, cracks, and/or function prior to use.
Procedures: (Make measurements in-situ when possible)
Units:
I. Clean the probe end with de-ionized water and immerse into sample.
2. Swirl the thermometer in the sample for mixing and equilibration.
3. Allow the thermometer to equilibrate with the sample for at least one minute.
4. Suspend the thermometer away from the sides and bottom to observe the reading.
5. Record the reading in ti1e log book. Report temperatures readings to the nearest 0.5 °C
for most applications.
Note: Always clean the thermometer prior to storage and/or use.
Degrees Celsius (°C) or Degrees Fahrenheit (0 F)
Conversion Formulas:
°F = (9/5 °C) + 32 or °C = 5/9 (°F -32)
EISOPQAM 16 - 2 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I g
D
D
u
I
I
I
I
16.3 Conductivity (Specific Conductance)
Conductivity is a measure of the ability of an aqueous solution to conduct an electric current.
Conductivity is customarily reported in micromhos per centimeter (µmhos/cm) at 25 °C. It is important to
note that if the conductivity measurements are for NPDES reporting purposes, the meter and conductivity
cell should be verified by comparing against a laboratory meter with a platinum-electrode type conductivity
cell.
Equipment available:
• Orion Model 140 conductivity meter
Calibration:
The meter is calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions by the FEC before it is
taken into the field. A two-point calibration verification should be used to ensure the accuracy of the meter.
The cell constant of the 014000 series cell is automatically set (0.0609/cm) by the meter. All field
conductivity meters are verified against a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable
thermometer, the Hanna Instruments CheckTemp 1 or equivalent, at least semi-annually. 111ese verification
checks are documented in a logbook and maintained at the Federal Equipment Center (FEC). Labels are
placed on the conductivity meters to indicate when the next temperature verification check is required.
Conductivity is affected by temperature; therefore, temperature should be read first so that
appropriate adjustments can be made in accordance with the manufacture's instructions and the method.
Fresh standards should be obtained and used for each field trip. Discard standard solutions after each
calibration verification.
1. Make sure the meter is warmed up as per manufacturer's directions. Verify the meter's internal
temperature sensor against a NIST traceable Fisher brand stem-type digital thermometer, or
equivalent, and note any differences in your logbook. If the temperature readings agree within
± 4 ° C, apply any necessary correction factor and proceed with measuring the temperature of
the standard solutions within 0.5 °C. If the temperatures do not agree within± 4 ° C, the unit
must be repaired or replaced. Substitute the NIST traceable thermometer for temperature
readings and apply necessary corrections. Check and record the temperatures of the standards
and the samples.
2. Rinse U1e probe with de-ionized water and blot dry before immersing it in the standard solution.
One standard should be close to 1412 µmhos/cm (0.01 M KCL) and the other standard should
be in the expected range of the samples being measured.
3. Immerse the probe in the first standard solution (0.01 M KCL) and record the results. The
difference between the standard and U1e measured result is how the cell constant is determined.
Document the measurement in U1e logbook to calculate the cell constant to be used in the
calculations if necessary.
4. Rinse the probe, blot dry and immerse it into the second standard solution and record results.
If the meter is not accurate to within± 10% of the second standard, the cell should be repaired
or replaced if possible. If this is not possible, the cell constant can be adjusted by pressing the
°C.TC.C key until the cursor in right LCD display indicates "TC". Adjust TC to 0.00 by using
the up/down scroll keys. Press the °C.TC.C key to select the C mode. Inunerse cell into a
solution of known conductivity (e.g. 445 µmhos/cm @ 25 °C). Press the up/down scroll keys
until the meter indicates the known conductivity of the solution in the left LCD display. The
new cell constant will now be shown in the meter C display (right LCD display). Document the
readings before proceeding.
EISOPQAM 16 - 3 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Procedures:
Units:
I. Collect ll1e sample, check and record its temperature. If possible, allow the sample to come to
room temperature (23 to 27 °C).
2. Correct the instrument's temperature adjustment to the temperature of the sample (if required).
3. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away from the sides and bottom of the container.
It is important that the center portion of the probe be wetted by the sample.
4. Allow meter to stabilize. Record the results in a log book.
5. Rinse probe with de-ionized water.
The Orion Model 140 conductivity meter has automatic temperature compensation and will read out
directly in µmhos/cm corrected to 25 °C. If another meter is used that is not temperature correcting, a
correction must be applied. If the sample temperature is below 25 °C, add 2% of the reading per degree.
If the temperature is above 25 °C, subtract 2% of the reading per degree. Results should be reported to the
nearest ten (I 0) units for readings below 1,000 µmohs/cm @ 25 °C and to the nearest one hundred (100) units
for reading above 1,000 µmohs/cm @ 25 °C.
16.4 Hydrogen Ion Concentration (pH)
The pH is defined as the negative logarithm of the effective hydrogen-ion concentration. For routine
work use a pH meter accurate and reproducible to 0.1 pH unit with a range of 0 to 14 and equipped with a
temperature-compensation adjustment.
Meter{s) available:
• Orion Model 230A or 290A
• Hydrolab Surveyor II
• YSI 3530, 3500 Water Quality Monitoring System
Calibration: Because of the wide variety of pH meters and accessories, detailed operating instructions
cannot be incorporated into this method. Each analyst should become acquainted with the operation of the
meter used and follow manufacturer's instructions. The following calibration guidelines are minimum
requirements.
The meter is calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions by the FEC before it is
taken into the field. A two-point calibration verification should be used to ensure the accuracy of the meter.
All field pH meters are verified against a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable
thermometer, l11e Hanna Instruments ChcckTemp I or equivalent, at least semi-annually. These verification
checks are documented in a logbook and maintained at the FEC. Labels are placed on the pH meters to
indicate when the next temperature verification check is required.
EISOPQAM 16 - 4 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
D
I
I i
I
I I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
Note:
I. Make sure the meter is warmed up as per manufacturer's directions. Verify the meter's
internal temperature sensor against a NIST traceable Fisher brand stem-type digital
U1ermometer, or equivalent, and note any differences in the logbook. If the temperature
readings agree wiUtin ± 4 ° C, apply any necessary correction factor and proceed with
measuring the temperature of the standard solutions witltin 0.5 °C. If the temperatures do
not agree witltin ± 4 ° C, the unit must be repaired or replaced. Substitute the NIST
traceable thermometer for temperature readings and apply necessary corrections. Check and
record the temperatures of the standards and the samples.
2. The pH of the sample to be tested should be estimated either from ltistorical data or by using
a four-color pH indicator paper or equivalent. Using Utis information, calibrate the pH
meter with the two buffers that bracket the expected pH range. Select either pH 4 \lfld 7 or
pH 7 and 10 buffer solutions.
3. Rinse the probe with de-ionized water, blot dry and immerse it into the first buffer (pH 7)
and calibrate the meter to read the correct pH.
4. Rinse the probe with de-ionized water, blot dry and immerse it into the second buffer and
calibrate the meter to read the correct pH. Record the buffer values/ temperatures used to
calibrate the meter.
5. Rinse the probe with de-ionized water, blot dry and immerse it into the original buffer (pH
7) and read as a sample. If the meter reads within± 0.1 pH unit of the known value of the
buffer, record the value returned by the meter.
6. Rinse the probe with de-ionized water, blot dry and immerse it into the second buffer used
(pH 4 or 10) and read as a sample. If the meter reads witltin ±·0.1 pH unit of the known
value of the buffer, record the value returned by the meter.
Procedures:
7. Rinse the probe with de-ionized water and store it in the manufacturer's recommended
storage solution. Leave the meter on until all sample measurements are perfoffiled and the
results are recorded. It is recommended that the meter be checked periodically against the
known buffer values if used for extended periods (> 4 hrs).
8. If the meter is turned off, it must be recalibrated.
I. Collect a sample. Measure the temperature prior to measuring the pH.
Note: When U1e pH meter response is slow, unstable, or non-reproducible, it may be necessary
to check the conductivity. If the conductivity is lower than 20 to 30 µmhos/cm then add
I ml of lM potassium chloride solution per 100 mls of sample. Recheck the pH and
record.
2. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away from the sides and bottom of the sample
container. Allow ample time for the probe to equilibrate wiU1 the sample wltile gently
stirring the sample.
3. While suspending U1e probe away from the sides and bottom of the sample container, record
EISOPQAM 16 -5 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
the pH.
4. Rinse the probe wiU1 de-ionized water and store itin a de-ionized water filled containeruntil
the next sample is ready.
Operational check:
1. While in use, periodically check U1e pH by rinsing U1e probe with de-ionized water, blot dry
and immerse it into the pH 7 buffer solution.
2. Perform a post calibration verification at the end of the day and record all measurements.
Units of pH are Standard Units (SU) and should be read in one-hundredths (0.01) and recorded
in tenU1s (0.1 ).
Note: If the pH measurements are to be used for RCRA regulatory purposes and when the pH
approaches the alkaline end (pH ~ 11.0) of the scale, the pH measurements should be
made by a qualified analyst using laboratory quality equipment to control the sample at
25°C ±l°C.
16.5 Turbidity
A nephelometer/turbidimeter is used in comparing the turbidity of liquids by viewing light through
U1em and detennining how much light is eliminated.
Meter(s) available:
• Hach 21 OOP Portable Turbidimeter
Calibration:
1. The turbidimeter is calibrated with Formazin Primary Standards semi-annually by the FEC and
a record of the calibration is maintained on file at the FEC. Labels are placed on the
turbidimeters to indicate when the next calibration is required. The turbidimeter should be
verified with the Gelex secondary standards in the field before each use. The Gclex Secondary
Standards are supplied with the instrument, but must be assigned values before use after U1e
formazin calibration.. If the instrument readings do not agree within ± 10 % of U1e Gelex
standards, the unit must be recalibrated, repaired or replaced. TI1ese verifications should be
documented in the inspector's logbook.
2. Tum the meter "ON".
3. Rinse the sample cell 3 times wiU1 organic free or de-ionized water.
3. Fill the cell to the fill line with organic free or de-ionized water and then cap the cell.
4. Use a non-abrasive lint-free paper or cloth (preferably lens paper) to wipe off excess water and
streaks.
5. Open the cover and insert the cell (arrow to the front) into the unit and close Uic cover.
EISOPQAM 16 · 6 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
g
H
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6. Press "READ" and wait for the 'light bulb' icon to go off. Record the reading.
7. Using the Gclex standards, repeat steps 4, 5, and 6. Record all measurements (note anomalies).
Procedures:
1. Collect a representative sample or use a portion of the sample that is collected for pH,
temperature, or conductivity analysis, and pour off enough to fill the cell to the fill line (about
15 mL) and replace the cap on the cell.
2. Wipe off excess water and any streaks with a soft, lint-free cloth (lens paper).
3. Press 1/0 and the instrument will tum on. Place the meter on a flat, sturdy surface. Do not hold
the instrument while making measurements.
4. Insert the sample cell in the in the instrument so the diamond or orientation mark aligns with the
raised orientation mark in the front of the cell compartment. Close the lid.
5. Select manual or automatic range selection by pressing the range key.
4. Select signal averaging mode by pressing the Signal Average key. Use signal average mode if
the sample causes a noisy signal (display changes constantly).
5. Press Read. The display will show----NTU. Then the turbidity in NTU. Record the result after
the lamp symbol turns off.
8. Rinse the cell with de-ionized water.
9.. For the next sample, repeat Steps 1-8.
Operational check:
Unit~:
1. Periodically check the turbidity meter during the day by using the gelex secondary standards
provided.
2. Preform a post calibration at the end of the day and record all measurements.
Turbidity measurements are reported in nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs). It is important to note
that if the turbidity measurements are for NPDES reporting purposes, all values above 40 NTU must be
diluted with turbidity free water and calculated by multiplying by a dilution factor.
EISOPQAM 16 - 7 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
u
B
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
16.6 Salinity
Salinity is the measure of salts of the alkali metals or of magnesium found in water. This
measurement is based on the direct proportionality between the magnitude of an induced electric current and
the electrical conductivity of the water in which it is induced. Salinity is the total amount of salts (in grams)
in 1 Kg of sea water expressed as parts per thousand.
Meters available:
• Beckman Model RS5-3 Portable Salinometer
• Hydrolab Surveyor II
• Scout
• Datasone Salinometer
Calibration/Maintenance:
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Routinely check the Beckman meter against a resistor matched to the meter.
Procedures:
Units:
• The Beckman has an accuracy of± 0.3 parts per thousand (ppt) salinity,± 0.05 °C temperature,
and ± 0.5 millimhos/cm specific conductance.
• The Hydrolab Surveyor 11, Scout, and Datasone Salinometer have an accuracy of± 0. 7 ppt at I%
full scale conductance at± 0.1 °C.
• These meters are suited for use in brackish to saline waters having a salinity range of0 to 40ppt.
Units are reported as salinity in the nearest tenth of a ppt (0.1 ppt).
16.7 Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
Meter available:
• YSI Models 55, 57 or 58 membrane-covered electrode (ME) DO meter
Inspection:
Membrane-covered electrode systems utilize a sensing element that is protected by an oxygen-
permeable membrane t11at serves as a diffusion barrier against impurities. The meters for
determining tlle DO in water are dependent upon electrochemical reactions. Under steady-state
conditions tlle current is directly proportional to the DO concentration. Interfacial dynamics at
the ME/sample interface are a factor in probe response and a significant degree or interfacial
turbulence is necessary. For precision performance, turbulence should be constant.
• Prior to field use, the membrane of the DO probe should be inspected for air bubbles and/or
holes. If air bubbles or holes exist, replace the membrane.
• The membrane should he checked for dryness. If the membrane is dry, replace and soak it in
analyte-free water prior to calibration of the meter.
EISOPQAM 16 - 8 November 2001
I
I
I
I
R
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
Calibration:
• Air calibrate according to the manufacturer's instructions, eiU1er in air saturated water or in a
water saturated air environment.
• The ME meter can be calibrated against the Winkler me01od as a QC check if desired.
Procedures:
I. When making measurements, be sure that the ME stirring apparatus is working.
2. Adjust the temperature and salinity compensators (if equipped).
3. Read the dial to the nearest 0.1 mg/I and record 01e measurement
To Collect a Sample:
Units:
I. When possible, measure the DO in-situ with a field probe; otherwise,
2. Collect the sample by completely filling a 300-ml BOD botOe, stopper and measure the DO
with a laboratory type probe.
Note: Special care should be exercised to avoid entrainment of atmospheric oxygen or loss
of DO. The sample should be collected with a DO Dunker (APHA-type) for depths
less than five feet below water surface (BWS). A Kemmerer type sampler is
recommended for depths greater 0ian five fe.et BWS.
3. If an APHA-type DO Dunker is not available and a shallow depth sample is needed, a
bucket may be used to collect a sample of water. A siphon tube should be coiled into the
bucket such that 01e fill end is nearest the bottom. Using a 300-ml BOD bottle, allow the
siphoning sample to fill and overflow the bottle for a minimum of three volumes.
4. If a Kemmerer sampler is used, 01e BOD sample bottle should be filled to overflowing by
inserting the outlet tube of the sampler to the bottom of the bottle. The tube should be
withdrawn slowly as the bottle is allowed to overflow tlrree times its volume. Care must be
exercised to prevent turbulence or the formation of bubbles when filling the bottle.
Duplicate analyses should agree within± 0.1 mg/I.
Units should he reported in mg/I.
Limitations:
•
•
Dissolved inorganic salts arc a factor with the performance of DO probes.
Note: Make note if inorganic salts arc present in levels tliat may represent possible
interferences.
Dissolved oxygen ME probes are temperature sensitive, and temperature compensation is
normally provided by the manufacturer (see manufacturer's instructions).
EISOPQAM 16 - 9 November 2001
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I\
I
I
I
16.8 Total Residual Chlorine
Meter(s) available:
• Pocket colorimeter
• Specific ion electrode
• Hach DR-100 Colorimetric (DPD) kit -n,n-diethyl-p-phenylenediamine (DPD) may be used for
natural waters or waters treated with chlorine.
Inspection:
Note: The Hach reagents and colorimeter or spectrophotometer are accepted by the US-EPA
for NPDES monitoring if used in accordance with approved procedures. The pre-
printed calibration scales provided by the manufacturer are based on factors developed
under ideal conditions and are only acceptable if verified. The calibration scale must
be initially verified using multiple (4-5) standards and a blank. The calibration scale or
curve must be verified at least daily using a blank and one high and one low standard
representative of the linear working range. These standard checks must agree within
±10% of the original scale or a new curve must be prepared. Verification data should
be recorded and maintained on file (See Standard Methods).
Use either 1-cm or 2.5-cm cells depending upon concentration range of the sample.
• Each meter should be visually inspected before and after each use. Report any problems to the
FEC.
• Check the battery strengU1.
• Insure that the reagents are fresh before field trips.
Calibration:
• The calibration scales must be calibrated onsite with a minimum of three points: a blank and
two known standards that bracket the expected sample concentrations.
Note: If the DPD kit is used, the method must adhere to the requirements set forth in
Standard Methods.
Reagents/Standards:
• DPD total residual chlorine powder packets.
•
Note: 111e packets deteriorate in the presence of moisture or high temperature. The packets
should be discarded if they have caked or have turned brown.
Always wear gloves when handling the DPD oxalate. Do not ingest the DPD oxalate.
If accidentally spilled on skin, rinse off immediately.
Chlorine demand-free water (Sec Standard Methods, Method4500 Cl for directions in preparing
the ASTM Standard D 1193 "Consumption of Potassium Permanganate").
EISOPQAM 16 -10 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Potassium pcnnanganatc stock --Prepare a stock solution containing 891 mgs/1000 mls. Keep
stock cool and store in the dark.
• Potassium permanganate intenncdiatc stock JO ppm -Prepare intermediate stock solution
containing JO mg/I K.MnO4 by diluting JO mis of stock solution to 1 liter.
Note: The intennediate stock should be stable for approximately 5 clays if kept cool and
away from light.
• Potassium permanganate calibration standards --Prepare calibration standards from the
intermediate stock solution and/or K.MnO4 calibration standard solutions for each day of use.
The calibration standards are good for about 2 hours and will fade rapidly (within 15 minutes)
if chlorine demand-free water is not used.
Calibration Standard (mg/I) mls of Intennediate Stock/JOO mls
0.05 10.0 of 0.5 m!!.11 std.
0.10 10.0 of 1.0 mP/1
0.5 5.0 of JO m1>/1
1.0 10.0 of JO mg/I
2.0 20.0 of 10 m!!.11
Procedures: for total chlorine concentrations ranging between O -2 mg/!
1. Fill a clean 2.5 cm cell to the JO-ml mark with a sample.
Note: The sample should have a pH between 6 and 7 SU. If necessary, adjust with lN
sulfuric acid or 1 N sodium hydroxide.
2. Open a DPD total chlorine powder packet and add the contents to the sample cell.
3. Replace the cap on the cell and swirl to mix.
Note: It is not necessary for all of U1c particles to dissolve to obtain an accurate reading.
TI1e pH of U1e sample containing the DPD buffer packet must be between 6.2 and
6.5 SU.
4. Allow atlcast 3 minutes but not more than 6 minutes before moving to the next step (see and
follow manufacturer's instructions for reaction times). TI1e reaction times for standards and
samples should be as close to each other as possible.
5. Open the light shield, turn the right set knob fully clockwise, and place the 1 cm cell in the
left set position of the sample wen holder. Press the cell down firmly to seat itin the holder.
6. Hold the button clown. While doing this, adjust the left set knob to align U1e meter needle
with the arrow at the extreme left of the scale.
7. Remove the cell from U1e holder.
EISOPQAM 16 -11 November 2001
I
I
I
a
H
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8. Fill a clean 2.5 cm sample cell with the sample. Cap the cell and place it into the cell
holder. Press it firmly to seat and close the light shield. If measuring high levels, use t11e
I cm cell.
9. Set the colorimeter by holding the "ON" button down while adjusting the right set knob to
zero. Open the light shield and remove t11e sample cell.
10. Fill a clean 1-cm sample cell with the solution from step 2, cap the cell, and place into the
cell holder.
11. Press the "ON" button down and hold it until the meter stabilizes.
12. Read and record ihe mg/I of total chlorine from the upper (2.5 cm) scale.
Procedures for total chlorine concentrations ranging between O -3.5 mg/I:
l -6. Same steps as previously listed.
7. Rotate the cell to the right position.
8. Fill a clean l cm sample cell with the sample, cap the cell, and place it into the cell holder.
9. Set the colorimeter by holding the "ON" button down while adjusting the right set knob to
zero. Open the light shield and remove the sample cell.
10. Fill a clean I cm sample cell with the solution from step 2, cap the cell, and place it into the
cell holder.
11. Press the "ON" button down and hold it until the meter stabilizes.
12. Read and record the mg/I of total chlorine from the upper (I cm) scale.
Verification:
Units:
• Duplicate chlorine residual analyses should agree within± 0.05 mg/I for the lower range
(s0.5 mg/I), and agree within 0.2 mg/I for the mid-range (0.5 -2.0 mg/I) and agree witltln
0.4 mg/I for t11e high range(2.0 -3.5 mg/I).
• mg/I total chlorine
Limitations:
• Do not use with or in the presence of any oxidizing agents, e.g., oxidized manganese interferes
wit11 the DPD reagent (I µ.g/1 MnO4 ~ µ.g/1 Cl2).
• Colored matrices may also interfere.
16.9 Flash Point
EISOPQAM 16 -12 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l11e following test method is to determine if a volatile material's flash point is within established
limits.
Apparatus:
• ERDCO Rapid Tester Model RT-I, Flash Point Analyzer
Calibration:
• l11e repeatability and reproducibility for this instrument are in accordance with the respective
standards:
• p-xylene 78.0 ± l.0°F .. n-butanol 97.9 ± l.7°F
• n-undecane 145.4 ± 2.0°F
• n-hexadecane 270.5 ± 2.0°F
Operational Procedures:
I. Plug in the ERDCO and turn it on.
2. Switch the rocker switch adjacent to the display to Fahrenheit or Celsius display.
3. Press the red temperature preset rocker switch and rotate the red temperature preset knob until
the desired temperature appears in the display window (140°F for determining ignitability
characteristics). Release the rocker switch and the actual instrument temperature will appear in
the display window. The RED light next to the knob should come on indicating the heater is
"ON".
Note: The preset knob for test temperature may have to be reset as the test temperature is
approached.
4. If a glass bulb thermometer is used, coat the bulb with a heat transfer compound and insert it into
the well in the left side of the test oven. Carefully secure the top of the thermometer in the
channel.
5. Open the control valve on the butane cylinder approximately 5 turns and install. Close the
control valve and place the cylinder into the instrument's receptacle. Hook the hose to the valve.
6. Open the control valve approximately one turn and light the pilot light located over the square
hole in shutter lid. Adjust the pilot light for the minimum flame that will light test the jet.
Adjust the test jet for the flame to 4 mm width using the pinch valve knob.
Note: Immediately above U1e shutter is a 4 mm referenced milled lid.
7. Make sure that the shutter lid is latched (Closed). Inject 2 cc of the sample into the port between
the shutter and the latch handle. Press the I-minute timer rocker switch until the light goes on,
then return the switch to center.
8. When the timer sounds, slide U1e shutter back slowly (taking about 2 seconds to do this). l11e
EISOPQAM 16 -13 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
material under test will either flash or not flash.
Note: If a halo develops around the flame, this docs not constitute a flash.
9. Lift the lid. Clean out any material which was being tested with Chem-wipes. Also clean the
injection port with a pipe cleaner.
Shut Down Procedures:
1. Close the control valve on the butane cylinder.
2. Disconnect the hose.
3. Open the control valve on the butane cylinder approximately 5 turns.
4. Turn the instrument off.
5. IMPORTANT-Clean the instrument (See step 9 above). Allow ample time for the instrument
to cool down before storing.
16.10 Halogen Test
This method is used to qualitatively screen wastes for the presence of halogenated compounds.
Test using copper wire and flame:
Equipment:
• Propane fuel cylinder with a torch
• Igniter source (matches, flinVbar striker, etc.)
• Stainless steel rod approximately I foot long and 1/e to½ inch in diameter
Note: The smaller diameter rods cool down more quickly.
• Thermally resistant handle or thennally resistant gloves
• 16 or 18 gauge copper wire
• Wire cutters
Procedure:
I. Wrap approximately 4 feet of copper wire around the tip of the rod.
2. Clean the wire and rod tip using the flame of 01e propane torch.
Note: When a blue flame with small yellow-orange streaks appears, the wire and rod are
clean. Allow the copper wire to become "red" hot during the cleaning process (this
takes from ½ to I minute).
EISOPQAM 16 -14 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
D
I I
i
I
'
' I
I
I
I
I
! I
I
3. Allow the rod and wire to cool for a minimum of 15 minutes.
Note: 1l1e wire and rod can be immersed in water to speed up the cool down time. lltis
will not bias the results. Allow the water to evaporate completely and the rod tip
should be cool to the touch before using it in the test.
CAUTION!
DO NOT IMMERSE A HOT ROD INTO A POTENTIALLY FLAMMABLE MATERIAL
4. Immerse the cooled wire and rod tip into the test material for approximately 10 seconds.
5. Remove the wetted wire/tip from the test material and allow the excess material to drip back
into the container.
Note: Highly viscous material which sticks to the tip may produce a large name.
6. Place wetted wire into the name and observe the color produced.
Note: A bright green name indicates the presence of halogenated material.
EISOPQAM I 6 -15 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
;
I '
I
;
I
D
i
I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
16.11 References
Temperature
1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater 18th Edition p. 2-59, Method 2550
B (1992).
2. Methods for Chemical Analyses of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 170.1 (1983).
Specific Conductance (Conductivity)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Standard Methods for the Exan1ination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition, p. 2-43, Method
2510B (1992).
Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 11.1, "Water," Standard D1125-91A, P. 202.
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 120.1 (1983).
Instruction Manual, SoluBridge® RB-5/RB-6, Beckman Instruments, Inc., Rev. January 1982.
Surveyor II Operating Manual, Hydrolab Corporation, Rev. A February 1985.
YSI Model 3560 Water Quality Monitoring System Instructions, July, 1988.
Hydrogen Ion Concentration (pH)
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Wastewater, 18th Edition, p. 4-65, Method 4500-W
(1992).
Instruction Manual for Models 399 A/F, 399 NL Analog pH Meter, and SA 250 and 230A, Orion
Research Incorporated.
Instruction Manual for Surveyor II, Hydrolab Corporation.
Instruction Manual for YSI Water Quality Monitoring System for the Model 3530 pH Electrode
Assembly.
Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 31, "Water", Standard D1293-78(B).
14. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 150.1 (1983).
15.
16.
Procedure No. 501, pH Measurement in Low Ionic Strength Solutions, Orion Application
Infom1ation, Orion Research Incorporated.
Federal Register, Vol. 60, No. 64, Tuesday, April 4, 1995 --Rules and Regulations, 17001-17003.
Turbidity
17. Operating procedures for the Hach 21 OOP Turbidimeter
EISOPQAM 16 -16 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ,
I
I
I
I '
I
I
I
g
I
Dissolved Oxygen
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition, p. 4-100, Method
4500-0C (1992).
Annual Book of ASTM Standards; Part 31, "Water," Standard D888-92(A).
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 360.1 (1983).
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 360.2 (1983).
Instruction Manual YSJ Model 57. Dissolved Oxygen Meter, Science Division, Yellow Springs
Instrument Company.
Chlorine -(DPT Colorimetric)
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Annual Book of ASTM Standards, "Water," Standard D 1253-86(92).
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 330.1 (1983)
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, US-EPA, 330.5 (1983).
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition, Method 4500-CL
D (1992).
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition, p. 4-100, Method
4500-CL G (1992).
28. Instruction Manual, DR 100 Colorimeter. Model 41100-02. DPD Method for Chlorine, Hach
Company, June 1983.
Salinity
29.
30.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition, p. 2-47 Method 2520
B (1992).
Instruction Manual, RS5-3 Portable Salinometer, Beckman Instruments, Inc., Revised March 1973.
Flash Point
31. Rapid Tester Model RT-I Technical Manual, Operations and Service, November I, 1989.
EISOPQAM 16 -17 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIXF
SAMPLE CONTROL, FIELD RECORDS, AND DOCUMENT CONTROL
From Section 3 of:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency November 2001 Region JV Environmental
Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
B
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION3
SAMPLE CONTROL, FIELD RECORDS, AND DOCUMENT CONTROL
SECTION OBJECTIVES:
•
•
•
Present standard procedures for sample identification .
Present standard procedures for sample control.
Present standard procedures for chain-of-custody .
• Present standard procedures for maintenance of field records and document
control.
3.1 Introduction
Sample identification, chain-of-custody records, receipt for sample forms, and field records (with
the exception of surveying notes) should be recorded with waterproof, non-erasable ink. If errors are made
in any of these documents, corrections should be made by crossing a single line through the error and
entering the correct information. All corrections should be initialed and dated. If possible, all corrections
should be made by the individual making the error.
If information is entered onto sample tags, logbooks, or sample containers using stick-on labels, the
labels should not be capable of being removed without leaving obvious indications of the attempt. Labels
should never be placed over previously recorded information. Corrections to information recorded on stick-
on labels should be made as stated above.
Following are definitions of terms used in this section:
Project Leader: The individual with overall responsibility for conducting a specific field
investigation in accordance with this SOP
Field Sample Custodian: Individual responsible for maintaining custody of the samples and
completing the sample tags and Chain-of-Custody Record
Sample Team Leader: An individual designated by the project leader to be present during and
responsible for all activities related to the collection of samples by a
specific sampling team.
Sampler: The individual responsible for the actual collection of a sample.
Transferee: Any individual who receives custody of samples subsequent to release by the field
sample custodian.
Laboratory Sample Custodian: Individual responsible for accepting custody of samples from the field
sample custodian or a transferee.
One individual may fulfill more than one of the roles described above.
EISOPQAM 3 - I November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2 Sample arid Evidence Identification
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To accurately identify samples and evidence collected .
3.2.1 Sample Identification
The method of sample identification used depends on the type of sample collected. In-situ field
samples are those collected for specific field analysis or measurement where the data are recorded directly
in bound field logbooks or on the Chain-of-Custody Record, with identifying information, while in the
custody of the sampling team. Examples of such in-situ field measurements and analyses include pH,
temperature, dissolved oxygen and conductivity. Samples other than those collected for in-situ analysis are
identified by using a standard sample tag (Figure 3-3) which are attached to the sample container. In some
cases, particularly with biological samples, the sample tag may have to be included with or wrapped around
the sample. Sample tags are sequentially numbered and are accountable documents after they are completed
and attached to a sample or other physical evidence. The following information shall be included on the
sample tag using waterproof, non-erasable ink:
• project number;
• field identification or sample station number;
• date and time of sample collection;
• designation of the sample as a grab or composite;
• a very brief description of tile sampling location;
• the signature of either the sampler(s) or the designated sampling team leader and the field
sample custodian (if appropriate);
• whether the sample is preserved or unpreserved;
• U1e general types of analyses to be performed (checked on front of tag); and
• relevant comments (such as readily detectable or identifiable odor, color, or known toxic
properties).
Samples or other physical evidence collected during criminal investigations arc to be identified by
using the "criminal sample tag." 1his tag is similar to the standard sample tag shown in Figure 3-3, except
that it has a red border around the front and.a red background on the back of the tag. If a criminal sample
tag is not available, the white sample tag may be used and should be marked "Criminal" in bold letters on
the tag.
If a sample is split with a facility, state regulatory agency, or other party representative, the recipient
should be provided (if enough sample is available) with an equal weight or volume of sample
(see Section 2.3.6).
3.2.2 Photograph, Digital Still Image and Video Identification
EISOPQAM 3-2 November 2001
I
I
I
•
I
I
D
m
i i
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
Photographs and DiQital Still Images
When photographs or digital images are taken, a record of each exposure or image shall be kept in
a bound field logbook. The following information shall be recorded in the logbook:
•
•
•
an accurate description of what the photograph or image shows, including the name of the
facility or site and the specific project name and project number;
the date and time that the photograph or image was taken;
the name of the individual who took the photograph or digital image .
When photographs arc.used in technical reports or placed in the official files, the film shall be
developed with the negatives supplied uncut. The identifying information that was recorded in the field
logbook shall be entered on the back of the prints. For criminal investigations, the negatives must be
maintained with the bound field logbook in the project file and stored in a secured file cabinet.
When digital images are used in technical reports or placed in the official files, the disk with the
original, unaltered file of the images or a printed copy of the unaltered images shall be placed in the official
files as well. If printed copies of the images are used, each image shall be identified using the information
that was recorded in the field logbook. For enforcement cases, it is imperative that the individual who took
the image be identified in the field logbook in the event their testimony is required.
Video
When a video tape is made for use as evidence in an enforcement case, the following information
should be recorded in a bound field logbook:
• the date and time that the video was recorded;.
• a brief description of the subject of the video tape;
• the person recording the video.
Video records shall include a visual notation (placard) at the beginning of the of the video with the
appropriate information (i.e., location, date, time). An audio record may also be included in U1c video tape
with the above logistical information as well as a narrated description of the video record.
A label shall be placed on U1e video tape with the appropriate identifying information (i.e., project
name, project number, date, location etc.). In the event testimony regarding a video tape recording is
required for an enforcement case, one individual should be responsible for recording the video for each case.
The original, unaltered tape shall be placed in the official files.
3.2.3 Identification of Physical Evidence
Physical evidence, other than samples, shall be identified by using a sample tag or recording the
necessary information on the evidence. When samples are collected from vessels or containers which can
be moved ( drums for example), the vessel or container should be marked with the field identification or
sample station number for future identification, when necessary. The vessel or container may be labeled with
an indelible marker (e.g., paint stick or spray paint). The vessel or container need not be marked if it already
has a unique marking or serial number; however, these numbers shall be recorded in the bound field log-
EISOPQAM 3-3 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
hooks. In addition, it is suggested that photographs of any physical evidence (markings, etc.) he taken and
the necessary information recorded in the field logbook. ·
Occasionally, it is necessary to obtain recorder and/or instrument charts from facility owned
analytical equipment, flow recorders, etc., during field investigations and inspections. Mark the charts and
write the following information on these charts while they are still in the instrument or recorder :
•
•
•
Starting and ending ti_me(s) and date(s) for the chart .
An instantaneous measurement of the media being measured by the recorder shall be taken and
entered at the appropriate location on the chart along with the date and time of the
measurement.
A description of the location being monitored and other information required to interpret the
data such as type of flow device, chart units, factors, etc.
After the chart has been removed, the field investigator shall indicate on the chart who the chart (or
copy of the chart) was received from and enter the date and time, as well as the investigator's initials.
Documents such as technical reports, laboratory reports, etc., should be marked with the field
investigator's signature, the date, the number of pages, and from whom they were received. Confidential
documents should not be accepted, except in special circumstances such as process audits, hazardous waste
site investigations, etc.
3.3 Chain-of-Custody Procedures
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To maintain and document the possession of samples or other evidence from the time of
collection until they or the data derived from the samples are introduced as evidence.
3.3.1 Introduction
Chain-of-<:ustody procedures are comprised of the following elements: I) maintaining custody of
samples or otl1er evidence, and 2) documentation of the chain-of-custody for evidence. To document chain-
of-custody, an accurate record must be maintained to trace the possession of each sample, or other evidence,
from the moment of collection to its introduction into evidence.
3.3.2 Sample Custody
A sample or other physical evidence is in custody if:
• it is in the actual possession of an investigator;
• it is in the view of an investigator, after being in tl1eir physical possession;
• it was in U1e physical possession of an investigator and then they secured it to preventtampering;
and/or
• it is placed in a designated secure area.
3.3.3 Documentation of Chain-of-Custody
EISOPQAM 3-4 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I ' u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sample Tag
A sample tag (Figure 3-3) should be completed for each sample using waterproof, non-erasable ink
as specified in Section 3.2.
Sample Seals
Samples should be sealed as soon as possible following collection using 01e EPA custody seal shown
in Figure 3-5. The sample custodian should write Ole date and Oleir initials on Ole seal. Except for criminal
investigations, Ole use of custody seals maybe waived if field investigators keep Ole samples in Oleircustody
as defined in Section 3.3.2 from Ole time of collection until Ole samples are delivered to the laboratory
analyzing Ole samples. Custody seals will always be used for criminal investigations.
Chain-of-Custody Record
TI1e field Chain-Of-Custody Record (Figure 3-1) is used to record Ole custody of all samples or oilier
physical evidence collected and maintained by investigators. All physical evidence or sample sets shall be
accompanied by a Chain-Of-Custody Record. This Chain-Of-Custody Record documents transfer of custody
of samples from Ole sample custodian to another person, to the laboratory, or other organizational elements.
To simplify the Chain-of-Custody Record and eliminate potential litigation problems, as few people as
possible should have custody of the samples or physical evidence during the investigation. This form shall
not be used to document Ole collection of split samples where there is a legal requirement to provide a receipt
for samples (see Section 3.4). The Chain-Of-Custody Record also serves as a sample logging mechanism
for the laboratory sample custodian. A separate Chain-of-Custody Record should be used for each final
destination or laboratory used during the investigation. ·
All information must be supplied in Ole indicated spaces (Figure 3-1) to complete the field Chain-
Of-Custody Record. TI1e reverse side of the Chain-of-Custody Record (Figure 3-2) describes Ole
requirements for station ID, sample ID and media codes
• All samplers and sampling team leaders (if applicable) must sign in the designated signature
block.
•
•
•
•
•
One sample should be entered on each line and not be split among multiple lines .
If multiple sampling teams are collecting samples, the sampling team leader's name should be
indicated in the "Tag Number" column (or adjacent to this column) for the appropriate
sample(s).
If the individual serving as 01e field sample custodian is different from Ole individual serving
as Ole project leader, the field sample custodian's name and the title of the sample custodian
(e.g., Jane Doe, Sample Custodian) should be recorded in t11e "Remarks/Air bill" block at Ole
top of the Chain-of-Custody Record. The "Remarks/ Air bill" block may also be used to record
Air bill numbers or registered or certified mail serial numbers.
The total number of sample containers for each sample must be listed in the "Total Containers"
column. The number of individual containers for each analysis must also be listed in the
respective column. Required analyses should be circled or entered in the appropriate location
as indicated on the Chain-of-Custody Record.
The tag numbers for each sample and any needed remarks should be in the "Tag Numbers"
column.
EISOPQAM 3-5 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
1•
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
•
1l1e sample custodian and subsequent transferee(s) should document the transfer of the samples
listed on the Chain-of-Custody Record. 1l1e person who originally relinquishes custody should
be U1e sample custodian. Both U1e person relinquishing the samples and U1e person receiving
them must sign the form. The date and time U1at U1is occurs should be documented in the proper
space on the Chain-of-Custody Record.
Usually, the last person receiving U1e samples or evidence should be the laboratory sample
custodian or their designcc(s).
The Chain-of-Custody Record is a serialized document. Once the Record is completed, it becomes
an accountable document and must be maintained in the project file. The suitability of any other form for
chain-of-custody should be evaluated based upon its inclusion of all of the above information in a legible
format. ·
If chain-of-custody is required for documents received during investigations, the documents should
be placed in large envelopes, and the contents should be noted on the envelope. The envelope shall be sealed
and an EPA custody seal placed on the envelope such that it cannot be opened without breaking the seal.
A Chain-Of-Custody Record shall be maintained for the envelope. Any time the EPA seal is broken, that
fact shall be noted on the Chain-Of-Custody Record and a new seal affixed. The information on tile seal
should include tile sample custodian's initials and the date.
Physical evidence such as video tapes or other small items shall be placed in Zip-Loe® type bags
or envelopes and an EPA custody seal should be affixed so that they cannot be opened without breaking the
seal. A Chain-Of-Custody Record shall be maintained for tilese items. Any time the EPA seal is broken, that
fact shall be noted on the Chain-of-Custody Record and a new seal affixed. The information on U1e seal
should include the sample field custodian's initials and U1e date.
EPA custody seals can be used to maintain custody of other items when necessary by using similar
procedures as U1ose previously outlined in this section.
Samples should not be accepted from other sources unless U1e sample collection procedures used are
known to be acceptable, can be documented, and the sample chain-of-custody can be established. If such
samples are accepted, a standard sample tag containing all relevant information and the Chain-Of-Custody
Record shall be completed for each set of samples.
3.3.4 Transfer of Custody with Shipment
• Samples shall be properly packaged for shipment in accordance with the procedures outlined in
Appendix D.
• All samples shall be accompanied by the Chain-Of-Custody Record. The original and one copy
of the Record will be placed in a plastic bag inside the secured shipping container if samples are
shipped. When shipping samples via common carrier, the "Relinquished By" box should be
filled in; however, the "Received By" box should be left blank. The laboratory sample custodian
is responsible for receiving custody of the samples and will fill in the "Received By" section of
the Chain-of-Custody Record. One copy of the Record will be retained by the project leader.
The original Chain-of-Custody Record will be transmitted to the project leader after the samples
are accepted by the laboratory. This copy will become a part of the project file.
• If sent by mail, U1e package shall be registered with return receipt requested. If sent by common
carrier, an Air Bill should be used. Receipts from post offices and Air Bills shall be retained as
part of the documentation of the chain-of-custody. The Air Bill numberor registered mail serial
number shall be recorded in the remarks section of the Chain-Of-Custody Record.
EISOPQAM 3-6 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
3.4 Receipt for Samples Form (CERCLA/RCRAfl'SCA)
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To assure that staff comply wiU1 environmental laws which require providing a Receipt
for Samples Form.
3.4.1 Introduction
Section 3007 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and Section 104 of
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund) of
1980 require that a "receipt" for all facility samples collected during inspections and investigations be given
to the owner/operator of each facility before the field investigator departs the premises. The Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA) contains similar provisions. The laws do not require that homeowners or
other off-site property owners be given this form.
3.4.2 Receipt for Samples Form
The Receipt for Samples form (Figure 3-4) is to be used to satisfy the receipt for samples provisions
of RCRA, CERCLA, and TSCA. The form also documents that split samples were offered and either
"Received" or "Declined" by the owner/operator of the facility or site being investigated. All information
must be supplied in the indicated spaces to complete the Receipt for Samples form.
• · The sampler(s) must sign the form in the indicated location. If multiple sample teams are
collecting samples, the sample team leader's name should be indicated in the "EPA Sample Tag
No./Remarks" column.
• Each sample collected from the facility or site must be documented in the sample record portion
of the form. The sample station number, date and time of sample collection, composite or grab
sample designation, whether or not split samples were collected (yes or no should be entered
under the split sample column), the tag numbers of samples collected which will be removed
from the site, a brief description of each sampling location, and the total number of sample
containers for each sample must be entered.
• The bottom of the form is used to document the site operator's acceptance or rejection of split
samples. TI1e project leader must sign and complete the information in the "Split Samples
Transferred By" section ( date and time must be entered). lf split samples were not collected, the
project leader should initial and place a single line through "Split Samples Transferred By" in
this section. The operator of the site must indicate whether split samples were received or
declined and sign the form. The operator must give their title, telephone number, and t11e date
and time they signed tl1e form. lf the operator refuses to sign the form, the sampler(s) should
note tl1is fact in the operator's signature block and initial Ulis entry.
TI1e Receipt for Samples form is serialized and becomes an accountable document after it is
completed. A copy of the fonn is to be given to U1e facility or site owner/operator. The original form must
be maintained in the project files.
3.5 Field Records
EISOPQAM 3-7 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '
I
I
I
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To accurately and completely document all field activities .
Each project should have a dedicated logbook. l11e project leader's name, the sample team leader's
name (if appropriate), the project name and location, and the project number should be entered on the inside
of the front cover of the logbook. It is recommended that each page in the logbook be numbered and dated.
The entries should be legible and contain accurate and inclusive documentation of an individual's project
activities. At the end of all entries for each day, or at the end of a particular event, if appropriate, the
investigator should draw a diagonal line and initial indicating the conclusion of the entry. Since field records
are the basis for later written reports, language should be objective, factual, and free of personal feelings or
other terminology which might prove inappropriate. Once completed, these field logbooks become
accountable documents and must .be maintained as part of the official project files. All aspects of sample
collection and handling, as well as visual observations, shall be documented in the field logbooks. The
following is a list of information that should be included in the logbook:
3.6
• sample collection equipment (where appropriate);
• field analytical equipment, and equipment utilized to make physical measurements shall be
identified;
• · calculations, results, and calibration data for field sampling, field analytical, and field physical
measurement equipment;
• property numbers of any sampling equipment used, if available;
• sampling station identification;
• time of sample collection;
• description of the sample location;
• description of the sample;
• who collected the sample;
• how the sample was collected;
• diagrams of processes;
• maps/sketches of sampling locations; and
• weather conditions that may affect the sample (e.g., rain, extreme heat or cold, wind, etc.)
Document Control
EISOPQAM 3-8 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To assure that project files are maintained in accordance with Divisional guidelines .
Document control refers to the maintenance of inspection and investigation project files. All
information below shall be kept in project files. Investigators may keep copies of reports in their personal
files, however, all official and original documents relating to inspections and investigations shall be placed
in the official project files. The following documents shall be placed in the project file, if applicable:
• request memo from the program office;
• copy of the study plan;
• original Chain-Of-Custody Records and bound field logbooks;
• copy of the Receipt for Sample forms;
• records obtained during the investigation;
• complete copy of the analytical ·data and memorandums transmitting analytical data;
• official correspondence received by or issued by the Branch relating to the investigation
including records of telephone calls;
• photographs and negatives associated with the project;
• one copy of U1e final report and transmittal memorandum(s); and
• relevant documents related to the original investigation/inspection or follow-up activities related
to the investigation/inspection.
Inappropriate personal observations and irrelevant information should not be ·placed in the official
project files. At the conclusion of the project, the project leader shall review the file to ensure that it is
complete.
EISOPQAM 3-9 November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.7 Disposal of Samples or Other Physical Evidence
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To ensure Uiat proper disposal procedures are used for samples or other evidence .
Disposal of samples or other physical evidence obtained during investigations is conducted on a case-
by-case basis. Before samples which have been analyzed are disposed of, the ASB sample custodian shall
contact the project leader via E:mail, indicating that the samples will be disposed of by a certain date unless
the project leader dictates otherwise. If the sample custodian does not receive a message from the project
leader within the time specified in the E:mail, the samples will be disposed of. Personnel should check with
the EPA Program Office requesting the inspection or investigation before granting pcnnission to dispose of
samples or other physical evidence. The following general guidance is offered for the disposal of samples
or other physical evidence:
3.8
• No samples, physical evidence, or any other document associated with a criminal investigation
shall be disposed of without written pcnnission from EP A's Criminal Investigations Division.
• Samples associated with routine inspections may be disposed of following approval from U1e
project leader. Sample tags will be discarded along with the samples.
Field Operations Records Management System (FORMS)
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To introduce the procedure for streamlining sample documentation
FORMS is a computer program designed to streamline the documentation required by SESD and/or
the Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) for sample identification and chain-of-custody. Once the appropriate
information is entered into the computer, FORMS will generate stick-on labels for the sample tags and sample
containers (CLP), and will generate sample receipt forms and chain-of-custody records for the appropriate
laboratory. The advantages to this system include faster processing of samples and increased accuracy.
Accuracy is increased because U1e information is entered only once, and consequently, consistent for the tags,
bottle labels, sample receipt forms and chain-of-custody records. Operating instructions are available for use
with the FORMS program.
EISOPQAM 3 -10 November 2001
----·--·---l!!!l!!!!I 1!11!!!9 == liiiii --
&EPA REGION4
CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD SCIENCE AND ECOSYSTEMS SUPPORT DMSION
1180 COLLEGE STATION ROAD
ATHENS, GEORGIA 30608-2720
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PR TE 0 CTION AGENCY
PROJECT NO.· PROJECT NAME I LOCATION SAMPLERS (SIGN)
PROJECT LEADER ~EMARKS / AlR Bru.
i~
TAG NUMBER
SAMPLE (v m REMARKS LAB STATION w
:a:o __ ;;! USE © 10 @ 10 0 DATE TIME " OlllY 0 "' !Afi~,~~ u 0 :5 ..
51 ,. e oo/, ., ,,~ G"/ 0 " u
.
RELINOUIStreD BY: CIATE: IU:CEIV'l!D BY: REUNOUISHED BY: CATI!: RE~DBY:
l"'K1l """" ... .,, """"' . .., ...
. ('SIGN)
ISONl """" 4A-0395~ "'"' "'"" VS>lhlc· ... ...,f'.i: ,.,,n~,:n<ccp,naa:ompa,)'.'ampll,"',pm ... =--OII)'; Pr'IICcar,f-t,'~.
--
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MEDIA CODES
© Station ID -Station ID is required if positional data is recorded for the sample.
Any combination of letters, numbers, or other characters. Maximum of 20 characters. Use this
column to identify a sampling station where one or more samples or field measurements arc
taken. A few examples are well numbers, NPDES pcnnit numbers, Air permit numbers, AOC
numbers, Grid numbers, Site designations, etc., or combinations of these as appropriate.
@
®
Sample ID -Required. Any combination of letters or numbers. Maximum of 8
characters. NOTE: For QA/QC samples, the Sample ID m1L~t begin with the
letters "QA for the sample to be properly identified.
Media Code -Required. Choose the code that most closely describes the sample:
Environmental Samples
SF -Surface Soil (0"-12")
SB -Subsurface Soil (>12")
PW -Potable Water
MS -Municipal Water Supply
1W -Industrial Well
WA -Waste
SW -Surf ace Water
SD -Sediment
GW -Groundwater
PC -Precipitation
OT -Other (Unknown)
OB -Other Biota
MP -Municipal Proc.Wasiewater
IP -Industrial Proc. Wastewater
TS -Trip Blank-Soil
TW -Trip Blank-Water
Tl' -Trip Blank-Wipe
EB -Equipment Rinse Blank
GR -Grout Blank
MB -Drilling Mud Blank
DB -Potable Decou Blank
llll -Bentonite Blank
IlA -Field Blank Air
FB -Filter Sand Blank
Field QA/QC Samples
OW -Organic Free Water Blank
Pll -Preservative Blank
GB -Glove Blank
BO -Bottle Blank
WP -Wipe Sample
FI -Fish Sample
VG -Vegetation
MI -Macroinvertebrates
WW -Wastewater
SL -Sludge (non-RCRA)
UI -UIC Injection Wells
us -Underground Storage Tanks
PT -Petroleum Tanks
AA -Ambient Air
IA -Indoor Air
ME -Municipal Eff. Wasiewatcr
IE -Industrial Eff. Wastewater
PE -Periphyton
TI -Tissue
FL -Field Blank
rn -Dry Ice Blank
BK -Other Blank
BL -Blender Blank
EISOPQAM 3 -12 November 2001
- - - - -. -11!!1 -!!!!I . !Bl == i=::i· aaa ._ -- - - - -
z 0 < " 3 g ..,
g
MonWDayNear Tlmo -· Project No. Station LO. COn,p.
; ststion Loec.tlon Sampters (Slgn1turPJ
I I-'
C);.'
.;::,.~
C) p
(0
N>
i
i ..
J
"' (") r i ;;. l i I 0 J:l lo p
a: ii= !?. "' ~ a j:!' .. 0 ! p sz: ! 1-
.. e-z
B Q !i .,,-~ i !:c
if tn !Jl
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION4
Science and Ecosystem
Support Division
980 College Station Road
Athena, GA 30605-2700
~EPA
Qral, •'
(0 :z 0
D ti I ~
---
& US EPA REQION" eeo COLLl!!GI! STATION ROl,D
ATHENS, OEOROIA 10805-2720
PROJECT NO.
SAMPLERS: (SIGNATURE)
19_
-·-
lPROJECT NAME
0. !
-I!!!!!! &iilliiil ----
RECEIPT FOR SAMPLES
NAME & LOCATION OF FACILITY/SITE
NO. OF EPA SPLIT
SAMPLES
STATION NO. DATE TIME § C STATION LOCATION/DESCRIPTION CONTAINERS YORN EPA SAMPLE TAG NO.S/REMARKS
°""' m,ur MMPt.£8 RECBVED BY □ OR CEa.JNED BY □ OATE/11ME
SPLIT SAMPLES fAAHSFERRED 8¥.
(l'RlN7) (PRJN7)
(&ION) TIME (&ION)
TELEPtlONE
"""' ot8TRIBUT10flt~llltDCoonftrwtor F11k1 F .. c CopytDFa~R~ "U.S. GO\ll!RNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1990-831 .. 17 (12/89)
No.44609
--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
FIGURE3-5
EPA CUSTODY SEAL
United States .....,,
Environmental Protection Agency (~) Date
Athens, Georgia
REGION4 Initial
EISOPQAM 3 -15
OFFICIAL
SAMPLE
SEAL
November 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ii
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIXG
FIGURES.
NOTES:
1. FIGURE REPRODUCED FROM U.S.G.S. 7 .5 MINUTE
SERIES -RALEIGH WEST, NORTH
CAROLINA-WAKE CO. QUADRANGLE
2. PROPERlY BOUNDRIES ESTIMATED FROM
"PROPERlY OWNERSHIP IN VICINllY OF NCSU
LOT 86 SITE" SKETCH PROVIDED BY
NCSU/ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DEPT. TO GEi ON
1/12/01
LEGEND:
ESTIMATED PROPERlY BOUNDARY
HORIZONTAL SCALE, FEET
0 2000 4000
~-wc..J --!
North Carolina State University
Raleigh, North Carolina
G EI Consultants, Inc.
Monitored Natural
Attenuation Evaluation
Lot 86 Superfund Site
Raleigh, North Carolina
Project 98485
DRAFT
SITE LOCATION AND
SURROUNDING AREA
March 2001 Fig. 1
NCSU/sitelocl, 1/24/~1 CS_M .03/13/01 ,lJ,_$
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LEGEND
MW33
MW43De
eMW43
0 Monitoring Well
~ Waste Burial Area
l::::2J (Source Area)
----Fenced Area
~ Edge of Wooded
Area
NOTES:
MW46
"
MW45
" Undeveloped
1. Site map based on survey
drawings "Well and Feature
Locations", dated July 29, 1997;
"Road Location and Drill Position
Location" dated November 18,
1997; and "Monitor Well and
Headwall Location Map" doted
August 4, 1998; all by Murphy
Hobson Sacks.
2. Waste burial area per Marshall
Miller and Associates, December
1999.
NCSU Practice
Football Fields
l""liii""I--0 200' 400'
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC, P.c.
Environmental Consultant,,
Site Map
Carolina State University
Lot 86
PD Ralei h, North Carolina 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Plan
North Carolina State University Lot 86 Sampling Site
Version 1.0
April 15, 2004
APPENDIXH
TABLES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE 1
GROUNDWATER MONITORING WELL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
North Carolina State University
Lot 86 Site
Raleigh, North Carolina
Well LD. Northing Easting Well Class fop of Casini Ground creen Elevation (2
(1) Elevation (2) Elev. (2) Too Bottom
MW-I 747,972.81 2,083,713.47 s 439.30 437.73 400.53 395.53
MW-IA 747,968.37 2,083,717.18 s 438.92 438.05 397.35 392.35
MW-IB 747,972.08 2,083,718.51 s 438.25 437.93 387.43 382.43
MW-2 747,934.50 2,083,791.44 s 448.74 446 401.23 396.23
MW-3 747,831.30 2,083,724.81 s 445.39 443.58 411.18 406.18
MW-3A 747,833.58 2,083,714.96 S-1 443.15 441.89 381.89 379.89
MW-3B 747,829.10 2,083,716.16 S-1 443.66 442.02 371.02 369.02
MW-4 747,738.38 2,083,847.26 s 454.32 452.54 405.54 400.54
MW-5 747,911.73 2,083,684.29 s 441.26 439.53 400.53 395.53
MW-SA 747,917.11 2,083,685.48 s 439.81 439.38 393.38 388,38
MW-5B 747,913.31 2,083,688.75 S-1 440.13 439.72 383.72 378.72
MW-<5 747,987.81 2,083,695.81 s 438.61 436.36 402.86 397.86
MW-7 747,972.40 2,083,759.49 s 441.94 440.09 401.29 396.29
MW-8 747,936.68 2,083,831.30 s 447.85 445.91 397.91 392,91
MW-11 747,987.24 2,083,904.54 s 430,01 429.56 405.56 400.56
MW-Ill 747,982.67 2,083,914.92 I 434.29 431.20 373.60 363.60
MW-12 748,035.37 2,083,726.83 s 427.24 426.18 397.18 392. 18
MW-121 748,031.08 2,083,738.92 I 430.70 427.45 359.75 354.75
MW-12D 748,048.21 2,083,735.45 D 427.45 428.0 331.0 321.0
MW-13 748,099.25 2,083,498.80 s 423.82 423.73 394.73 389.73
MW-13D 748,122.47 2,083,503.49 D 423.43 423.9 333.9 323.9
MW-15 748,078.43 2,083,447.10 s 432.38 431.67 397.67 392.67
MW-16 748.009.06 2,083,822.21 s 427.94 427.61 399.61 394.61
MW-161 748,004.62 2,083,832.41 I 432.14 429.23 374.73 364.73
MW-16D 748,024.15 2,083,819.82 D 428.98 429.5 349.5 339.5
MW-17 748,068.64 2,083,615.41 s 425.09 424.02 398.02 393.02
MW-171 748,062.71 2,083,626.56 I 427.74 424.96 371.76 361.76
MW-17D 748,087.86 2,083,612.19 D 425.44 425.9 330.9 320.9
MW-27 747,678.44 2,083,751.29 s 448.26 447.22 407.22 402.22
MW-27A 747,687.36 2,083,749.28 s 448.55 447.40 392.90 388.90
MW-29 747,565.34 2,083,753.75 s 447.67 446.01 395.51 390.51
MW-30 747,579.80 2,084,072.68 s 440.86 438.17 399.17 389.17
MW-31 747,564.14 2,084,073.85 s 440.72 438. 15 396.15 386.15
MW-32 747,760.44 2,084,186.72 s 438.15 436.21 411.41 401.41
MW-33 747,760.99 2,084,157.91 I 441.38 438.42 378.42 368.42
MW-34SR 747,694.98 2,083,926.43 s 454.58 452.1 424.1 404.1
MW-34Dt 747,702.24 2,083,936.61 D 454.58 452.1 361.1 351.1
MW-35S 747,989.14 2,083,565.0 I s 443.12 441.57 401.57 391.57
MW-35D 747,991.91 2,083,552.20 D 444.69 441.99 304.99 294.99
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC, P.C. Page I of2
Screen Deotb (3)
Too Bottom
37.20 42.20
40.70 45.70
50.50 55.50
45 50
32.40 37.40
60.00 62.00
71.00 73.00
47.00 52.00
39.00 44.00
46.00 51.00
56.00 61.00
33.50 38.50
38.80 43.80
48.00 53.00
24.00 29.00
57.60 67.60
29.00 34.00
67.70 72.70
97.0 107.0
29.00 34.00
90.0 100.0
34.00 39.00
28.00 33.00
54.50 64.50
80.0 90.0
26.00 31.00
53.20 63.20
95.0 105.0
40.00 45.00
54.50 58,50
50.50 55.50
39.00 49.00
42.00 52.00
24.80 34.80
60.00 70.00
28.0 48.0
91.0 101.0
40.00 50.00
137.00 147.00
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
TABLE I
GROUNDWATER MONITORING WELL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
North Carolina State University
Lot 86 Site
Raleigh, North Carolina
Well LD. Northing Easting Well Class Top of Casio Ground ,creen Elevation (2
(1) Elevation (2) Elev. (2) Too Bottom
MW-36S 747,905.86 2,083,672.19 s 442.71 439.64 399.64 389.64
MW-36D 747,898.07 2,083,671.54 D 442.87 439.75 335.45 325.45
MW-37 747,964.33 2,083,718.54 s 440.88 438.70 398.70 388.70
MW-38 747,959.35 2,083,794.05 D 445.38 442.47 345.37 335.37
MW-40 747,908.53 2,084,062.93 s 435.47 432.87 405.07 395.07
MW-41 748,239.12 2,083,608.18 s 421.17 421.30 396.90 386.90
MW-411 748,235.91 2,083,619.56 I 421.57 421.47 370.97 360.97
MW-41D 748,278.60 2,083,583.47 D 420.67 421.2 341.2 331.2
MW-42 748,149.51 2,083,907.73 s 427.25 427. 18 401.98 391.98
MW-42I 748,155.61 2,083,896.58 I 426.68 426.76 376.76 366.76
MW-43 748,526.66 2,083,396.75 s 440.59 438.74 385.44 375.44
MW-43D 748,532.52 2,083,416.56 D 438.01 435.5 339.5 329.5
MW-45 748,342.75 2,083,907.91 s 447.50 445.21 392.01 382.01
MW-46 748,444.92 2,083,683.30 s 451.35 449.42 396.22 386.22
MW-47 747,787.80 2,083,636.72 D 441.11 441.6 336.6 321.6
(I) S = shallow wells with screen intervals m the elevallon range from 382-413 ft;
I= intennediate-depth wells with screen intervals in the elevation range from 355-377 ft;
D = deep wells with screen intervals in the elevation range from 295-360 ft in bedrock.
(2) Measured in feet relative to National Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929.
(3) Measured in feet below ground surface.
PIEDMONT GEOLOGIC, P.C. Page 2 of2
Screen Depth (3)
Too Bottom
40.00 50.00
104.30 114.30
40.00 50.00
97.10 107.10
27.80 37.80
24.40 34.40
50.50 60.50
80.0 90.0
25.20 35.20
50.00 60.00
53.30 63.30
96.0 106.0
53.20 63.20
53.20 63.20
105.0 120.0